Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D13-196 - PAPER DESTINY - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
PAPER DESTINY 271 S OUTh CENTER MALL D13-196 City ogukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-431-2451 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Address: 271 SOIITHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Project Name: PAPER DESTINY Permit Number: D13-196 Issue Date: 06/28/2013 Permit Expires On: 12/25/2013 Owner: Name: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Address: PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD CA 92013 Contact Person: Name: AMY SHYMANSKI Address: 319 ELAINES CT , DODGEVILLE WI 53533 Contractor: Name: HARDESTY & ASSOCIATES INC Address: 1991 VILLAGE PARY WAY 180 , ENCINITAS, CA 92024 Contractor License No: HARDEAI066PP Lender: Name: SELF FUNDED - PAPER DESTINY Address: Phone: 608-319-2096 X8 Phone: 760-944-0499 Expiration Date: 11/17/2013 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: NEW TENANT: INTERIOR TENANT IMPROVEMENT Value of Construction: $103,200.00 Fees Collected: $2,487.59 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS International Building Code Edition: 2009 Type of Construction: II -B Occupancy per IBC: 0019 Electrical Service Provided by: PUGET SOUND ENERGY **continued on next page** doc: IBC -7/10 D13-196 Printed: 06-28-2013 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non -Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: 117 g- 3 I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signature: Print Name: S re, le 66,2v.L1 Date: e2 F / This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ***BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS*** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non -building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. doc: IBC -7/10 D13-196 Printed: 06-28-2013 7: All construction shall be done in conform with the approved plans and the requireme f the International Building Code or International Residential Colntemational Mechanical Code, WashingtonWe Energy Code. 8: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings and shall be in conformance with the International Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 9: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 10: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 11: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 12: ***FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS*** 13: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 14: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3-2.1) 15: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand-held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (181kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 16: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 17: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 18: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4-3, 4-4) 19: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 20: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 21: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 22: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 23: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 24: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 25: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13-8.6.5.3.3) doc: IBC -7/10 D13-196 Printed: 06-28-2013 26: All new sprinkler systems and all modi• ions to existing sprinkler systems shall have department review and approval of drawings prior to installation dification. New sprinkler systems and all m cations to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shal ave the written approval of Factory Mutual or fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2327). 27: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2328. (ALL FIRE ALARM COMPONENTS TO BE 'Ha) TO THE MAIN MALL FIRE ALARM PANEL.) 28: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2328) 29: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2328) (IFC 104.2) 30: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 31: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 32: Post address on storefront per approved Westfield standards. 33: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2327 and #2328) 34: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 35: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. doc: IBC -7/10 D13-196 Printed: 06-28-2013 • 1 CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Building Permit No. Project No. Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: 1) (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION King Co Assessor's Tax No.: Site Address: 971 , '1,t,4416, ork / 2 ii �jk, ((AO '/4/io;14 Suite Number: 6)(00 Floor: Tenant Name: f4:)(-- k JPS�i,o New Tenant: Yes ❑ ..No PROPERTY OWNER Company Name: Architect Name: /- /�rclldQS 2t/(014y Name: / Irk; y 5Aynta,:6k1' City:(/1 /(pilPj ,d State: C.)14Zlp.yy/1`i Name: (Je,3i--4-rei4 LW Address: 7I 1 6A,./10,5 /lx, 1 Email: elie✓1PtvQ5t`�nAts 0 Den r1 • l°.Jv ' Zip: State City: il� (AJ Address: ,) Sf h ce r Phone:,._ 3/9(Z9ln XSi' Fax: 6Cfir"319'790/ / Phone: Fax: City: Q State: 1 14 Zip: Qw CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Company Name: Architect Name: /- /�rclldQS 2t/(014y Name: / Irk; y 5Aynta,:6k1' City:(/1 /(pilPj ,d State: C.)14Zlp.yy/1`i Address: Address: 7I 1 6A,./10,5 /lx, 1 Email: elie✓1PtvQ5t`�nAts 0 Den r1 • l°.Jv ' Zip: State City: il� (AJ 35, 3 Phone:,._ 3/9(Z9ln XSi' Fax: 6Cfir"319'790/ / Phone: Fax: Email: %)vf111 CZ nofvhi4• (1,Ivi 1 Contr Reg No.: GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Architect Name: /- /�rclldQS 2t/(014y Address: "Z� � rl reI Avel�F" City:(/1 /(pilPj ,d State: C.)14Zlp.yy/1`i Address: Email: i n 166eri ' .P v►Coi9 . ('1)01 Email: elie✓1PtvQ5t`�nAts 0 Den r1 • l°.Jv City: State: Zip: Phone: Fax: Contr Reg No.: Exp Date: Tukwila Business License No.: H:WpplicationsTorttts-Applications On Line 2011 Applications'Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh i ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: `(� d11Won 4(7'17;4r-dut2 Architect Name: /- /�rclldQS 2t/(014y Address: "Z� � rl reI Avel�F" City:(/1 /(pilPj ,d State: C.)14Zlp.yy/1`i Phone: &,,-` V- 6131 xa3 Fax: 06 -16i -611g Email: i n 166eri ' .P v►Coi9 . ('1)01 ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: I (� n YPI'I t'1 (. /1 �1N`jji114A '..l Engineer Name: (� �4lL{ pew) Address: (9 Lie )+ pw4t Kwy S 3() City: Uirk¢ State: ,n -,Zip '%lat5l Phone:7Fax: �-9/6-(9a5'$ y9/9 Email: elie✓1PtvQ5t`�nAts 0 Den r1 • l°.Jv LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: , (J Address: oe 049 move pit, , City: fA(DFjJ State: Zip: ifow Page 1 of 4 • BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION — 206-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $- TO/ .•='" D�e-srcribe the scope of work (please provide detailed information):pizvomm Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes Existing Building Valuation: $ >Er. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below `PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): / Floor area of principal dwelling: /a 7 Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes (..No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: 6�t Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm 0 None Other (specify)13U w Cie pre55166 Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes No If "yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2"x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Sa ety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM \ 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H: Applications'Fornts-Applications On Line \201I Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-I I.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC Is` Floor Ia97 /a 9' 116 M 2nd Floor 3rd Floor Floors ( 196)7 /997 //'J 01 -thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage 1 Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck `PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): / Floor area of principal dwelling: /a 7 Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes (..No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: 6�t Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm 0 None Other (specify)13U w Cie pre55166 Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes No If "yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2"x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Sa ety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM \ 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H: Applications'Fornts-Applications On Line \201I Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-I I.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFORMATION - 206-433-0179 Scope of Work (please��provide detailed information):/ �N rior / Z fl t -t tM�%V1�W1 Pr0b7* Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District ❑ ...Tukwila 0 ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate O ...Water District #125 ❑ .. Highline ❑ ...Valley View 0 .. Renton ❑ ...Sewer Availability Provided ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle Septic System: ❑ On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) 0 ...Bond 0 .. Insurance ❑ .. Easement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way 0 Non Right-of-way 0 ❑ ...Total Cut 0 ...Total Fill cubic yards cubic yards ❑ .. Geotechnical Report 0 .. Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑...Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ... Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ ... Hold Harmless — (ROW) ❑ .. Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm Drainage ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer 0 .. Abandon Septic Tank 0 .. Grease Interceptor ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities 0 .. Curb Cut 0 .. Channelization 0 ...Frontage Improvements 0 .. Pavement Cut 0 .. Trench Excavation 0 ...Traffic Control ❑ .. Looped Fire Line 0 .. Utility Undergrounding 0 ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water " ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension Public 0 Private 0 0 ...Water Main Extension Public 0 Private 0 k WO # WO # WO # ❑...Deduct Water Meter Size " FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) 0 ...Water 0 ...Sewer 0 ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Day Telephone: City State Zip H:\ Applications\Forms-Applications On Line\2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 3 of 4 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OV 'F16t OR AU O " IZ s AGE Signature: Date: 6.3 /3 Print Name: i%yyyayr5k; Day Telephone: 66.,,-3i9-9(..0 X X Mailing Address: 3/9 Y�Uint/5 1 f 4 �/lpull�n L.k.) 1 63535 City State Zip H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line\201 I Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-I I.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 4 of 4 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov RECEIPT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Permit Number: D13-196 Address: 271 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 06/04/2013 Applicant: PAPER DESTINY Issue Date: Receipt No.: R13-02021 Payment Amount: $1,644.34 Initials: WER Payment Date: 06/28/2013 10:36 AM User ID: 1655 Balance: $0.00 Payee: HARDESTY & ASSOCIATES TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 80413 1,644.34 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts BUILDING - NONRES PLAN CHECK - NONRES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 000.322.100 000.345.830 640.237.114 Total: $1,644.34 1,504.90 134.94 4.50 PrintAd• OR -7A -7n13 a City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov RECEIPT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Permit Number: D13-196 Address: 271 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 06/04/2013 Applicant: PAPER DESTINY Issue Date: Receipt No.: R13-01795 Payment Amount: $843.25 Initials: WER Payment Date: 06/04/2013 11:18 AM User ID: 1655 Balance: $1,644.34 Payee: RICHARD R JENCEN ASSOCIATES TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 29371 843.25 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 843.25 Total: $843.25 orinrod• na_ne_7ms INSPECTION RECORD . ' `Retain a copy with permit P 13 + 11 ce INSPECTION N0. PERMIT NO. ,../(// CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Proj t: * �.a (. A Typ c�f Ins ec on: nAnl �J, (0,. A6 Addles�s ( S ( ,"� ` 1 m ( Date Called: Special Instructions: /-- Date Wanted: ` )-- !a,tU.. -"-" f ) p.m. Requester: Phe.5: 3 —,?6, , Q, 73 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Instecto� Date n REINSPECTION PEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD 1 Retain a copy with permit N3-1qC, INSPECTION NO. 'PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Project: PAP Z €....S---,- 1 t\.1(--/ Type of Inspection: CA (l i4'1 I N.3 (-, 1r\ 0 ✓A t, d - Address: a.i I SO 01ALA-- Date Called: I ,.0.1--k- . '\:).1,a--1 9--f - u tJC-1 aJci ill+ i ha", Special Instructions:Date Wanted: -)=-,-t3 p Requester: Phone No: -_3-7 Cc -09 3 Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ( J ("i2 Anna.) - Ac..1,3J?►u i..00IZ(A,,.._,. 1r\ 0 ✓A t, d - \.-1()-1....7. \✓CJ\I t (.1 o 6-..."t . P I ,.0.1--k- . '\:).1,a--1 9--f - u tJC-1 aJci ill+ i ha", // Inspe or: iU 1 Date: n NSPECTION FEE REQIRED. Prior toText inspection, fee must be d at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. all to schedule reinspection. i' INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188;--,g, (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Ibi3-I�. Pr ect PP9f bca7-1y..)ci Type of Inspection: t- aAm I+J Address: ,x"71 SC m ill l Date Called: K Special Instructions: Date Wanted: -7- IID- i3 err% �-,� Requester: Phone No: • c;15 3 -RA -©ci 7 ElP0--)v:011 Approved per applicable codes. EiCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: K A p 1e S. ..1.1\--( o fs i of Pcal ;ay.) ElP0--)v:011 Ncl- ".) — 4 • „.......--...\ Inspect D ' PECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to net inspection. fee mast be 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Syite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. r INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 013-1i6 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Proje : `/ ra Pte" OeST,ny Type of Inspection: (ire. Riot l Address Suite #: a7/ ,SC ma Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: . Fire Alarm:_,Hood Duct: Monitor: Pre; Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: 'c FNry Date: 2/2,6/4_ Hrs.: ...._<— f $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 ,T. F. D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER \INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit / 1.7 f /3,f PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Project: I ger 0a.64i(/7 y Type off Inspection: Mee /ti6icA ,'Address: Suite #: 27f .vIhccol--r Mod( /( Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: h F:5,1,1 p c,s s �% _Girt, 1-- f1 r- )- / !I11 r!hU' /U55• - °I U Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: ()cL Fpi Ste( Date: )/a5�3 Hrs.: , $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. CaII to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 0/3- (3- .PERMIT /3..(3- .PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 ProjPct: ? e*,J ' TypeoIns,ection: L Address: ) . C �'"i��-Z-- Suite #: Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: KApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Needs Shift Inspection: a Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: 11.,„ s ---Z Date: 7/2 V/ 3 Hrs.: f $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. CaII to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 a INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit pa3-1�'l� 12 - S' /3-7_ PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 'Prosect: P�,per & 4'1h Type of Inspectitiion: CistJ Address: ��1 Suite #: 2 71 Sowklcerridt %�q li Conta Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: S0,0 14kler cpcizr ^a K Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: - Inspector: '( Date: 7//2//3 Hrs.: ,.c-- $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/.10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 13=5- /3e; PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Pro1� Sprinklers: Type of Inspection: r Address: Suite #: a '; -- Permits: Con act Person:�e� Special Instructions: E. Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Jor.rections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ,,mss wpoletif I ti 14-Ae41 Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: A zi Date: //v/ JS Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 n erior ig tng ummary 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Info Project Address FAte f DG -57. I ti„/ Date 2, 0) r 1 ti4114—FI s -s. -1-17J DLLT44 G.--1.1-re `a For Building Department Use FILE �0�� �����111 {� No. + I G�/I L41W4 Applicant Name:,....514-51‹f`t`, t -L . /6,101 Applicant Address: �t12 . Applicant Phone: .&4iita A ,`etz, 9_1 6 r, 4. tet, C) 7 ''f - pgeK e, Project Description 0 Plans Included requirements. ■6+,New Building 0 Addition XAlteration Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) 42 changed • No changes are being made to the lighting and space use not • Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. 2.6.22 Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (floor plan/room #) Fixture Description Oc upancy Description Watts/ Fixture Allowed Watts per ft2 " Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed x Area 4 ?✓` I fi.I 1 L.. - pgeK e, t n) 1. 35 12$ 7 (7 / a. - • tia l s 6'� l%G Ss�b L. , i2, 42 b r loo c=” s'-'1g (v"1Zf�G'�bJVs �,,l�. 2.6.22 572 54li S Gb LO12zt7 PS c--0 r 1 . 13 From Table 15-1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Proposed Lighting Wattage Total Allowed Watt '2_ L. 0 Location (floor plan/room #) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed eNTR , & c_5,5 , L,E 1 0* 4 ?✓` I 1 24 Wil ' 4 5 a 1 -co ext 6.5g6C � --Nis tia l s 6'� l%G Ss�b L. , i2, 42 �( a52„ i (v"1Zf�G'�bJVs �,,l�. 2.6.22 572 54li S Gb LO12zt7 PS c--0 r 1 . 13 Go. 80 SALE S fLc' zA--L FErT1X5 L- iii .33 2. 5 S 3 srvca<, 4' s-"R.,I r 11-7.R, 3 2 v4 -rl7 I Lel- wtzw - AKp u kip l 2 Wo ZR Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Wattsl / 1 5 3 Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate flxture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps In the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting. list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts/Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum Input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated wattage. 1 rat mu n' -' ' For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts/Fixture blank. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 2 4 2013 • City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION D13� 19 (0 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0 4 2013 PERMIT CENTER n erior ig ing ummary • ac LTG -INT 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouse or Parking Garage QQ Other Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type is "Other" and fixture answer Is checked, the number of fixtures in the space Is not limited by Code. Clearly Indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) 0 Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, c) 5-60 watt T-1, T-2, T-4, T-5, T-8, or CFL lamps, and d) hard -wired electronic dimming ballasts. Screw -In CFL fixtures and tracking lighting do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps <=150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. TABLE 15-1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA Use' LPA` (W/ft`) Use LPA` (1WVIft`) Automotive facility 0.85 Office buildings, office/administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, Institutions, museums. banks, churches)5 0.91 Convention center 1.10 Parking garages 0.20 Courthouse 1.10 Penitentiary and other Group 1-3 Occupancies 0.90 Cafeterias, fast food establishments', restaurants/barss 1.20 Police and fire stations 0.90 Dormitory 0.85 c' -""f'' f#i 1.00 Dweling Units 1.00("°'Retain'' rets banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pal rack shelving) 1.33 Exercise center 0.95 `-Sciit>rIrgiliidings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.00 Gymnasia, assembly spaces 0.95 Theater, motion picture 0.97 Health care clinic 1.00 Theater. performing arts 1.25 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group 1-1 and 1-2 Occupancies 1.20 Transportation 0.80 Hotel/motel 1.00 Warehouses 0.50 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.62 Workshops 1.20 Laundries 1.20 Libraries' 1.20 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.20 Main floor building lobbies3 (except mall concourses) 1.10 Museum 1.00 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.80 Footnotes for Table 15-1 1) in cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases In which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 20 feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 12 feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 9 feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft2 with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.1 w/ft2 may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For Indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent s • ectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W/ft2. 10) Display window illumination installed withi feet of the window, p •vided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three -quarter -height partiti•' transparent or op" • e) and lighting for free-standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional lighting power allowance is allowed for merchandise display luminaires installed in retail sales areas that are specifically de aed•en erected to highlight merchandise. The following additional wattages apply: i. 0.6 s er square foot of sales floor area not listed in items II and Ill below; a is per square foot of furniture, clothing, cosmetics or artwork floor area; or • iii. 2.5 watts per square foot of jewelry, crystal or china floor area. The specified floor area for items I, ii, or iii above, and the adjoining circulation paths shall be identified and specified on building plans. Calculate the additional power allowance by multiplying the above LPDs by the sales floor area for each department excluding major circulation paths. The total additional lighting power allowance is the sum of allowances for sates categories 1, 11, or 111 plus an additional 1,000 watts for each separate tenant larger than 250 square feet in area. The additional wattage is allowed only if the merchandise display luminaires comply with all of the following: (a) Located on ceiling -mounted track or directly on or recessed Into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). (b) Adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only Is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). This additional lighting power is allowed only If the lighting is actually installed and automatically controlled, separately from the general lighting, to be tumed off during nonbusiness hours. This additional power shall be used only for the specified luminaires and shall not be used for any other purpose. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the Interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) • • , r • • , - • - • - -_ - - ermi - ans ec is - e ' 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Address -71 y.. p DateVggSMZIONIA S , (/ f , c.6 -k FiAf l The following information is in the 2009 Washington State necessary to check a Nonresidential Energy permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) YES 1513.1 Local control/access Schedule with type, Indicate locations ` , Y5's 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch &2. 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and Features, indicate locations --� tvertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans .-_ overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans —.._ 1\44 1513.4 Display/exhib/special Indicate separate controls .-- NA1513.5 Exterior shut-off Schedule with type and features, indicate location ---- NA (a) timer w/backup Indicate location .�. (b) photocell. Indicate location ••••••• Na. 1513.6 inter. auto shut-off Indicate location 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations 2 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back-up, override capability); Indicate size of zone on plans 1 1513.7 Hotel/motel controls Indicate location of room master controls -- 1513.8 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning --�.- EXIT SIGNS (Section,1514) 1,' 1514 Max. watts Indicate watts for each exit sign �_ LI TING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530-1532) `t 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture .411•••••- .._1532 NIA 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture `-- MOTORS (Section 1511) NA- 1511 Etec motor efficiency MECH-MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency ....— TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) NIA,,„ I 1540 'Transformers 'Indicate size and efficiency no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: 1�l FILE COPY . w .Ir^•Oa....,....>`...,�., Karndean Technical Data Designflooring na 6 ITO Thickness Wear layer Guarantee 3mm 0.7mm , _ Commercial 15 Years* Domestic 20 Years* Bevelled edge Yes Standards EN 649 ASTM F-1700 Classification Reaction to fire Slip resistance Staining resistance Light fastness Abrasion resistance EN 685:43 Light industrial heavy EN 685:34 Commercial very heavy EN 685.23 Domestic heavy ASTM F1700 Class 3 Type B EN 13501-1 811-S1 ISO 9239-1 Pass 15011925-2 Pass ASTM E-648-06 Class 1 EN 13893 DS DIN 51130 BS 7976 AS/NZS 4586 ASTM C-1028 EN 423 Class 0 ASTM F-925 Pass ISO 105-602 >_ 6 ASTM F-1515 < 8 EN 660-2 Group T ASTM 3884 Pass Dimensional stability EN 434 <- 0.25% ASTM F-2199 Pass Acoustic', impact noise reduction EN ISO 717-2 5Lw= 2 db EN ISO 140-8 Electrical behaviour body voltage EN 1815 Pass IndentatIon -residual EN 433 <_ 0.1mm ASTM F-1914 < 8% Castor chair continuous use Thermal conductivity Suitable for underfloor heating EN 425 Pass 150 8302 0.0147m2K/W Light reflectance values BS 8493: 2008+A1:2010 See website for LRV results Adhesive Karndean Universal Acrylic Epoxy HT {High Temperature( PS (Pressure Sensilivel Recycling 'Subiecl to terms For more information: Call: 01386 820 104 Email: commercial@karndean.co.uk Visit: www.karndean-commercial.co.uk nssw 14n,I r '*..,SGS, (• FIS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Suitable REVIEWED FOR .ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 2 4 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Product Code Size (mm) EW01, EW02, EW03 915 x 152 915 x 915 406 x 406 915 x 152 LMOI, LM02, LM03, LMO4 AP3I HC01, HCO2, HCO3, HC04, HC05, HCO6 AP02, AP03 228 x 76 RLOI, RL02, RL03, RLO4 I APO( 1219 x 178 228 x 76 Stip Resistance DIN - BS7976 BS7976 51130 (dry) (wet) 64 30 RIO 65 40 R9 57 26 N/A 63 23 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0 4 2013 PERMIT CENTER CE EN 14041 Fs! b13- 19 04 Art Soloc Your space. Your needs. Your style. • TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FILE COPY FABRIC -BACKED VINYL WALLCOVERING Permit No. Product Description Weight Roll Size Fire Rating Adhesive Hanging Maintenance REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 2 4 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION , Health & Safety Handling/Storage Fire Fighting Ecological Vintage -Romance Commercial quality vinyl wallcovering laminated onto a polycotton osnaburg backing. 475 grammes per square metre. 137cm x 27m Class 0 and 1 to BS476 part 6 and 7 / Euroclass B. Generally Tekfix Plus, though depends on substrate. Tekfix VOV should be used when installing around right angled corners. Apply adhesive to wall surface. Carefully smooth wallcovering onto wall surface using a spatula, allowing 5-10cm at top and bottom for trimming. Overlap lengths, and double cut through. Random pattern match. Reverse hang alternate lengths. Remove any adhesive seepage immediately with detergent solution and clean water. Rinse thoroughly. Specific hanging instructions are supplied to contractor with delivery. Fabric -backed vinyls offer an easy -clean finish, and high resistance to knocks and scrapes. They are designed to withstand high traffic levels, and will not tear easily. With regular cleaning they will retain their original appearance for many years depending on area of use. Always carry out a trial in an inconspicuous area first, to ensure deaning agent suitable. Clean with a mild non -soapy detergent with soft cloth, sponge or soft bristle brush to prevent build up of dirt and staining. Avoid polishes and abrasive cleaning agents as they will cause build up of dirt in the surface texture, and can also damage metallic finishes. Avoid strong active solvent cleaners as they can stain and damage the vinyl surface. Always clean from the skirting level upwards. Rinse thoroughly with clean water. Individual stains should be removed as quickly as possible. This wallcovering contains antimicrobials which guard against mildew and bacterial growth. This product is classified as non -hazardous and therefore does not require any special handling. This product does not require special labelling. Store at ambient temperatures away from heat source. Suitable lifting equipment may be required. Any extinguishing media are suitable. Wear self contained breathing apparatus, protective clothing and full face mask. Fumes should be ventilated immediately due to possible liberation of noxious gases. This product is not bio -degradable. Dispose of in accordance with Local Authority regulations or via an authorised contractor. RECEIVED TEKTURA WALLCOVERINGS TEKTURA PLC, Suite 1.03 Harbour Island, 34 Harbour Exchange Square, London E14 9GE Tel 020 7536 3300 Fax 020 7536 3322 Dk3 19 CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 042013 PERMIT CENTER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION ADHESIVES & PRIMER MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET: TEKFIX PLUS 1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PREPARATION AND THE COMPANY CHEMICAL NAME Tekfix Plus (ref 475) SUPPLIER Tektura PLC, Suite 1.03 Harbour Island, 34 Harbour Exchange Square, London E14 9GE EMERGENCY TELEPHONE 020 7536 3300 EMAIL enquiries©tekturaonline.com 2 COMPOSITION / INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS INGREDIENT NAME CAS No. VINYL ACETATE 108-05-4 FORMALDEHYDE 50-00-0 CONTENTS HEALTH (Class) (R No.) <0.05 RISK 11 <0.004 T 23/24/25,34,40,43 3 HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION Not regarded as a health hazard under current legislation 4 FIRST AID MEASURES EYES Rinse the eye with water immediately. Get medical attention if any discomfort continues. SKIN Wash the skin immediately with soap and water. Get medical attention if irritation persists after washing. INHALATION Move the exposed person to fresh air at once. INGESTION NEVER MAKE UNCONSCIOUS PERSON VOMIT OR DRINK FLUIDS! Promptly let affected person drink lots of water to dilute the swallowed chemical. Get medical attention. 5 FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES EXTINGUISHING MEDIA Water spray, fog or mist HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION Fire creates carbon dioxide (CO2) and carbon monoxide (CO) PRODUCTS 6 ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES SPILL CLEANUP MEASURES Absorb in vermiculite, dry sand or earth and place in containers. 7 HANDLING AND STORAGE STORAGE PRECAUTIONS No special storage precautions noted. Store above freezing. 8 EXPOSURE CONTROLS AND PERSONAL PROTECTION INGREDIENT NAME CAS No. STD LT EXP ST EXP (8 hrs) (15 min) VINYL ACETATE 108-05-4 OES 10ppm 20ppm FORMALDEHYDE 50-00-0 MEL 2 ppm 2 ppm PROTECTIVE GLOVES No specific hand protection noted, but gloves may still be advisable. EYE PROTECTION Wear chemical safety goggles where eye exposure is reasonably probable. OTHER PROTECTION Wear appropriate clothing to prevent repeated or prolonged skin contact. 9 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES APPEARANCE Soft paste COLOUR Off white ODOUR/TASTE Mild (or faint) PHYSICAL DATA COMMENTS Adhesive based on a blend of starches and an aqueous polyvinyl acetate copolymer emulsion. SOLUBILITY DESCRIPTION Miscible with water BOILING POINT (°C) 100 pH VALUE 6.00 10 STABILITY AND REACTIVITY STABILITY Normally stable HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION Fire creates carbon dioxide (CO2) and carbon monoxide (CO) PRODUCTS 11 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION DEGRADABILITY Polymer is not readily biodegradable ACUTE FISH TOXICITY Low toxicity WATER HAZARD CLASSIFICATION WGK 1 Self classified 12 DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS DISPOSAL METHODS Do not allow runoff to sewer, waterway or ground. Dispose of in accordance with Local Authority requirements. The product can be de - watered by coagulation/flocculation and the coagulum disposed of by landfill. 13 TRANSPORT INFORMATION ROAD LABEL FOR CONVEYANCE No transport warning sign required AIR SEA RAIL 14 REGULATORY INFORMATION LABEL FOR SUPPLY Not classified RISK PHRASES Not classified SAFETY PHRASES Not classified UK REGULATORY REFERENCES The Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations 1988. Chemicals (Hazard Information & Packaging) Regulations 1993 15 OTHER INFORMATION USER NOTES This MSDS conforms to ED Directive 91/155/EEC The information is based on the current state of our knowledge and is intended to describe the product from the view -point of safety requirements only. REVISION DATE (dd-mm-yy) 11-04-95 REVISION No./REPLACES SDS 3/18-11-94 ISSUED TEKTURA WALLCOVERINGS TEKTURA PLC, Suite 1.03 Harbour Island, 34 Harbour Exchange Square, London E14 9GE Tel 020 7536 3300 Fax 020 7536 3322 W0OG3KOIMvlls ©Cd Tektura, CLC) ongoing environmentally share CN olthita goals, du 53 Co sustainable eztazo develop HOD wallcoverings. promoting manufacturing, ensuring needs, CLP customers recycling, environmental broad demands performance, cw aesthetically manufacturing environmental research range C(} practices. clad products pleasing partners cLe actively development cnd suppliers encourage products, VINYL WALLCOVERINGS Our vinyl wallcoverings ore built to last, minimising the need for frequent replacement. They're lightfast, washable and scrubbable, providing a cost-effective, long-term solution. All our vinyl wallcoverings conform to UK and/or European fire safety regulations, and contain antimicrobials to guard against mildew and mould growth. IICYCLED CONTENT G�q DMP de# cud 00 wallcoverings compound tonnes recycled months waste garden hoses, contain created content 47 CO o GM53, cibo October SaQoal OodO ENERGY introducing products, machinery Ondiff OMP 0 0 u atm measures, reduced 8%, efficient manufac-turing by by recycled during content; tag URa manu factureORD re -used. incorporated 2009 fabricated matting. 0 8e00 r ONJP alternative UNG hat therefore production oo In wog? 96% created reduces e'r� Qoaat% recycled, wallcoverings products, during energy RECYCLING amt manufacturing energy thereby design London offices. Ib January 2008 c- introduced recycling itis CMP ' .. - we have recycled 22 tonnes of waste paper, cardboard, plastic and cans. �1`$n p 53 eit9zeWu diverted Ica landfill pal B3 recycled BG(b cad Gkat paper newsprint packaging holders. LIFECYCLE Depending on traffic, all Tektura wallcoverings con last indefinitely. Typical working lifespans are: PAPER BACKED VINYL 3 to 1 O years or more Q<� IFAO$BDC BACKED VONYL 5 to i 5 years or more Q NATURALIFOI3IRE MOVES 3 to 7 years or more aQO yap TIEKTURA %Vaddc OVIEROa©i3 oso U 0 0 0 c 0 0 rik In the last 10 years, our CO2 emissions have decreased by 3600 tonnes* nao Wig catalogues certified R sales stock. literature cR� printed ACCREDITATION Our parent company and European manufacturing base - BN International is IS014001 certified. ISO14001 is the best known international Environmental management system. It prescribes controls for those activities that have an effect on the environment. These include the use of natural resources, �y handling and treatment of waste and energy consumption. k osie once •sotoos ego\00N\or koccc` o1\ Pe s o<g Oct\ envccOnmec- oecaces•� . Pc ti�cOpe _, NeE Mesh a,140ckvng osinc\ob\e E�cope ,40,600 Okkec\ng wOr- . some t eQV e5\ occ cit goo\s. -ee C m A wide range of Tektura vinyl and natural fibre wallcoverings meet BREEAM requirements. ranges programme, a formaldehyde predetermined dbo GREENGUARD improving aimed (•yg Mel coo certified. Indoor measured, achieve Quy. ca2 Glom Greenguard alit falling certification. below c 6 OdP paper -backed materials. world' G{� largest organisation, independent purchaser (Pro certifi .a gramme iso cation,�n Mau cidcb437/13 utca Clie 53 CB Endorsement E founded 999 t;C°J crifti sdfwood aid management forests. certification. paper manufactured certification certification independent, promotes sustainably Am RIC silo non-profit managed VON PM c provides CE CPEINCIRCG products gypr,soca f 1 promoting approved non-governmental forests through mechanism sustainable rrl F C rs '') OOdP natural {AGO Pge Bra din Cup promote represented important ranges independent, responsible gni initi 35 t FSC -certified non-governmental, management a atives OftLW countries, decade PEFC-approved not-for-profit world' along promote forests. organization Established responsible regardedce3 coo c069 oat bed materials. established Op 530 Wao INC 53 management. TRANSPORT UK Mail are our preferred UK transport provider, the largest company of it's kind in the UK, and winners of the Green Fleet award. We use Federal Express Ho heavy ugoga 3 oP clgercki Ytrmncued @cREceily cad TEKTURA G114, ger.da2'14:13 European for delivering goods overseas. Fedex are 1S014001 certified, with the largest hybrid diesel/electric fleet in the industry. forma monufaGturing 4®]*G, Oo artg bag? IN International ad WO C CMY pro Glasse 'g ow ro mgo Harbour Island, OK) ao KW gM Harbour Exchange Square, enquiries@tekturaonline.com London www tekturaonline com 1..44 44,14.17“ 4 CIPAPEIR7. WALL INSTALLATION STEPS display by design STEP 1 00r'.r� LeVltefr.s Set out stud work at 600mm centers TAPIER7. DESTINY display by design STEP 2 Ply line the wall with 18mm thick material STEP 3 Mark out a Datum line of 1983mm from the highest point of the floor in the shop STEP 4 Fit the first left hand channel to the drawing position, with the top of the upright in-line with the datum line set out. Screw upright back to the wall with all hole positions being screwed TAPER,. �`` display by design STEP 5 Fit the first right hand channel tighht up agianst the left hand channel with the top of the upright in-line with the datum line set out. Screw upright back to the wall with all hole positions being screwed VAPEIRr DEsTINT display by design STEP 6 (PAPER,- DESTINi Once the first Quad channels have been installed, you will then need the 2 no. set out bars to positin the next left hand upright display by design STEP 7 When fitting the bars ensure that you fit them into the correct slots as shown DfSTlNl� display by design STEP 8 Set out the next channels with the bars, line up against the datum line and screw fix the channel to the wall PAPIER. DESTINY' display by design STEP 9 Q 10 -,,," .J'ee- Repeat this along the wall installing the Quads and Doubles uprights where shown on the drawing CIPAPEIR7- DESTIN display by desicn 'STEP 10 Once all of the uprights have been installed, fix strips of 9mm plasterboard around the uprights and across the wall as shown (PAPER,. DESTINY display by design STEP 11 hen install 12mm plasterboard around the uprights. PAPIERY display by design WALL FIXTURES PAPlEiR DESTIN display by design CARD TIER A TDP HOOK TO G❑ IN 1ST SLOT FRDM THE TOP Card Fixtures -sf CARD TIER B TDP HOOK TO GD IN i 6TH SLOT FROM THE TDP CARD TIER B TOP HOOK TO G❑ IN i_ 12TH SLOT FROM THE TDP an CARD TIER C TDP HOOK TO G❑ IN 18TH SLDT FRDM THE TOP I�EsTIN� CARD TIER D TDP HDDK TO G❑ IN 27TH SLDT FRDM THE TOP CARD TIER D TDP. HDDK TD G❑ IN 36TH SLOT FROM THE TDP CARD TIER E TOP HOOK TO G❑ IN 45TH SLDT FROM THE TOP Material List: 2mm Cleare PETG Steel Brackets display by design Card Fixtures Material List: 18mm MDF finished in Blue vinyl Steel cam /dowel and brackets display by design 4, 3 NO, DIVIDER FIN SPLIT BATTEN FIXIN DESTIN GIFT WALL WITH CUPBOARDS - 2 BAY 1 5. DIVIDER FINS 7. SHELVES E Material List: 18mm MDF finished in Oak vinyl 18mm MDF finished in Creme vinyl 18mm MDF finished in Blue vinyl 2mm ABS Creme edging tape Raw 18mm MDF 12V Led lighting Steel concealed hinges and plates Steel shelf supports Push plate door openers Steel cam /dowel and screw fittings 6. LED TRANSFORMER 3. WORKTOP 2. BASE CUPBOARDS 1. BASE PLINTH INSTALLATION 1. SET PLINTH IN PLACE AND LEVEL 2. SET BOTH SETS OF CUPBOARDS ON TO PLINTH AND SCREW DOWN FROM THE INSIDE OF CUPBOARD IN TO PLINTH 3. PLACE WORKTOP ON TO CUPBOARDS AND SCREW FROM INSIDE OF CUPBOARD UPWARDS 4. SET SPLIT BATTENS TO CO INSIDE WITH SPLIT BATTEN ON DIVIDER FINS AND FIX TO WALL 5, INSTALL FIN ON TO SPLIT BATTENS MAKING SURE BOTTOM DOWELS LOCATE IN TO WORKTOP LOCATION HOLES 6. CONNECT UP LED TRANSFORMER WHICH IS LOCATED IN TOP OF FIN 7. INSTALL SHELVING IN REQUIRED POSITIONS USING METAL SHELF CARRIERS PROVIDED IN PLASTIC BAG TAPED TO FIN DIMENSIONS 1. BASE PLINTH 1665X100X325 65 }'X4"X12 2, BASE CUPBOARDS 830.5X505X370 32r Xl9"X143' 3. WORKTOP 1669X18X375 65;'X"X14 3' 4. SPLIT BATTENS OUTER 64X80X18 2 kX3 CENTER 50X80X18 YX3 5. DIVIDER FINS 113X2400X350 4'X94}X13}' 6. LED TRANSFORMER 7. SHELF 687.5X18X332 27 j27 ileXtX13T • display by design 4, 3 NO, DIVIDER FIN SPLIT BATTEN FIXINGS DIMENSIONS 1. BASE PLINTH 2440X100X325 961j{X4'X12 2. BASE CUPBOARDS 812X505X370 32,2=14 k 3. WORKTOP 2444X18X375 96i'XtX14}' 4. SPLIT BATTENS OUTER 64X80X18 2kX3tXt CENTER 50X80X18 2-X3 }X}' 5. DIVIDER FINS 113X2400X350 4 }'X9411'X13 }' 6, LED TRANSFORMER 7, SHELF 687.5X18X332 274(4113/ PAPIER (�ESTINI� GIFT WALL WITH CUPBOARDS - 3 BAY 5, DIVIDER FINS 7, SHELVES Material List: 1 6. LED TRANSFORMER 3. WORKTOP 2. BASE CUPBOARDS n 1 q""1 1. BASE PLINTH 18mm MDF finished in Oak vinyl 18mm MDF finished in Creme vinyl 18mm MDF finished in Blue vinyl 18mm Raw MDF 2mm ABS Creme edging tape 12V Led lighting Steel concealed hinges and plates Steel shelf supports Push plate door openers Steel cam /dowel and screw fittings INSTALLATION 1. -SET PLINTH IN PLACE.AND LEVEL 2, SET BOTH SETS OF CUPBOARDS ON TO PLINTH AND SCREW DOWN FROM THE INSIDE OF CUPBOARD IN TO PLINTH 3. PLACE WORKTOP ON TO CUPBOARDS AND SCREW FROM INSIDE OF CUPBOARD UPWARDS 4. SET SPLIT BATTENS TO CO INSIDE WITH SPLIT BATTEN ON DIVIDER FINS AND FIX TO WALL 5. INSTALL FIN ON TO SPLIT BATTENS MAKING SURE BOTTOM DOWELS LOCATE IN TO WORKTOP LOCATION HOLES 6. CONNECT UP LED TRANSFORMER WHICH IS LOCATED IN TOP OF FIN 7. INSTALL SHELVING IN REQUIRED POSITIONS USING METAL SHELF CARRIERS PROVIDED IN PLASTIC BAG TAPED TO FIN display by design Material List: 18mm MDF finished in Blue vinyl Steel Hanging Bar 244 0 -11W\ display by design DIMENSIONS 1. BASE PUNTHS 1607.9(100X325 63 4' X4'X12 t" 2. PLINTH TOP 1609.5X18X37S 63 {}"41(144' 3. SPLIT BATTENS OUTER 64X$0X18 2 } X31}'Xt CENTER 50X80X18 2"X3,�"Xr 4. LARGE DIVIDER FINS 2500X114X350 9841"X44 X13 5. SMALL DM DER FINS 7O114X350 27}"X4}X13} 6. LED TRANSFORMER 7. SHELF 687.5X18X332 274fX'X1371( 3, 3 NO. WADER FIN SPLIT BATTEN FIXINGS (PAPER, DESTIN 5. SMALL DIVIDER FINS t ri 1 -1 4. LARGE DIVIDER FINS t 7. SHELVES 18mm MDF finished in Creme vinyl 18mm MDF finished in Blue vinyl Raw 18mm MDF 12V Led lighting Steel shelf supports Steel cam /dowel and screw fittings 6. LED TRANSFORMER 2. PLINTH TOP 1. BASE PLINTH INSTALLATION 1. SET PLINTHS IN PLACE AND LEVEL 2. PLACE PLINTH TOP ON TO BASE PLINTH AND FIX TO PLINTH USING BOLTS SUPPLIED 3. -SET SPLIT BATTENS TO CO INSIDE WITH SPUT BATTEN ON DMDER FINS AND FIX TO WALL 4. INSTALL LARGER DIVIDER FNS ON TO SPLIT BATTENS MAKING SURE BOTTOM DOWELS LOCATE IN TO WORKTOP LOCATION HOLES 5. CONNECT UP LED TRANSFORMER WHICH IS LOCATED IN TOP OF FIN 6, MEASURE GAP TO CEILING REMOVE}" OFF THE SIZE AND THEN CUT SCRIBE ON THE TOP OF THE EXTENSION FIN THEN SLIDE SMALLER DIVIDER FINS OVER LARGER DMDER FINS AND FIX TOGETHER USING GLUE AND PINS 7, INSTALL SHELVING IN REQUIRED POSITIONS USING METAL SHELF CARRIERS PROVIDED IN PLASTIC BAG TAPED TO FIN display by design 1. Plinths x 2 - , i 100mm (3 15/16") w 1300mm (4' - 3 3/16") d 300mm (11 13/16") 2. Left Cupboard - h 2500mm (8' - 2 7/16") w 738mm (2' - 5 1/16") d 350mm (1' - 1 25/32") 3. Center Cupboard - h810mm(2'- 77/8") w 1124mm (3' - 8 1/4") d 350mm (1' - 1 25/32") 4. Right Cupboard - h 2500mm (8' - 2 7/16") w 738mm (2' - 5 1/16") d 350mm (1' - 1 25/32") 5. Header h 2600mm (8' - 6 3/8") w 100mm (3 15/16") d 350mm (1' - 1 25/32") Material List: 18mm MDF finished in Oak vinyl 18mm MDF finished in Creme vinyl Raw 18mm MDF 2mm ABS Creme edging tape Steel concealed hinges and plates Steel shelf supports Push plate door openers Steel cam /dowel and screw fittings IDESTINY REAR TILL 1 CUPBOARD INSTALLATION 1_ SEr @OTH PLINTH IN Pt.ACE MO LEVEL 2. SET LEFT RAND cUP'OARD vATH END PANEL INTO PLACE AND ScREw DOWN IN THE INSIDE OF CUPBOARD PLINTH 3, SET SASE CUPBOARD ANT/ RIS NAND cLIPEIOARD WITH END PANEL oN TO PUNTS► AND SCREW DOWN FROM O THPLIE INSIDE OFcUPBOA 4_ PLACE TOP HEACEil PANEL OVER TALLTOPEND ANELS AHD OFF END PANEL Dolma INTO AND a ;CREW REAR BATTEN INTO WALL 9_ INSTALL SHED ND ONS USING REOUIF Poe METAL SHELF CARRIERS PROVIDED IN PLASTIC 8A0 TAPED TO FIN 6. INSTALL SIQNAOS To cIENTEA OPENING display by design 1. , Plinths x 2 - h 100mm (3 15/16") , w 1862mm (6' -1 4/16") d 300mm (11 13/16") 2. Left Cupboard - h 2500mm (8' - 2 7/16") w 738mm (2' - 5 1/16") d 350mm (1' - 1 25/32") 3. Center Cupboards x 2 - h 810mm (2' - 7 7/8") w 1124mm (3' - 8 1/4") d 350mm (1' - 1 25/32") 4. Right Cupboard - h 2500mm (8' - 2 7/16") w 738mm (2' - 5 1/16") d 350mm (1' - 1 25/32") 5. Header h 3248mm (10' - 7 7/8") w 100mm (3 15/16") d 350mm (1' - 1 25/32") TAPER,. Material List: INSTALLATION 1. SET BOTH Pij EITH IN MAIM AND LEVEL 2. SST I.I,PT PIANO CUPBOARD Ir'JTP PLACE AND SCREW bOINN FROM THE INSIDE OP CUP IN TO PLINTH 3. BET BOTH stIT5 07 BABE CUPBOARD! AND RIGHT HAND CUbIsD ARD CN TO PLINTH AND �cPP1Rw DOY49V FRAM 'ME *bi OF CUPBOARD IN TO Pi N pi 4. PLACE TOP NO.135R PANEL OVER TAU, CupIIOARDS AND FIX DO'hN biro TOP AND SCREW RCAR -BATTEN INTO YYALI 4. CONNECT UP LEO TRANSFORMER WiIcH I$ LCCATEI3 ON TOP CP HEADER PAn3EL B. INSrA1,L,oHELVING IN FIgtILIIRES POSITIONS LISIN4 MAL SHELF CARRIERS PROVIDED IN P.ASTIc DAG TAPED TO FIN 7. INSTALL SIrrNAGE TO CENTER -'ENING 18mm MDF finished in Oak vinyl 18mm MDF finished in Creme vinyl Raw 18mm MDF 2mm ABS Creme edging tape Steel concealed hinges and plates Steel shelf supports Push plate door openers Steel cam /dowel and screw fittings display by design Material List: 18mm MDF Creme Melamine 2mm ABS Creme edging tape Steel hinges 18mm diameter aluminium dowel 9mm diameter aluminium dowel Steel cam /dowel and screw fittings TAPER,. DESTIN FLAT WRAP LADDER display by design FLAT WRAP FIXING DETAIL ST LAURENT PAPER, display by design TAPER DESTINI,. FLAT WRAP FIXING DETAIL SOUTH CENTER display by design FLOOR FIXTURES (PAPER, DEST1Nx display by design ode 0 Material List: 18mm MDF finished in Oak vinyl 18mm MDF finished in Creme vinyl Raw MDF Steel bearing draw runners Steel leg brackets Steel shelf post Steel cam /dowel and screw fittings Acrylic dividers display by design TAPER, DEsTIN Material List: 18mm MDF finished in Oak vinyl 18mm MDF finished in Creme vinyl Raw 18mm MDF Steel leg braces Steel pull out shelf runners Shelf retaining bolts Steel cam /dowel, screw ands bolt fittings display by design • Material List: 18mm MDF finished in Oak vinyl 18mm MDF finished in Creme vinyl Raw 18mm MDF Steel shelf brackets PVC slat wall insert 2mm ABS edging tape Steel cam /dowel and screw fittings TAPER DEsTINI, display by design 6 PAPIER,. DESTIN Material List: 18mm MDF finished in Oak vinyl 18mm MDF finished in Creme vinyl 18mm MDF finished in Blue vinyl Raw 18mm MDF Steel leg braces Steel cam /dowel and screw fittings display by design 1. Till Units x 4 - h 828mm (2' - 8 19/32") W . 1Omm (2' — 0 1/32") I:Z.761mm (2' — 5 31/32") 2. Plinth - h 200mm (7 7/8") W 2476mm (8' —1 15/32") 0 761mm (2' — 5 31/32") 3. Left Shelving Unit - h 954mm (3' —1 9/16") W 761mm (2' — 5 31/32") D 150mm (5 29/32") 4. Front Left Shelving - h 954mm (3' —1 9/16") W 790mm (2' — 7 3/32") D 150mm (5 29/32") 5. Front Right Shelving - h 954mm (3' —1 9/16") W 790mm (2' — 7 3/32") D 150mm (5 29/32") 6. Right Shelving Unit - h 954mm (3' —1 9/16") W 761mm (2' — 5 31/32") D 150mm (5 29/32") 7. Front Vanity Panel - h 728mm (2' — 4 21/32") W 1158mm (3' - 9 19/32") 0 18mm (23/32") 8. Top - h 36mm (1 13/32") W 2440mm (8' — 0 1/16") D 878.5mm (2' —10 19/32") 9. Top Podium Unit - h 180mm (7 3/32") W 1221.6mm (4' — 0 3/32") D 217mm (8 17/32") 10. Left Display Dispenser - h422mm(1'-4 5/8") W 799mm (2' — 7 15/32") D 788mm (2' — 7 1/32") 11. Left Display Dispenser - h422mm(1'-4 5/8") W 799mm (2' — 7 15/32") 0 788mm (2' — 7 1/32") Material List: 18mm MDF finished in Oak vinyl 1 18mm MDF finished in Creme vinyl 18mm MDF finished in Blue vinyl 18mm MFC finished in creme melemine Raw 18mm MDF PVC slat wall insert Acrylic dividers Steel cam /dowel and screw fittings FRONT TILL TAPER,. DESTINY display by design FRONT TILL INSTRUCTIONS INSTALLATION 1. LAY TILL UNITS IN TO POSITION AND LEVEL THEM WITH PACKERS 2. FIX UNITS TOGETHER USING SCREWS THROUGH THE INTERNAL. SIDES 3. SCRIBE FRONT AND SIDE PLINTH TO FLOOR 4. PLACE SHELVING UNITS AND FRONT VAIIITY PANEL ONTO TILL UNITS BY HOOKING THEM ON TO SPLIT BATTENS 5. PLACE WORK TOP INTO POSITION AND SCREW FROM BELOW 6. PLACE TOP PODIUM UNIT INTO POSITION (POSITION TO BE AGREED ON SITE) AND FIX BY USING A CLEAR SILICONE BEAD 7. PUT TOP DISPLAY DISPENSER INTO PLACE display by design Material List: 18mm MDF finished in Creme vinyl 18mm MDF finished in Blue vinyl 36mm MDF finished in Blue vinyl 2Smm Raw MDF PVC slat wall insert Steel arched blister pack hooks Aluminium shelve brackets Steel screw and bolt fittings E��iNY display by design V D1'' � jl0 v0� PAPER DESTINY Material List: 18mm MDF finished in Creme vinyl 2mm ABS Creme edging tape lmm ABS Creme edging tape Steel cam/dowel fittings 164' ria 41X0'0 _6 .,�' ,Ch .. display by design o'1' I4 EAG 8 111) \ DESTBN Material List: 18mm MDF finished in Creme vinyl 18mm MDF finished in Oak vinyl Steel cam/dowel fittings Bendy MDF display by design • PLAN TING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D13-196 DATE: 06-04-13 PROJECT NAME PAPER DESTINY SITE ADDRESS: 271 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # . After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: AILdir4- Public ion 115 NWorks 4W( (r►3 Fire Prevention II Structural i A74 Planning Division �] Permit Coordinatortut 61 (p- (3 s DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete n DUE DATE: 06-06-13 Not Applicable n Comments: Permit Center Use Only , .. . INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: • LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required n No further Review Required n REVIEWER'S I ITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR!CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Approved with ConditionstN( Not Approved (attach comments) n Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE: 07-04-13 Permit Center Use Only, CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2-28-02 Contractors or Tradespeople Peer Friendly Page General/Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L&I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name Phone Address Suite/Apt. City State Zip County Business Type Corporation Parent Company HARDESTY & ASSOCIATES INC UBI No. 9497232230 Status 500 E Balboa Blvd License No. Newport Beach CA 92661 Out Of State License Type Effective Date Expiration Date Suspend Date Specialty 1 Specialty 2 601423943 Active HARDEAI066PP Construction Contractor 10/17/1994 11/17/2013 General Unused Other Associated Licenses License Name Type Specialty 1 Specialty 2 Effective Date Expiration Date Status HARDESI099DG HARDESTY & STONE INC Construction Contractor General Unused 3/7/1991 7/2/1993 Archived Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date HARDESTY, ROBERT D Cancel Date 01/01/1980 Bond Amount HARDESTY, ROBERT E 7 01/01/1980 wal 3466 HARDESTY, WILLIAM S Until Cancelled 01/01/1980 HARDESTY, LORI A 10/30/2012 01/01/1980 PLATTE RIVER INS CO ALLEY, RICHARD Agent 01/01/1980 09/01/2009 Bond Information Page 1 of 2 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 7 MERCHANTS BONDING CO (MUTUAL) wal 3466 09/08/2009 Until Cancelled $12,000.0009/14/2009 10/30/2012 6 PLATTE RIVER INS CO 40069657 09/01/2003 Until Cancelled 09/01/2009 $12,000.00 09/08/2003 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 18 Scottsdale Ins Co BCS0028986 10/25/2012 10/25/2013 $2,000,000.00 10/30/2012 17 Scottsdale Ins Co bcs0026129 10/25/2011 10/25/2012 $1,000,000.00 10/31/2011 16 SCOTTSDALE INS CO BCS0023302 10/25/2010 10/25/2011 $1,000,000.00 10/25/2010 15 SCOTTSDALE INS CO BCS0020742 10/25/2009 10/25/2010 $1,000,000.00 10/27/2009 14 FIRST SPECIALTY INS CORP IRG57154 10/25/2008 10/25/2009 $1,000,000.0010/31/2008 13 CO ADFASTINS SC03557421 08 10/25/2006 10/25/2008 $1,000,000.00 10/25/2007 12 COSTADFAST INS SC03557421 07 10/25/2006 10/25/2007 $1,000,000.00 10/30/2006 httns://fortress.wa.gov/lni/bbin/Print.asnx 06/28/2013 NOTE TO BUILDING DEPARTMENT THE BASE BUILDING, INCLUDING ALL LANDLORD PROVIDED SHELL CONSTRUCTION AND EXISTING CONSTRUCTION (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO DEMISING PARTITIONS, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, AND PLUMBING SUPPLY, AND EQUIPMENT) HAS BEEN PERMITTED UNDER A PREVIOUSLY ISSUED CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING PERMIT. -NO MODIFICATIONS ARE BEING PROPOSED TO THE BASE BUILDING, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, SPRINKLER OR FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. - THERE ARE NO CHANGES TO THE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION OR USE GROUP. • DEFERRED SUBMITTALS FIRE SPRINKLER MODIFICATION/ADDITION FIRE ALARM PLANS ALL DEFERRED SUBMITTAL SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LOCAL FIRE / LIFE SAFETY CODES AND NFPA72 OCCUPANCY LOAD CALCULATIONS LOCATION FUNCTION OF SPACE AREA LOAD FACTOR OCCUPANT LOAD MULTIPLIER EGRESS WIDTH REQUIED EGRESS WIDTH PROVIDED SALES AREA TOCK/TOILET MERCANTILE STORAGE 998 299 30 300 34 I0.20 0.20 6.8 0.1875 FURNISHING/FIXTURE DESIGNATION - SHEET #A4 TOTAL CCUPANTS- ONE REQUIRED IT PER BC TABLE 1015.1 FRT HEIGHT 65. A 7 66 EGRESS LEGEND N ES SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHING -- REQUIRED EGRESS POINT STARTING POINT PRIMARY TRAVEL PATH, 36" WIDTH OD EXIT SIGN EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE THIS SPACE IS FULLY SPRINKLERED REFER TO SHEET ADA1 FOR MAXIMUM OVERALL DISTANCE = 69'-O" ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. MAINTAIN MIN. REQUIRED CLEARANCES: NOTE TO BUILDING DEPARTMENT: ALL EGRESS: CONTINUOUS 36" WIDE .CLEAR FLOOR DISPLAYS ARE MOVEABLE / PATH. MOBILE. ACCESSIBILITY: 36" CLEARANCE FOR SPANS MORE THAN 24" IN LENGTH. 32" CLEARANCE FOR SPANS LESS THAN 24" IN LENGTH - WITH 48" INTERVALS BETWEEN REDUCTIONS. REQD 64'-3 7/8" LEASED EXTENTS • LL LANDLORD •X ROOF TOP UNIT LTG LIGHTING .•,�voW.s•ti •:r'$'id.•!S•.v'• v...OA:•J. .................::•:4•:..vv..:.-{:.❖.••-S •.. r...... r.•.t. r.. ... S/S STAINLESS STEEL ti - TELE i MGR MANAGER ® > - ►n'"" - - - - - - noon STOP/8UN8ER _L P' \ t' (771. OF 2) _ 1-- z CITY OF TUKWILA 5/31/13 , EC A. I jj��""LL��� HOLO EotO� (TMprit,) -...F r w Ci PERMIT CENTER E3 ELECTRICAL DETAILS EC IC EC (TyPTOFl"21 "-. Oi V) ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 5/31/13 4 11 � WJ M SP1 SPECIFICATIONS 5/31/13 EC SP2 SPECIFICATIONS 5/31/13 tPr � J•:.: w4'.:r. fw .:Mrh. :•:4u1:y SPECIFICATIONS 5/31/13 r� SP4 SPECIFICATIONS 5/31/13 SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: 69'-0" EGRESS PATH TRAVEL FROM FURTHEST LOCATION WITHIN SPACE TO cb1'latt TENANT'S EGRESS DOORS AT STOREFRONT. Electrical TRAVEL DISTANCE IS LESS THAN 75 FEET. OCCUPANCY IS LESS THAN 50. +�m�l THEREFORE, 2ND MEANS OF EGRESS IS NOT A REQUIREMENT. OQ THE REAR SERVICE DOOR SERVES AS AN ALTERNATE MEANS OF EGRESS FOR CISas Piping OCCUPANTS IN THE STOCK AND TOILET ROOM ONLY. City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SPECIFICATIONS 1 EGRESS PLAN Al SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" SCOPE OF WORK THIS IS A TENANT IMPROVEMENT TO AN EXISTING TENANT SPACE. SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO: NOTE: LANDLORD IS PROVIDING THE ENTIRE STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION FROM THE LEASE LINE TO 6'-O" WITHIN THE TENANT'S LEASED SPACE - OTHER THAN THE ENTRY DOORS AND TRANSOM. THE LANDLORD'S WORK HAS BEEN DONE UNDER A PREVIOUSLY ISSUED CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING PERMIT. DEMOLITION OF CEILINGS AND CEILING ELEMENTS, PREVIOUS TENANT'S MILLWORK AND FINISHES. BUILD OUT OF NEW RETAIL STORE: INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO FINISHES, MILLWORK, LIGHTING, NON -LOAD BEARING SALES/STOCK ROOM WALL AND DOOR, AND STOREFRONT DOORS AND TRANSOM. THE EXISTING MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND SPRINKLER SYSTEMS WILL BE REWORKED TO MEET PROJECT PARAMETERS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WILL BE NEW TO MEET LANDLORD'S LATEST CRITERIA / REQUIREMENTS. CODE DATA I. GENERAL SITE AND PROJECT INFORMATION A. This is a tenant space in a multiple tenant building. The existing shell building is being reused. This space is currently classified as M Occupancy and will continue to be classified as M Occupancy. No changes to Occupancy type are proposed. B. The existing building is protected throughout by an automatic fire suppression system. C. Exits discharge to grade or at access to grade (provided by landlord) D. These construction documents indicate for accessibility to be maintained by the landlord from the public way into, and throughout the shopping center. E. The maximum number of employees per shift will be four or less. BUILDING: 2009 International Building Code with WA state amendments MECHANICAL: 2009 International Mechanical Code with WA state amendments ELECTRICAL: 2008 National Ele trical Code (NFPA 70 - 2008) WA state amendments PLUMBING: 2009 Unifor P u b < g Code with WA state amendments ACCESSIBILITY: ANSI 2003 ENERGY CONSERVATION: gton State Energy Code FIRE PROTECTION: 2009 Int- ational Fire Code III. USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION A. One hour separation required for storage area over 100 sq. ft. or provide automatic fire -extinguishing system. (This store is fully sprinklered) B. This project is a retail sales store classified as Mercantile Use Group M. IV. TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION A. Mail base building is Construction Type IIB Fully Sprinklered per NFPA 13 V. INTERIOR FINISHES A. FLAME SPREAD RATINGS FOR INTERIOR FINISHES ALL INTERIOR FINISHES .SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 8 OF THE I.B.C. Tab. 803.5- Interior wall and ceiling finishes for Occupancy Group M, sprinklered, are Class B for exit enclosures and exit passageways, Class C for exit access corridors and other exitways, and Class C for rooms and enclosed spaces. VI. MEANS OF EGRESS A. Values are from plan layout contained Sales Non -Sales. TOTAL LEASED SQUARE FOOTAGE in these construction documents. 998 sq. ft. 299 sq. ft. 1297 sq. ft. 8. Occupancy calculation values are from plan layout contained in these construction documents. Sales 998 sq. ft. 30 sq. ft. per person 34 persons Non -Sales 299 sq. ft. 300 sq. ft. per person 1 persons TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD: 35 persons C. Egress width calculation values are from Sec. 1005.1 and calculations above. Sprinklered building with a total occupant Toad of 35 multiplied by 0.2" per occupant equals 7" of exit width required. 66" of exit width have been provided. * * * SEE THIS SHEET FOR EGRESS PLAN VII. DOOR REQUIREMENTS A. Egress doors shall swing in the direction of egress travel where serving an occupant load of 50 or more persons. Opening force for interior side swinging doors without closers shall not exceed a 5 Ib. force. For other doors the latch shall release when subjected to a 15 Ib. force. The door shall be set in motion when subjected to a 30 Ib. force and shall swing to 'a full open position when subjected to a 15 Ib. force. All forces shall be applied to latch side. B. Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. The main exterior door or doors in Group M may be equipped with a key operated locking device from the egress side if the device is readily distinguishable as locked and there is a sign stating "This door to remain unlocked when building is occupied". VIII. EXIT QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS A. Maximum occupant load is Tess than 50 and common path of travel is less than 75'-0" = 1 exit required. IX. EXIT ACCESS COMPONENTS A. Minimum clear aisle widths for public areas in Groups M occupancies shall not be Tess than 36 inches. X. ACCESSIBILITY A. Accessible check-out aisles shall" be provided at the rate of 1 for up to 4 check-out aisles. X1. PLUMBING OCCUPANTS A. Mercantile occupancy for plumbing occupants. =200 sq ft per person. 1297 sq ft / 200 = 6.5 REVISIONS No changes shallbe made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila$uiiding Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees. DEMOLITION NOTES CONSTRUCTION GENERAL NOT ES G.C. TO PERFORM ALL NECESSARY DEMOLITION WORK TO ACCOMMODATE NEW DESIGN. G.C. SHALL VISIT THE SITE TO DETERMINE THE EXACT SCOPE OF WORK AND CONDITIONS. NO EXTRAS SHALL BE HONORED FOR ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT ACCOUNTED FOR DUE TO LACK OF FIELD VISIT. EXISTING MATERIALS AND AREAS TO REMAIN MUST BE PROTECTED. G.C. SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY VARIANCES FROM CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NO EXTRAS WILL BE HONORED FOR FAILURE TO REPORT DISCREPANCIES. Plan Approval of Mc Violation d any of Qpppproved Field Copy and City Of 1Ukwila BUILDING DIVISION 1. DIMENSIONS ARE TO FINISH SURFACES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. REPORT ALL SHELL BUILDING LATENT DEFECTS TO THE PAPER DESTINY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 3. THE G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFIRMING OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. ANY DISCREPANCIES OR POTENTIALLY PROBLEMATIC CONDITIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT. 4. ANY SURFACES, FINISHES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. INDICATED AS "EXISTING TO REMAIN" OR "RELOCATED" SHALL BE REPAIRED TO LIKE NEW CONDITION OR REPLACED. 5. UPDATE ANY EXISTING EGRESS STRIPING OR FLOORING FINISHES IN THE STOCKROOM, SO THAT A CLEAR PATH OF TRAVEL IS INDICATED TO EGRESS DOORS. MAINTAIN ALL CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES. 6. G.C. SHALL BECOME ACQUAINTED WITH LANDLORD CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING PROJECT. 7. ALL MATERIALS AND WORK ARE TO BE PROVIDED BY G.C. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. REPORT ALL DAMAGED ITEMS TO PAPER DESTINY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 8. CHANGES AND/OR SUBSTITUTIONS REQUIRE PRIOR APPROVAL BY PAPER DESTINY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR ARCHITECT. NO EXCEPTIONS 9. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STORAGE AND HANDLING FOR ALL TENANT SUPPLIED ITEMS AND MATERIALS. 10. WORK SHALL FULLY COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES, ORDINANCES, RESTRICTIONS. G.C. MUST TAKE ALL NECESSARY SAFETY MEASURES AND COMPLY WITH LOCAL BLDG. DEPT. AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS FOR PUBLIC PROTECTION. (BARRICADES, SIGNS, DUST BARRIERS, ETC.) 11. G.C. TO SECURE ALL PERMITS AND PAY ALL FEES. 12. PROPER EGRESS SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES DURING STORE REMODEL. 13. THE G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING ALL WORK BY ALL TRADES THROUGH PROJECT COMPLETION, INCLUDING THOSE TRADES AND VENDORS UNDER THE DIRECT CONTROL OF PAPER DESTINY. DELIVERY SCHEDULES FOR ITEMS SUPPLIED BY PAPER DESTINY OR SUPPLIERS AND VENDORS UNDER THEIR DIRECT CONTROL SHALL BE COORDINATED THROUGH THE PAPER DESTINY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 14. G.C. SHALL VISIT THE SITE TO VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND DETERMINE THE SCOPE OF WORK PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BIDS. NO EXTRAS SHALL BE HONORED FOR ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT ACCOUNTED FOR DUE TO LACK OF A FIELD VISIT. ANY DEMOLITION WORK NECESSARYIIFOR COMPLETIONggpegg OFF THE WORK INDICATED IN 15.DRAWiN�SAANDG PECIFIbA ONKLA IN NTED f0 PRI18, of THE BASIS FOR THE PROPER COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT SUITABLE FOR THE INTENDED USE OF PAPER DESTINY. ITEMS NOT EXPRESSLY SET FORTH BUT WHICH ARE REASONABLY IMPLIED OR NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER PERFORMANCE OF THIS WORK SHALL BE INCLUDED. 16. G.C. TO PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS OF THE CORRECT CAPACITY AND RATING AS REQUIRED BY CODE. VERIFY IF EXISTING UNIT MEETS STANDARDS NECESSARY. 17. G.C. SHALL BECOME ACQUAINTED WITH LANDLORD CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING ON PROJECT. NO EXTRAS WILL BE ALLOWED DUE TO LACK OF FAMILIARITY WITH REQUIREMENTS. 18. ALL MATERIALS AND WORK BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR (G.C.) UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 19. G.C. SHALL VERIFY WITH MALL MANAGEMENT ANY ITEMS SUPPLIED BY THE LANDLORD AND ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY LANDLORD 20. G.C. SHALL VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT SITE BEFORE BIDDING. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO ARCHITECT. CHANGES REQUIRE PRIOR APPROVAL. 21. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. Westfield thce 271 S.uthce u k w ' l a Ill E' Isl PROJECT CONTACTS TENANT REP. PAPER DESTINY 500 CHADBORNE RD. FAIRFIELD, CA 94534 LINDA GRAVES DESIGN & CONSTR PROJECT MNGR PHONE: 707.428.0200 x3147 FAX 707.425.8066 MOBILE: 707.344.3614 BUILDING DEPARTMENT CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD., #100 TUKWILA, WA 98188 PHONE: 206 431-3670 FAX: 206 431-3665 PHONE & DATA CABLING INTEGRATED NETWORK CABLE 18079 EDISON AVE. CHESTERFIELD, MO 63005 PATRICK GIFFORD PHONE: 888-519-9525 EMAIL: Patrick.Gifford@showmecables.com ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN JENCEN ARCHITECTURE 2850 EUCLID AVENUE CLEVELAND, OH 44115 JULEEN RUSSELL, AIA PHONE: 216-781-0131 x23 FAX: 216-781-0134 E-MAIL: jrussell@jencen.com SPEAKERS DMX, INC. 3152 RED HILL AVE. SUITE 270 COSTA MESA, CA 92626 BRAD DEFFENBAUGH PHONE: (512) 583-8638 FAX: (847) 354-4926 E-MAIL: brad.deffenbaugh@moodmedia.com LANDLORD WESTFIELD, LLC 2800 SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, WA 98188 WAYNE E. JOHNSON, AIA, LEED AP PHONE: 206.714.3485 EMAIL: wjohnson@us.westfield.com LIGHTING SOMMER ELECTRIC CORP 818 THIRD ST. N.E. CANTON, OHIO 44704 ED CASTO, LC, DIRECTOR, LTG DIVISION PHONE: 330-455-9454 FAX: 330-455-6561 E-MAIL: ecasto@sommerelectric.com ENGINEER DON PENN CONSULTING ENGINEER 635 WESTPORT PKWY, SUITE 300 GRAPEVINE, TX 76051 ELIZABETH VENEGAS PHONE: 817.410.2858 X219 EMAIL evenegas®donpenn.com PERMIT EXPEDITOR STATE PERMITS 319 ELAINES COURT DODGEVILLE, WI 53533 AMY SHYMANSKI PHONE: 608.319.2096 X105 FAX: 608.309.2011 EMAIL: amy@St8.com VICINITY MAP PAPER DESTINY WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER, STE 660 271 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 MALL KEY PLAN PAPER DESTINY WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA, WA SPACE # SQ. FT. SINGLE LEVEL MALL CONDITION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 2 4 2013 City of Tukwila VUAL DING DIVISION SYMBOL KEY POSTED DATE O REFER TO WALL TYPE SCHEDULE - SHEET #A2 MIN O REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE - SHEET #A2 CEILING O KEYNOTE EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE - SHEET #A2 METAL FRP FIBER REINFORCED PANELS FURNISHING/FIXTURE DESIGNATION - SHEET #A4 NOT IN CONTRACT FRT HEIGHT NO A REVISION GENERAL CONTRACTOR [mm] ALTERNATIVE METRIC DIMENSION GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHING OC ) ABBREVIATIONS POSTED DATE AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR MIN MINIMUM CLG CEILING MISC MISCELLANEOUS EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MTL METAL FRP FIBER REINFORCED PANELS NIC NOT IN CONTRACT FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED NO NUMBER GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR NTS NOT TO SCALE GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHING OC ON CENTER HT HEIGHT REQD REQUIRED LL LANDLORD RTU ROOF TOP UNIT LTG LIGHTING SHT SHEET (DRAWING) MEP MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL PLUMBING S/S STAINLESS STEEL MFR MANUFACTURER TELE TELEPHONE MGR MANAGER UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE RECEIVED El CITY OF TUKWILA 5/31/13 JUN 0 4 2613 ELECTRICAL LTG PLAN 5/31/13 PERMIT CENTER SHEET INDEX POSTED DATE REVISIONS Al PROJECT INFO. 5/31/13 ADA1 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES & DETAILS 5/31/13 D1 DEMOLITION PLAN 5/31/13 A2 ARCHITCURAL FLOOR PLAN 5/31/13 'v A3 DESIGN FLOOR & CEILING PLAN 5/31/13 A4 FIXTURE & FLOORING PLANS 5/31/13 A5 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 5/31/13 A6 STOREFRONT DOORS 5/31/13 A7 DETAILS 5/31/13 A8 DESIGNER SPECS 5/31/13 El POWER PLAN 5/31/13 E2 ELECTRICAL LTG PLAN 5/31/13 E3 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 5/31/13 E4 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 5/31/13 M1 MECHANICAL PLAN 5/31/13 SP1 SPECIFICATIONS 5/31/13 SP2 SPECIFICATIONS 5/31/13 SP3 SPECIFICATIONS 5/31/13 SP4 SPECIFICATIONS 5/31/13 SP5 SPECIFICATIONS 5/31/13 b t......., i JEHCEIKI ARCHOTL CTMG L IRIETAL DIESOOa 2850 EUCIL CURL AVENUE 0110 441I NEB 2118.781.01 31 2116. 81.0134 LEWDSDOO RlS. DRAWN BY: JR CHECKED BY: NZ DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 TITLE SHEET Al 307 Protruding Objects 404.2.4 Pull Side Maneuvering Clearances at Door Clear Floor Space and Grab Bar at Water Closets zV x 3t Tzk t# 5 GENERAL NOTES THE INTENTION OF THIS SHEET IS TO SHOW THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE 2010 ADA DESIGN STANDARDS. BASED ON PROJECT LOCATION, STATE OR LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY CODES MAY ALSO APPLY TO THE PROJECT. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL CODE THEN THE STRICTER OF THE CODES SHALL BE ENFORCED IN THAT SITUATION. THE COMPLETE FEDERAL AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES CAN BE FOUND AT: http: //www.access-board.gov/oda-ab�/final.pdf GENERAL NOTES: 1. IF THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SHEET CANNOT BE ACHIEVED FOR ANY REASON THEN THE G.C. SHOULD NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. 2. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING A SMART LEVEL ON SITE TO VERIFY COMPLIANCE OF CERTAIN ITEMS WHERE THE TOOL IS NECESSARY. SMART LEVELS RECOMMENDATIONS: Smart Tool Level # 92288 H.K. McJunkin, Inc. 7724 Edgewood Avenue Swissvale, PA 15218 412-271-5400 Mfg.:M -271 bur Duncan P.O. Box 25188 Oklahoma City, OK 73125 1-800-SMARTLEVEL (726-7853) Or •SmartTool Plus 24 in. Level #39758 Vendor: Sears Catalog On-line ordering at sears.com 3. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING A POUNDS OF PRESSURE DEVICE ON SITE TO VERIFY COMPLIANCE OF CERTAIN ITEMS WHERE THE TOOL IS NECESSARY. DOOR PULLS, GATES, LAVATORY FAUCET LEVERS, WATER CLOSET FLUSH HANDLES AND DRINKING FOUNTAIN CONTROLS MUST ALL REQUIRE 5 LBF OR LESS TO CONTROL POUNDS OF PRESSURE DEVICE RECOMMENDATION: Tension Testers/DPG's - Models - Pounds of Force Tool Vendor: HMC, International Division, Inc. 5996 South Crocker Street Littleton, CO 80120 1-800-848-4912 Ext #4452 303-794-2510609b 1-303-794-3703 Fax 3. FC TO PROVIDE 5'-O" CIRCLE TEMPLATE. G.C. TO VERIFY CLEARANCE COMPLIANCE OF REQUIRED TURNING RADIUS AS SHOWN ON SHEET A4. • 307.2 Protrusion Limits. Objects with leading edges more than 27" and not more than 80" above the finish floor or ground shall protrude 4" max horizontally into the circulation path. 307.4 Vertical Clearance. Vertical clearance shall be 80" high min. Guardrails or other barriers shall be provided where the vertical clearance is less than 80" high. The leading edge of such guardrail or barrier shall be located 27" max above the finish floor or ground. 307.5 Required Clear Width. Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width required for accessible routes. FRONT APPROACH HINGE APPROACH #1 HINGE APPROACH #2 17" (PREFERRED)36" MIN r r_-I -i N.J L.� r -ce i r 1 <_,,_ '� 24" 12 54"MIN •••.\ ,,•:za MIN IN // J J / C f » 12 42" MIN TOILET PAPER o 1 r \ o 1 \ r Protrudin Objects g� co �� �� ;- ---; C_�ro 3'-0" v' TRANSFER 1 4 , X. I'I Ay AMOUT I 1 3'16- ''"'k SIDE ! �� 1 �' �, /-g' o, z��� I _,,_ �. , 60 MIN LATCH APPROACH LATCH APPROACH r 1�` FIG. 604.3.1 SIZE OF CLEARANCE FIG. 604.5.2 REAR WALL GRAB BAR FIG. 604.5.1 SIDE WALL GRAB BAR ,�','...,.'.•,._ z o _ = = :`a J E MC Ri_lVendor: , o 1 , �� L AT WATER CLOSETS AT WATER CLOSETS AT WATER CLOSETS p�C� REiraoL CLEVELAND �i�VCC~�Ql �! N� P11 I©I I1 �Qi }�8 ����'�® 8 O U CC�`�NJ DEMON AVENUE ®y 0I;�II0 4411 � 2iI o7�' U 01I 11.011311 2:8181.011:184 ° [ �n G��1 11 \� rJ `v 606 Lavatories and Mirrors cc r- w N o z _ _ E- Iifl =r:==. :_ ;zt;;yn o o ;� cv 2 -O' 0.2 -0 606.2 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space complying with 305, positioned for a forward approach, and knee and toe clearance complying ***NO CLOSER ***WITH CLOSER34" with 306 shall be provided. 606.3 Height. Lavatories and sinks shall be installed with the front of the higher of the rim or counter surface max above the finish 9 40 4.2.4 Push Side Maneuvering C I e a ra n e e s at Door floor or ground. Faucts. Controls for faucets shall comply with 309. Hand-operated metering faucets shall remain open for 10 seconds min. 606.5 Exposed Pipes and Surfaces. Water supply and drain pipes under lavatories and sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured to 1606.4 FIG 2 PARALLEL TO A WALL FIG 3 PERPENDICULAR TO A WALL FRONT APPROACH r-r--1 -i-'t J L-'k `� ,'7 HINGE APPROACH 4'-6" n LATCH APPROACH r -1-h protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories and sinks. 603.3 Mirrors. Mirrors located above lavatories or countertops shall be installed with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 40" max above the finish floor or ground. Mirrors not located above lavatories or countertops shall be installed with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 35" max above the finish floor. or ground. 308 Reach Ranges 308.2.1 Unobstructed. Where a forward reach is unobstructed, 15" min above the finish floor or ground. 308.2.2 Obstructed High Reach. Where a high forward reach for a distance not less than the required reach depth over depth is 20" max. Where the reach depth exceeds 20", the 308.3.1 Unobstructed. Where a clear floor or ground space allows the high side reach shall be 48" max and the low side reach 308.3.2 Obstructed High Reach. Where a clear floor or ground over an obstruction, the height of the obstruction shall be reach shall be 48" max for a reach depth of 10" max. Where reach depth of 24"max. the high forward reach shall be 48 max and the low forward reach shall be is over an obstruction, the clear floor space shall extend beneath the element the obstruction. The high forward reach shall be 48" max where the reach high forward reach shall be 44" max and the reach depth shall be 25" max. a parallel approach to an element and the side reach is unobstructed, shall be 15" min above the finish floor or ground. space allows a parallel approach to an element and the high side reach is 34" max and the depth of the obstruction shall be 24" max. The high side the reach depth exceeds 10", the high side reach shall be 46" max for a _ J o4 I d -co �� r �> < I n, `v v `� ; , 609 Grab Bars __� 2_O.. 609.2.1 Circular Cross Section. Grab bars with circular cross sections shall have an outside diameter of 1'/," min and 2" max. 6093 Spacing. the apace between the wall and the grab bar shall be I'/ the apace between the grab bar and projecting objects below and at the ends shall be 1'/2" min. Ths space between the grab bar and projecting objects above shall be 12" min. X40"""'� •,...„‘„, r' NI ,HD STF;'� ,q- f�C�RE '1CT _ „ `J Q ***WITH CLOSER QR LATCH ***WITH CLOSER QB LATCH ***WITH CLOSER Q3 LATCH 609.4 Position of Grab bora. Grab bare shall be Installed In a horizontal position, 33" min and 36" max above the finish floor measured to the top of the gripping surface. 6095 Surface Nazarda. Grab bare and any wall or other surfaces adjacent to grab bare shall be free of sharp or abrasive elementsAil( Fiand ttings. to Grab barve e6hang of rotate within their fittings.'/ 609.1 Installation. Grab bare shall be Installed In any mannthat provides a gripping surface at the specified locations and that Reach Ranges FRONT APPROACH r-n , J L, HINGE APPROACH 4 -6 " n LATCH APPROACH �� does not obstruct the required clear floor space. 609.8 Structural Strength. Allowable stresses shall not be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or horizontal force of 250 pounds Is applied ata point on the grab bar, fastener, mounting device, ora supporting structure. p pp p g g W'p J 20">20-25" MAX s MAX .v ,/ " i-- -0 o -aIt ---i-°k o I ,� rJ `• / L.1 1 > < 1 Lei L 2-0 Pb -'It ¢¢ y i M x 0 co Qi _ •1... = .� CO M CO 2 CO' L L W A'� I (� '" :I.. �j O �1r:�y f. 1 i1 U U '' " I" Y~ r1 '� �'' r VIM I M hIU F 302 Floor or Ground Surfaces and 303 Changes in Level _,Ui ,;- z .,I. ,-�\ 0\�v" - ,•,,��\ d FIG. 308.2.1 UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD • REACH FIG. 308 • 2.2 OBSTRUCTED HIGH FORWARD REACH 302.1 General. Floor and ground surfaces shall be stable, firm, and slip resistant. 302.2 Carpet. Carpet or carpet tile shall be securely attached and shall have a firm cushion, pad, or backing or no cushion or pad. Carpet or carpet tile shall have a level loop, textured loop, level cut pile, or level cut/uncut pile texture. Pile height shall be Y2" max. Exposed edges of carpet shall be fastened to floor surfaces and shall have trim on the entire length of the exposed edge. Carpet edge trim shall comply with 303. Vrtical. Chan es In level of Y<" hIh max shall be rmitted to be vrtical. beveled. Changs in lvel betwn'/4' hih min and '/:" hih max shall be bveled with a elope not steprthanI:2. TYPICAL HANDICAPPED TOILET ROOM ***WITH CLOSER AND LATCH ***WITH CLOSER AND LATCH ***WITH CLOSER AND LATCH '303.3 AP y3032 • GC.-NUTONERED MODEL #625BY BEL1 AIRE (SEE SPECS SHT. A9) z d - ¢ ro xw)iI ( Carpet Pe Thickness 8c Accessibe Route -MOUNT BOTTOM AT 39"A.F.F. 54" MIN. ` w 2 10" A �..,,=.o ,A., 10" IA �� ,.,. >10 » 4 MA 12" 42" MIN. z N ¢ctl 36" MIN. _ '� C„ x \ �, 1 MAX f r cD `� �z .\ z _ o- g ¢ 1- z J w 24° MIN. 12"W MIN. IIP'' � \ :f d FIG. 308.3.1 UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH FIG. 308.3.2 OBSTRUCTED HIGH SIDE REACH o.-° TOILET PAPER FIG. 302.3 CARPET PILE THICKNESS § 94 . to . FIG. 303.2 CHANGES IN � u ' LEVEL FIG. 303.3 BEVELED. A CHANGE IN LEVEL 309 Operable Parts E DISPENSER �-�` �-v o �� a N J 39 -41 ( CC o �Z 309.2 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided. 309.3 Height. Operable parts shall be placed within one or more of the reach ranges specified in 308.t 309.4 Operation. Operableparts shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tightgrasping, inchin , or twistingof the wrist. The P P P q 9 pinching, force required to activate operable parts shall be 5 pounds max. . �1 m r 304 Turning Space -\- z - L.o j' ° I ? m z E¢ 1 s L 1- x o >x c9 0 I 1 rn '� '� 0, o ce o Z '� '� 304.2 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Floor or EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 304.3.1 Circular Space. The turning space clearance complying with 306. 304.3.2 T-Shaped Space. The turning space arm of the T shall be clear of obstructions shall be permitted to include knee and p ground surfaces of a turning space shall comply with 302. Changes in level ore not permitted. 1:48 shall be permitted. shall be a space of 60"diameter min. The space shall be permitted to include knee and toe shall be a T-shaped space within a 60" square min with arms and base 36" wide min. Each 12" min in each direction and the base shall be clear of obstructions 24" min. The space toe clearance complyingwith 306 onlyat the end of either the base or 1 arm. Drinking Fountains i ,, N N S w , _2 d' r) EE 0 •.t- \o �\ 40 3 Walking602 o --1' ""`"" O (%) 'O _O 4-.:305 U) O 0 (� r i` N O ,C me = 602.2 Clear Floor Space. Units shall have a clear floor or ground space complying with 305 positioned for a forward approach and centered 7" g' �'' 8' MIN. KNEE 17" FAI�' 6" MAX. TOE 1'-5" 403,2 Floor or Ground Surface. Floor or ground surfaces shall comply with 302. 403.3 Slope. The running slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than 1:20. The cross slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than 1:48. 403.4 Changes in Level. Changes in level shall comply with 303. 403.2 Floor or Ground Surface. Floor or ground surfaces shall comply with 302. 403.3 Slope. The running slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than 1:20. The cross slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than 1:48. 403.4 Changes in Level. Changes in level shall comply with 303. on the unit. Knee and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be provided. j � CLEARANCE DEPTH CLEARANCE 602.3 Operable Parts. Operable parts shall comply with 309. 602.4 Spout Height. Spout outlets shall be 36" max above the finish floor or ground. located " from the 5" from the front the including DRAB BARS AT WATER CLOSETS LAVATORY GRAB BARS AT REAR CLEARANCES OF WATER CLOSETS 602.5 Spout Location. The spout shall be 15min vertical support and max edge P P PP g bumpers. 602.6 Water Flow. The spout shall provide a flow of water 4"high min and shall be located 5"max from the front of of unit, 9 the unit. The angle HANDICAPPED TOILET RM. REQUIREMENTS CIear Floor O r Ground Space of the water stream shall be measured horizontally relative to the front face of the unit. Where spouts are located front of the unit, the angle of the water stream shall be 30 degrees max. Where spouts are located between 3" and front of the unit, the angle of the water stream shall be 15 degrees max. 602.7 Drinking Fountains for Standing Persons. Spout outlets of drinking fountains for standing persons shall be 38"min above the finish floor or ground. less than 3" of the 5" max from the and 43"max " 1. WATER CLOSET SEAT HEIGHT- 17 TO 19' A.F.F. 2. CENTERLINE OF WATER CLOSET- 17" FROM SIDE WALL. » �� » 3. GRAB BAR BEHIND WATER CLOSET- 36 LONG, 33 TO 36 A.F.F. TO TOP OF GRIPPING SURFACE, EXTENDING 12" FROM CENTER OF WATER CLOSET TOWARD SIDE WALL, AND 24" FROM CENTERLINE OF WATER CLOSET TOWARD CLEAR SIDE. 4. GRAB BAR AT SIDE OF WATER CLOSET- 42" LONG, 33" TO 36" A.F.F. TO TOP OF GRIPPING SURFACE, MAX. 305.2 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Floor or permitted. EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 305.3 Size. The clear floor or ground space 305.4 Knee and Toe Clearance. Unless otherwise complying with 306. 305.5 Position. Unless otherwise specified, element. ground surfaces of a clear floor or ground space shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not 1:48 shall be permitted. shall be 30" min by 48" min. specified, clear floor or ground space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance clear floor or ground space shall be positioned for either forward or parallel approach to an 404 Doors 4' MA 48" MIN 4" MA §fid DrinkingFountain 12" FROM REAR WALL 5. SPACE BETWEEN WALL OR TOP OF TOILET AND GRAB BAR- 1 1/2". z z = z z E E _• -- E E 19" UNIT DE"TH 6. GRAB BAR DIAMETER - 1 1/4" TO 1 1/2". 7. GRAB BAR STRUCTURAL STRENGTH - 250 LBS. MIN. IN ANY DIRECTION Turning Space and . Clear FIoor Space 8. TOILET PAPER DISPENSER 7"-9" FROM FRONT OF WATER CLOSET TO CENTER LINE OF DISPENSER, MIN. 17" A.F.F. TO DISPENSING OUTLET, MIN. 1 1/2" BELOW BOTTOM OF SIDE GRAB BAR 60" MIN FIG. 403.5 CLEAR WI � AN ACCESSIBLE ����� ���� DTH OF ROUTE 1 9. KNEE CLEARANCE AT LAVATORY - 27" MIN. HEIGHT, 8" MIN. DEPTH. _ _ - ^ - - - - 10. LAVATORY APRON HEIGHT - 29" MIN. Y� /,.'� '��\\ z 'CO r��� E 'a z1,1� 48" MIN ,. 1� ¢ < I' 1-- '- d APRON '- d J 404 Doors I ,k•� ¢ 11. LAVATORY DEPTH (FROM WALL) - 17" MIN. (BOWL DEPTH 6 1/2" MAX.) \ Q o o ¢ o o �N 12. LAVATORY HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES INSULATED WHERE EXPOSED. �\ `- . oo <o oo Z 6 1 I U CLEAR FLOOR 13. LAVATORY RIM SURFACE - 34"A.F.F. MAX. 14. MIRROR BOTTOM EDGE OF REFLECTING SURFACE - 40" MAX. A.F.F. �� -- �' J M __ _ r_= -I 1�4 404.2.2 Double-Leaf Doors and Gates. At least one of the active leaves of doorways with two leaves shall comply with 404.2.3 and 404.2.4. 404.2.3 Clear Width. Door openings shall provide a clear width of 32" min. Clear openings of doorways with swinging doors shallIll be measured between the face of the door and the stop, with the door open 90 degrees. Openings more than 24" deep shall " provide a clear opening of 36 min. There shall be no projections into the required clear opening width lower than 34 above » the finish floor or ground. Projections into the clear opening width between 34 and 80 above the finish floor or ground shall not exceed 4"• 404.2.4 Maneuvering Clearances. Minimum maneuvering clearances at doors and gates shall comply with 404.2.4. Maneuvering clearances shall extend the full width of the doorway and the required latch side or hinge side clearance. 404.2.5 Thresholds. Thresholds, if provided at doorways, shall be l " high max. Raised thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 302 and 303. 404.2.6 Doors in Series and Gates in Series. The distance between two hinged or pivoted doors in series and gates in series shall be 48" min plus the width of doors or gates swinging into the space. 404.2.7 Door and Gate Hardware. Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operable parts on doors and gates shall comply with 309.4. Operable parts of such hardware shall be 34" min and 48" max above the finish floor or ground. Where sliding doors are in the fully open position, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. 404.2.8.1 Door Closers and Gate Closers. Door closers and gate closers shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 90 degrees, the time required to move the door to a position of 12 degrees from the latch is 5 seconds min. 404.2.9 Door/ Gate Opening Force. Fire doors shall have a min opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority. The force for pushing or pulling open a door/gate other than fire doors shall be as follows: Interior hinged doors and gates: 5 pounds max. Sliding or folding doors: 5 pounds max. • _ o - ;� �e- - o , - o w SPACE TO BE 15. INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY SHALL BE MT°D ON THE EXTERIOR OF THE TOILET ROOM WALL ON / v\ coo z - _ _ CD L , r- _- i - I z I -' I I • I - I ,� tel- ,� 6 MAX. BACK FROM » 48 MIN. (CLEAR CENTERED ON UNIT THE LATCH SIDE OF NE DOOR AT 60"A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE 16. DOOR PRIVACY LOCK SHALL HAVE LEVER HARDWARE HANDLES. 1 =- -J 1 `., �' base t____ EDGE OF CLEAR FLOOR SPACE) 6" MAX. BACK 17. DOOR SHALL HAVE MAX. OPENING FORCE 5 LBF. 9rnA, 18. TOILET FLUSH CONTROL SHALL BE ON THE WIDE SIDE OF THE WC (OPPOSITE THE WALL) 60' MIN 12" ----J�t 12" » 19 FLOOR SPACE FROM EDGE OF 19. LAVATORY FAUCETS SHALL HAVE LEVER-OPERATED HANDLES FIG 6 DRINKING CLEAR FLOOR FIG 5 DRINKING FOUNTAIN SIDE FOUNTAIN FRONT FIG 7 DRINKING FOUNTAIN PLAN SPACE IN 36' MIN IN FIG 1 CIRCULAR TURNING SPACE FIG. 305.3 FIG. 304.3.2 T-SHAPED TURNING SPACE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE . 306 Knee and Toe Clearance 604 Water Closets 306.2 Toe Clearance. 306.2.1 General. Space under an element toe clearance and shall comply with 306.2.2 Maximum Depth. Toe clearance 306.2.3 Minimum Required Depth. Where extend 17" min under the element. 306.2.4 Additional Clearance. Space extending shall not be considered toe clearance. 306.2.5 Width. Toe clearance shall be 306.3 Knee Clearance. 306.3.1 General. Space under an element shall comply with 306.3. 306.3.2 Maximum Depth. Knee clearance 306.3.3 Minimum Required Depth/ Where shall be 11" deep min at 9" above 306.3.4 Clearance Reduction. Between rate of 1" in depth for each 6" in 306.3.5 Width. Knee clearance shall be between the finish floor or ground and 9" above the finish floor or ground shall be considered 306.2. shall extend 25" max under an element. toe clearance is required at an element as part of a clear floor space, the toe clearance shall greater than 6" beyond the available knee clearance at 9" above the finish floor or ground 30° wide min. between 9" and 27" above the finish floor or ground shall be considered knee clearance and shall extend 25" max under an element at 9" above the finish floor or ground. knee clearance is •required.u,n,dcr.,pn,,,elpment as part of a clear floor space, the knee clearance the finish floor or ground, and 8"deep min at 27" above the finish floor or ground. 9" and '277 above the<.finishlf(oan:or.gravnd; the. knee clearance shall be permitted to reduce ata height. 30" wide `min: 604.2 Location. The be wall to the to one side. The centerline of the water closet water closet shall positioned with a or partition rear and shall be 16" min to 18" max from the side wall. Water closets shall be arranged for aleft-hand or right-hand approach. 604.3.1 Size. Clearance around a water closet shall be 60" min measured perpendicular from the side wall and 56" min measured perpendicular from the rear wall. 604.3.2 Overlap. The required clearance around the water closet shall be permitted to overlap the water closet, associated grab bars, dispensers, sanitary napkin disposal units, coat hooks, shelves, accessible routes, clear floor space and clearances required at other fixtures, and the turning space. No other fixtures or obstructions shall be located within the required water closet clearance. 604.4 Seats. The seat height of a water closet above the finish floor shall be 17" min and 19" max measured to the top of the seat. Seats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted position. 604.5.1 Side Wall. The side wall grab bar shall be 42" Tong min, located 12" max from the rear wall and extending 54" min from the rear wall. 604.5.2 Rear Wall. The rear wall grab bar shall be 36" long min and extend from the centerline of the water closet 12" min on one side REVIEWED FOR .CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED 2• " 'JUN 2 4 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION . Clear DOOrWaY Width and 24" min on the other side. 604.6 Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with 309. Flush controls shall be located on the open side of the water closet 604.7 Dispensers. Toilet paper dispensers shall comply with 309.4 and shall be 7" min and 9" max in front of the water closet measured to the centerline of the dispenser. The outlet of the dispenser shall be 15" min and 48" max above the finish floor and shall not be located behind grab bars. Dispensers shall not be of a type that controls delivery or that does not allow continuous paper flow. RECEIVED � � TY O F T U K W I ' 32" MIN I o,� FIG. 404.2.3(a) CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORWAYS Knee and Toe Clearance " DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 8"NN • DATE. / 3 05/29 1 Doors and Gates in Series PROJECT NO: 5058/7329/13 873 ri, 1 \\ r �/► 0 202 PERMIT CENTER 48" MIN 48" MIN 48" MIN ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS !i!- `rn .. N .- _ 6" AX 11' et <,,__<\> .,--. <,›...._,.> FIG. 404.2.6 DOORS IN SERIES AND GATES IN SERIES FIG. 306.2(a) TOE CLEARANCE FIG. 306.3(a) KNEE CLEARANCE 11' 8" [3558] COLUMN LABELS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN. MODIFY AND -i REPLACE EXISTING HARDWARE AS NECESSARY. SEE ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS SHEET ADA -1 EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN. MODIFY AND REPLACE EXISTING HARDWARE AS NECESSARY. SEE ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS SHEET ADA -1 I EXISTING TELE/ELEC. PANELS EXISTING TOILET ROOM STOCK AREA EXISTING VINYL TILE EXISTING CUSTOM STOCK SHELVING r ///%7//.1 a MIRROR RETAIN THERMOSTAT AND SALVAGE/REUSE EXISTING FEEDS FOR NEW LOCATION. SEE SHT EM AND M1. CASHWRAP /-Z///////�/ SALES AREA -{° Existing Ground FIoor MALL CORRIDOR COLUMN LABELS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY ADJACENT TENANT EXISTING TELE/ELEC. PANELS EXISTING TOILET ROOM EXISTING PLUMBING TO REMAIN. EXISTING STOCK -SHELVING TO BE REMOVED FINISHED FACE OF EXISTING GYP. BD. (TYP,) u rf-- CONCRETE NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE EXISTING CARPET IN SALES AREA * VCT IN NON -SALES AREAS. PREPARE EXISTING LANDLORD SLAB AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE LEVEL SURFACE FOR THE INSTALLATION OF PROPOSED FLOORING MATERIALS. TYPICAL THROUGHOUT LEASE AREA. Demolition and remova ADJACENT TENANT ALL WALLS SHOWN IN DOTTED TO BE REMOVED LEASE LINE WORKING POINT LEASE LINE WORKING POINT 1J MALL CONCOURSE TILES TO BE REMOVED GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL DEMOLITION AS REQUIRED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE SPACES DETAILED IN THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS, ENTIRE SCOPE OF DEMOLITION WORK IS NOT NECESSARILY INDICATED IN THESE DRAWINGS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOBSITE TO DETERMINE QUANTITY OF MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS TO BE REMOVED TO CONSTRUCT THE PROJECT. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE PAPER DESTINY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE A PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING WITH ON-SITE MANAGEMENT PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK, REMOVE ALL DEBRIS ON A DAILY BASIS TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED CONTAINERS IN DESIGNATED AREAS. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD'S SITE MANAGEMENT. DEMOLITION OF ITEMS SHALL INCLUDE COMPLETE REMOVAL OF ANY ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, OR PLUMBING COMPONENTS. ABANDONED FLOOR PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PROPERLY SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOORING MATERIALS. COORDINATE ALL WORK IN DEMISING WALLS, ON ROOFS AND IN FLOORS WITH THE LANDLORD. THE FIRE RATING AND STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF EXISTING FLOORS, DEMISING WALLS, ROOFS AND COLUMNS SHALL BE MAINTAINED DURING DEMOLITION. CONTRACTOR TO PATCH AND REPAIR THESE ASSEMBLIES AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD. IN THE EVENT G.C, DISCOVERS ANY DAMAGED, DETERIORATED, COMPROMISED OR MISSING FIREPROOFING - CREATED OR EXPOSED DURING CONSTRUCTION - IT SHALL BE RESTORED TO FULL PROTECTIVE CAPACITY PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE CITY OF TUKWILA. IN THE EVENT G.C. DISCOVERS ANY DAMAGED, DETERIORATED, COMPROMISED OR MISSING THERMAL INSULATION - CREATED OR EXPOSED DURING CONSTRUCTION - SHALL BE RESTORED TO FULL CAPACITY PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE CITY OF TUKWILA. G.C. SHALL PERFORM ALL DEMOLITION AND SHALL REMOVE ALL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE NEW WORK AS SHOWN IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD FOR TEMPORARY BARRICADE REQUIREMENTS AND ANY ASSOCIATED FEES WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED. ALL DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH LANDLORD'S RULES, REGULATIONS, AND REQUESTS TO PROVIDE MINIMUM DISRUPTIONS AND DISTURBANCE FOR ADJACENT TENANTS, G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING, PATCHING, OR REPLACING DAMAGED STRUCTURE OR SURFACES TO A CONDITION SUITABLE FOR RECEIVING NEW FINISHES. IF THE PRESENCE OF UNANTICIPATED HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IS ASCERTAINED OR SUSPECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION, IMMEDIATELY CEASE WORK IN THE IMMEDIATE AREA OF THE MATERIALS ENCOUNTERED. CONTACT THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ARRANGING TO HAVE THE TOXICITY AND EXTENT OF THE MATERIALS TESTED. A DETERMINATION BY THE OWNER AND THEIR CONSULTANT(S) WILL BE MADE AS TO THE PREFERRED METHOD OF ISOLATING, REMOVING AND DISPOSING OF THE HAZARDOUS MATERIAL. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MAY BE ASKED TO SUBMIT A PROPOSAL TO THE OWNER FOR REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF THE HAZARDOUS MATERIAL BY LICENSED AND QUALIFIED PERSONNEL IN A SAFE AND LEGAL MANNER. THE OWNER, AT THEIR OPTION, MAY ELECT TO SOLICIT PROPOSALS FROM OTHER QUALIFIED CONTRACTORS FOR THE SAME SCOPE OF. WORK IN WHICH CASE THE SCOPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY EACH OF THE CONTRACTORS WILL BE DETERMINED IN A JOINT MEETING WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. VERIFY THE SCOPE OF DEMOLITION WORK TO DETERMINE IF ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT IS TO REMAIN. REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT AREA - INCLUDING ADHESIVES, GROUT, TRANSITIONS, ETC. DOWN TO CONCRETE SLAB. REMOVE EXISTING WALL COVERINGS, HARDWARE, EXPOSED FASTENERS, SLATWALL, ETC. THROUGHOUT THE LEASED SPACE. PREPARE SURFACES FOR NEW FINISHES AS INDICATED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. REMOVE ALL FURNITURE, DISPLAY FIXTURES, AND CASH/WRAP. REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED BRACKETS, MOUNTING DEVICES, ETC. DOWN TO WALLS/FLOORS ETC. REMOVE RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, CONDUITS, ETC., BACK TO THE NEXT POINT OF USE WHICH ARE NOT TO BE REUSED AND RELOCATED AND ARE WITHIN WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED. CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES TO REMAIN ON EXISTING WALLS THAT WILL REMAIN INTACT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THIS PLAN. REMOVE MUSIC AND SECURITY SYSTEMS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE SPEAKERS, CABLING, RECEIVERS, DOOR CONTACTS, ETC. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS WITHIN CABINETRY OF DISPLAY FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE ALL LIGHTING NOT SHOWN IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AS BEING REUSED. RETAIN FEEDS TO POWER REPLACEMENT FIXTURES AS INDICATED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. REMOVE UNUSED CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO THE NEXT POINT OF USE. SEE SHT A3 AND E2, REMOVE UNUSED CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS IN WALLS, ON WALLS, AND IN CEILING CAVITIES. REMOVE EXISTING EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING. REUSE FEEDS TO POWER NEW. REFER TO SHT E2 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. REUSE / REFURBISH / REWORK EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL, SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT. REPLACE EXISTING FIRE ALARM - PER LANDLORD CRITERIA. REFER TO FIRE ALARM DRAWINGS BY MALL'S REQUIRED CONTRACTOR UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITTAL. EXISTING HVAC SYSTEM TO REMAIN / BE REFURBISHED / BE REWORKED. DISCONNECT AND MODIFY EXISTING DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS, ETC. AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE THE WORK INCLUDED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN WITH HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR, DO NOT ABANDON UNUSED ITEMS. REFER TO SHEET M1 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. EXISTING EXHAUST DUCTWORK TO REMAIN / BE REFURBISHED / BE REWORKED. REPLACE FAN WITH NEW. SEE SHEET M1 EXISTING SPRINKLERS AND RELATED PIPING TO BE REUSED/REFURBISHED/REWORKED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW DESIGN PARAMETERS .REVIEWED FOR ►E COMPLIANCE APPROVED ',111N 2 4 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA 042013 PERMITJUN CENTER 2850 EUCLID AVENUE CLEVELAND, RJ D9 0M (JI PYL NE8 2 8. a eLOcI 31 Fax. 211607 X1001134 REGISTERED ARCHITECT { N I t , i STA..E! a) 5 as co U)2 L. IL co N NCD 4-1 +0 a) a) W ''0 ''0 = v, O) C 47. .r).r MEWUSOCHS DRAWN BY: JR CHECKED BY: NZ DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 DEMOLITION PLAN D1} CONSTRUCTION GENERAL NOTES DIMENSIONS ARE TO FINISH SURFACES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. G.C. TO PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS OF THE CORRECT CAPACITY AND RATING AS REQUIRED BY NFPA #10 BEARING CURRENT STATE FIRE MARSHALL SERVICE TAG. PROVIDE MINIMUM TYPE 2A-1OBC RATED EXTINGUISHERS SUCH THAT NO POINT IN THE SPACE EXCEEDS 75'-0" TRAVEL DISTANCE TO THE EXTINGUISHER. REPORT ALL SHELL BUILDING LATENT DEFECTS TO THE PAPER DESTINY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. G.C. SHALL VISIT THE SITE TO VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND DETERMINE THE SCOPE OF WORK PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BIDS. NO EXTRAS SHALL BE HONORED FOR ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT ACCOUNTED FOR DUE TO LACK OF A FIELD VISIT. ALL DEMOLITION WORK NECESSARY FOR COMPLETION OF THE WORK INDICATED IN THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BID PRICE. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFIRMING OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. ANY DISCREPANCIES OR POTENTIALLY PROBLEMATIC CONDITIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE PAPER DESTINY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. ANY SURFACES, FINISHES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. INDICATED AS "EXISTING TO REMAIN" OR "RELOCATED" SHALL BE REFURBISHED OR REPAIRED AS NECESSARY TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. REPORT ALL DAMAGED ITEMS TO PAPER DESTINY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. G.C. TO POST SIGN ABOVE OR ADJACENT TO ENTRANCE STATING "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED AND OPEN DURING BUSINESS HOURS". PROPER EGRESS SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES DURING STORE CONSTRUCTION. ALL WOOD BLOCKING USED IN CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE KILN DRIED AND FIRE RETARDANT TREATED. PATCH, REPAIR, AND SAND SMOOTH ALL WALL SURFACES AND COLUMNS TO RECEIVE NEW PAINT FINISH AS INDICATED ON SHEET A5. ALL CHANGES IN LEVEL OF FLOOR FINISHES TO COMPLY WITH ADA 4.5.2 TH E TRANSITION BETWEEN EXISTING MALL FLOORING AND THE NEW STORE FLOORING MUST BE FLUSH, SMOOTH AND EVEN. G.C. TO BUILD UP OR GRIND THE CONCRETE SUBFLOOR AS MAY BE REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE THIS FLUSH CONDITION. G.C. TO INSTALL A METAL TERRAZZO ANGLE WITH CONTROL JOINT. SEALANT AGAINST THE MALL FLOORING TO BEGIN THE TRANSITION. JOINT COLOR TO COMPLEMENT THE COLOR OF THE MALL FLOORING. FLOOR FINISH TRANSITIONS: G.C. SHALL VERIFY THAT THE MAXIMUM THRESHOLD HEIGHT DOES NOT EXCEED 1/2" IT IS THE MILLWORK CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS OF THE PARTICLE BOARD FOR EACH LOCATION PRIOR TO BIDDING PROJECT. G.C. SHALL VISIT SITE TO VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND MEET WITH LANDLORD TO DETERMINE EXTENT OF L.L. WORK AND/OR WORK THAT L.L. IS ASKING G.C. TO PERFORM AT TENANT EXPENSE. ADD TO BID PRICE. NO EXTRAS SHALL BE HONORED FOR ITEMS NOT ACCOUNTED FOR DUE TO LACK OF FIELD VISIT. ALL DEMOLITION WORK TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONSTRUCTION MUST BE INCLUDED IN BID PRICE. G.C. SHALL MAINTAIN PROPER EGRESS AT ALL TIMES DURING STORE CONSTRUCTION THE FIRE BEHAVIOR CHARACTERISTICS OF ALL INTERIOR WALL, FLOOR AND CEIILNG FINISHES SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE TENANT TO THE G.C. AND MAINTAINED AT THE JOBSITE. ALL WOOD BLOCKING (WHEN APPLICABLE) SHALL BE KILN—DRIED, MILL QUALITY FINISH AND SHALL RECEIVE A FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT FLAME SPREAD RATINGS FOR INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL BE PER CODE OUTLINE ON SHEET Al ALL INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 8 OF THE I.B.C. ALL CEILINGS SHALL BE CLASS A PER ASTM E 1264 AND FED. SPEC. 55-5-1188. FLAME SPREAD 25 OR LESS, U.L. LABELED. INSTALL IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS AND CURRENT BULLETIN OF ACOUSTICAL MATERIALS ASSOCIATION. ALL SUSPENDED LAY—IN CEILING SYSTEMS TO BE AN APPROVED FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY AND MAINTAIN THE REQUIRED U.L. TESTED RATING FOR THE DECK ASSEMBLY/CEILING CONSTRUCTION AS NECESSARY. ALL CHANGES IN LEVEL OF FLOOR FINISHES TO COMPLY WITH ADA 4.5.2 THE TRANSITION BETWEEN EXISTING MALL FLOORING AND THE NEW STORE FLOORING MUST BE FLUSH, SMOOTH AND EVEN. G.C. TO BUILD UP OR GRIND THE CONCRETE SUBFLOOR AS MAY BE REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE THESE REQUIREMENTS. G.C. TO INSTALL A METAL TERRAZZO ANGLE WITH CONTROL JOINT SEALANT AGAINST THE MALL FLOORING TO BEGIN THE TRANSITION. JOINT COLOR TO COMPLEMENT THE COLOR OF THE MALL FLOORING. 7 64'-10" (AS FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO LANDLORD'S STOREFRONT WORK) 12'-4 3/8" 1/8" 11'-5 1/8" 23'-8 7/8" O 7'-6 1/2" 4 7 STOCK ROOM ADJACENT TENANT SALES AREA .•4!i!i•47•7•!i!i . . `i!i!i!i! . . Wit _ .. .. .. _ !i!i!i!i�i!i�ili!i!i! .. _ . •i!i!i!i�ii!�.i.i!i! !.4...4 iii0iO4,i!i!iTi CAI!i!•!•!iii &47i!61ii7•7i!i7•7i7•7i7•!i!•!i!.... I!i!& MALL CORRIDOR MALL CONCOURSE 444 • 00 ►►♦lt •♦t 10140=0:40, AA♦ AR16:001:04000400:0:2- AAA-•A. ♦AgA/ Aft A^♦tAAtt♦t♦AAid�gA♦AAA -AgA�AAA� A♦A�AAAsAA.l AAAaA♦AA♦ ♦AAAA�A♦♦AAA.� AAAA♦ �A•AfA�♦♦ • f♦�♦A♦A►AA►♦•4 4. !♦!� 6414re_e•••♦ XIC.1•6:6144►ice ;4•;4616-.4X 4644f:4.14.1f:C6h6:K♦!4 0•. TOILET ROOM FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 6'-5 3/4" ADJACENT TENANT ACCESSIBILTY AND EGRESS NOTES: MAINTAIN MIN. REQUIRED CLEARANCES: EGRESS: CONTINUOUS 36" WIDE CLEAR PATH. ACCESSIBILITY: 36" CLEARANCE FOR SPANS MORE THAN 24" IN LENGTH. 32" CLEARANCE FOR SPANS LESS THAN 24" IN LENGTH — WITH 48" INTERVALS BETWEEN REDUCTIONS. REFER TO SHEET ADA1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. NOTE TO BUILDING DEPARTMENT: ALL FLOOR DISPLAYS ARE MOVEABLE / MOBILE. WALLTYPE LEGEND I////////// NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION EXISTING WALL NON—RATED CONSTRUCTION TO REMAI EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN — 1 HOUR FIRE RATED WALL. SEE UL DETAIL SHEET A7 WALL TYPE SCHEDULE NEW 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD BOTH SIDES NEW 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. SEE DETAIL SHEET A7 General Wall Type Schedule Notes: — Coordinate aII connections and methods of attachment to base building structure with a landlord representative. —Maintain applicable fire ratings of mall's tenant separation walls. Correct any known deficiencies. — Refer to Specifications for additional requirements. — Refer to additional framing and connection details on sheet A7 — G.C. to verify that all demising walls have studs to underside of deck above. if not, g.c. shall include the cost of extending the studs to the landlord's deck within the bid. DOOR AND HARDWARE SCHEDULE pJ Door Frame Hardware Rating Closers ,x� o Width Height Material Material �o ,° x, Zc co / �,�' Misc. OA 20 Minute Rating Required OB Existing Rating to Remain OC No Rating Required O "Norton" #8501 Closer with "Hold Open" Feature O Existing Closer to remain 0 Op No Closer 0 Storefront Entry 2 3'-0" 8'-6" Aluminum & Glass — C D H P S,X,AA 0 Stock Room 1 3'-0" 7'-0" SC Wood Knockdown Mtl C E J P Q,T,Z,BB Locksets Misc. Hardware 0 Ex. Toilet Room 1 3'—O" 6'-8" Existing Existing B F K M Q,T,V,W,BB 0 "Best" U—change cylinder with "Best" interchangeable lock core (with thumb turn on inside) Permanent core supplied by PAPER DESTINY at store turnover. 0 "Rhodes" 73KC7D15DSTK latch by Schlage. Finish 613..(7-\."G OExisting to Remain. Replace as necessary with: "Schlage" Privacy Set #AL4OS G Existing to remain. Replace as necessary with: Detex O Panic Device and Best interchangeable lock core. Q HD Aluminum Kickplate: Full Width x 36" at Push Side R Seals & Sweeps As Reqd. O 48" back—to—back push/ pull Johnson" FB13 Wall Mtd or Floor Mtd Door Stop. Finish US20A. O Smoke Gasket Accessible Signage per Code, refer to keynotes this O sheet O "Ives" #574, B260 Coat Hook OX Floor mounted door stop for frameless glass doors Y O © Door Sweep Four (4) Plunger Strikes. BB 3 Each: "G Johnson"GJ64 Silencers D4 Existing Rear Service Corridor 1 3 —0 >� 7 -0 Existing Existing A G K M Q,T,U,Z,R General Door Schedule Notes: —Front and rear doors to remain locked at all times -Paint all doors and frames to match adjacent wall during construction. surfaces (excludes storefront doors) —Exterior door interchangeable construction cores —Verify proper operation of all "existing to remain" to be removed at turnover. hardware when applicable. —Mount door hardware 36"-48" AFF per code. -Undercut Toilet Room Door 1" —Door hardware to be "Saturn" style accessible lever hardware with satin chromium finish (#626) unless noted. Hinges UH Pivots and floor bolts, refer to sheets A6 and A7 O 1.5 Pair Hager BB1279, 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" hinges. finish US20A. O Existing Hinges to Remain CONSTRUCTION KEYNOTES OLEASE LINE, FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND COORDINATE LEASE DIMENSIONS WITH LANDLORDS SITE REPRESENTATIVE. 2 EXISTING ROOM TO REMAIN AND BE REWORKED AS NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE A LIKE—NEW APPEARANCE. OELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATION LOCATION FOR CASHWRAP. RUN FEEDS WITHIN SLAB. SEE ELECTRICAL SHEET El FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. G.C. SHALL CONFIRM FINAL CASHWRAP LOCATION WITH THE PAPER DESTINY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. OELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT LOCATION. SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION. O5 22"x24"x3/4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD TELEPHONE PANEL. SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CHANNEL EXISTING FLOOR SLAB OR SAW CUT AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF TWO (2) 1" CONDUITS FOR CASHWRAP POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS. PATCH AND REPAIR FLOOR SLAB TO MATCH EXISTING AFTER INSTALLATION, AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH PAPER DESTINY CONSTRUCTION MNGR. THIS MALL SLAB IS STRUCTURAL SLAB — COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD FOR APPROVALS PRIOR TO COMMENCING. REFER TO SHEET ADA1 FOR ACCESSIBILITY CLEARANCES AND REQUIREMENTS. O EXISTING ROOM TO REMAIN AND BE REWORKED AS NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE A LIKE -NEW APPEARANCE. REFER TO DESIGNER SPECIFICATIONS FOR FINISHES. O SHADED AREAS REPRESENT REQUIRED EGRESS AND DOOR ACCESSIBILITY FLOOR CLEARANCES. SEE NOTES THIS SHEET AND ADA -1 SHEET. G.C. TO POST SIGN ABOVE OR ADJACENT TO ENTRANCE STATING 10 "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS". COORDINATE WITH SIGN VENDOR. 11 VERIFY EXISTING DOOR & HARDWARE IN FIELD. DOOR MUST BE FULLY OPERABLE AND MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OUTLINED ON SHEET ADA -1 OF THIS DRAWINGS SET, SECTION 404. REPLACE EXISTING ITEMS WITH NEW HARDWARE AS LISTED IN DOOR SCHEDULE AS NECESSARY. REFURBISH EXISTING DOOR & HARDWARE TO LIKE -NEW APPEARANCE. 12 EXISTING STOREFRONT BY LANDLORD TO REMAIN. TENANT'S GC TO PROVIDE DOORS/TRANSOM AND RELATED HARDWARE AND SUPPORTS. SEE SHEET A6 13 G.C. TO PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHER (MINIMUM 2A-10BC) WITHIN A RECESSED OR SEMI—RECESSED CABINET WITHIN 75 FEET TRAVEL DISTANCE FROM ALL POINT IN THE TENANT SPACE; THE EXTINGUISHER SHALL BE MOUNTED ON A HOOK WITHIN THE CABINET (ELEVATED OFF CABINET BASE); THE TOP OF THE EXTINGUISHER CABINET SHALL BE NO HIGH THAT 48 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR; EXTINGUISHER SHALL BE PLACED IN LOCATIONS WHERE THEY WILL BE READILY ACCESSIBLE AND IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FOR USE. 14 INSTALL DOORS/TRANSOM AND RELATED HARDWARE AND SUPPORTS. SEE 7.;;\ SHEET A6 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN242013 City of Tultw a BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0 4 203 PERMIT CENTER J—DkOs©—Gkr_l ARCHITECTURE METAL 2 O I 1 CLOD AVENUE U CLEVELAND, ORO 44995 PRIMER 210.781.0181 FALL 298.789.0984 a) oo C1) L co a) O o) C C N O U C) .0 r 4_ 4_J 0 0 — -0 r N 1 - CD _N a) DRAWN BY: AA CHECKED BY: NZ DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 FLOOR PLAN A2 COLUMN LABELS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY Quad channel Quad Quad channel channel Quad Quad channel ,channel Quad channel to be Installed where divider fins are required between card racks. Double channel to be Installed next to gift units. Double channel uad Quad channel .channel Quad channel EXISTING TELE/ELEC. PANELS EXISTING TOILET ROOM 0 I1'-08" [1224]--4'-08" [1224]--4'-08 [1224]--4'-08" [1224]--4'-08 [1224]--4'-O$" [1224 C4,. [100] G.C. TO PROVIDE WALL FUR -OUT PER PAPER DESTINY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. REFER TO METAL WORK DETAILS UNDER SEPARATE COVER. G.C. TO INSTALL MILLWORK - REFER TO MILLWORK PLAN AND INSTALLATION DETAIL PACKET New wall to be painted blue Quad channel Quad channel Quad channel Quad Quad channel ,channel 10' 9" [3295] Double channel Double channel ' O8" [1224]4' -OR" [1224]- [1224]- Gift unit Quad Quad channel channel Double channel Gift unit O8" [1224]-4'-O8" [1224]--4' 4 " [114] 8" [1224]--4'-O8" [1224]--4'-08" [1224]--5' Schematic Metal Work Fur -out Plan Existing Gyp Bd CIg with platform above - to remain. Open to deck above " [1742]\ '1' O8" [1224]--4'-08" [1224]--4'-O8" [1224]- 8' 84" [2662] Gift unit LEASE LINE WORKING POINT EFE REFE REFE RETE FE RETE R TO SHEET #A2 FO R TO SHEET #A6 FO R TO SHEET #A7 FO R TO S- EET #A8 FO R TO SHEET #E2 FO R TO S EET VI1 FOR R DIVE\SIO\AL PLA\ STOREFRO\T WORK AND CONDITIONS R WALL &c CEILI\G I\STALLATION DETAILS DESIG\ER'S SPECIFICATIO\S R LIGHTI\G PLA\ &c SPECIFICATIONS. HVAC PLAN. See designer specification point 0319 - sheet #A8 Coloured light fittings above fea ure table 0 O 0 O 0 3'-114 [1214 0 —11Q" [1214] 7' 118" £2 0 0 0 0 Gyp Bd Ceiling @ 9'-10 1/8" [3000] 0 ®61 ° 3'-114" [1214]- cO N \./ w 0 Feature display light fitting above oval table hop front work by landlord under separate permit Existing Gyp Bd CIg with platform above - to remain. Schematic Ceiling Plan Quad metal channel Spacer bar to be inserted into outside channel O O O O 0 O O O O O O O O O O O 0 Channel fixing points. Spacer bar to be Inserted into outside channel Double metal channel Spacer bar to be Inserted into outside channel 1 1 11 11 11 11 11 n 11 11 Metal work detail Scale 1:2 11(0 Channel fixing points. Spacer bar to be Inserted Into outside channel REVIEWED FOR ;ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED 1JUN 24 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1. CONFIRM ADEQUATE CLEARANCE EXISTS AT ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, AND STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE FINISHED CEILING HEIGHTS INDICATED. ANY PROBLEMATIC CONDITIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE PAPER DESTINY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 2. REFER TO ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. 3. ADDITIONAL SUPPORTS, SAFETY WIRES, ETC. REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION ARE TO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE G.C. AND SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BID PRICE. 4. SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS ARE TO BE PREPARED AND SUBMITTED TO THE LANDLORD AND PAPER DESTINY BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH' CEILING MOUNTED ITEMS INDICATED IN THESE DRAWINGS. UPON APPROVAL BY BOTH PARTIES THE DRAWINGS MAY BE SUBMITTED FOR PERMIT. 5. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FOCUS AND ADJUST ALL TRACK HEADS. 6. FIRE SPRINKLER COVERAGE IS TO BE PROVIDED THROUGHOUT ENTIRE LEASED SPACE INCLUDING CONCEALED SPACES. SPRINKLER LAYOUT SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA 13 AND OTHER APPLICABLE RULES AND REGULATIONS. FIRE PROTECTION SHOP DRAWINGS ARE TO BE SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE COVER FOR REVIEW AND PERMIT. 7. COORDINATE EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND EXIT LIGHT REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL AUTHORITIES. 8. ALL NEW WIRING LOCATED IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS SHALL BE ROUTED IN CONDUIT. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 9. THE MEANS OF EGRESS EMERGENCY LIGHTING ILLUMINATION LEVEL SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1 FOOT-CANDLE MEASURED AT THE FLOOR LEVEL. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR' SHALL CONFIRM COMPLIANCE PRIOR TO THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY INSPECTION BEING PERFORMED. 10, NO COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS SHALL BE ALLOWED ABOVE THE FINISHED CEILINGS. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0 4 2013 IT CENTER 2650 EUCLID &VENUE CLEVELAND, MO Will RONE8 216"7 o 1100M1I MNE 218.78100`46 100`44 a) a) o) - I 4" - C C Q - a) 4) 'An 0V 00 cc N N 0 O (D (1) '5 as co U)2 0,2 DRAWN BY: DESIGN PLAN CHECKED BY: NZ DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 DESIGN PLANS A3 COLUMN LABELS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY WALL HANGING SYSTEM REFERENCE 3.02A IN DESIGNER SPECIFICATION DISPLAY FIXTURES REF 5.13 IN DESIGNER SPECIFICATION I EXISTING TELE/ELEC. PANELS _.......,....„,,,..\ EXISTING TOILET ROOM rn N —4'-8" [1415]— Id -3'-6" [1064} [915] N rn N 3'-2" [974] 0 M F9 3' [911]- 0) u N GYP BD TO CLG. DECORATE WHITE 0) co rn 3'-1" [942 Q) 0) U \-928' GYP BD TO CLG. /-LEASE LINE Sign box supported from landlord provide framing and support see land lord drawings DECORATE WHITE Millwork Floor Plan Existing lobby flooring to remain. To be cleaned down Sales floor vinyl flooring to be used in Toilet room COLUMN LABELS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY Off -sales carpet G.C. TO INSTALL MILLWORK - REFER TO MILLWORK PLAN AND INSTALLATION DETAIL PACKET ACCESSIBILTY AND EGRESS NOTES: MAINTAIN MIN. REQUIRED CLEARANCES: EGRESS: CONTINUOUS 36" WIDE CLEAR PATH. ACCESSIBILITY: 36" CLEARANCE FOR SPANS MORE THAN 24" IN LENGTH. 32" CLEARANCE FOR SPANS LESS THAN 24" IN LENGTH WITH 48" INTERVALS BETWEEN REDUCTIONS. REFER TO SHEET ADA1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. NOTE TO BUILDING DEPARTMENT: ALL FLOOR DISPLAYS ARE MOVEABLE / MOBILE. C Karndean wood look flooring 12 19x 178mm size planks Designer Spec Ref: 4.03 EXISTING TOILET ROOM 0 • Flooring install ayout REFER TO TRANSITION NOTES ON SHEET A2 AND SHEET ADA -1 Extend mall flooring into lobby 3 GENERAL FIXTURE NOTES 1. REFER TO SHEET A-1 FOR VENDOR/ SUPPLIER CONTACT INFORMATION. 2. G.C./FIXTURE INSTALL CREW SHALL VERIFY THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: -SALES FLOOR WIDTH & DEPTH - COLUMN SIZES & LOCATIONS - UTILITY STUB -UPS REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THESE PLANS & FIELD DIMENSIONS TO THE ATTENTION OF THE PAPER DESTINY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 3. ALL FIXTURES INDICATED ARE SUPPLIED BY PAPER DESTINY VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY THE G.C. PER VENDOR DIRECTIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FIXTURE INSTALLATION SHALL INCLUDE ALL APPLICABLE ANCHORING, LEVELING, ALIGNMENT, ADJUSTMENTS, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE AND FINISHED INSTALLATION. 4. THE CASHWRAP SHALL MEET ALL STATE, ADA, AND ANSI ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR CHECK-OUTS AND CUSTOMER SERVICE COUNTERS. CUT SHEETS CAN BE MADE AVAILABLE FROM THE MANUFACTURER UPON REQUEST. 5. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 6. DIMENSIONS INDICATED ARE CLEAR WIDTH 7. MILLWORK INTEGRAL LIGHTING AND/OR ASSEMBLIES TO BE UL RATED. 8, GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE POWER TO MILLWORK AS SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.. COORDINATE WITH PAPER DESTINY. 9. STOCKROOM SHELVING UNITS TO BE 8'-0" HIGH MAXIMUM. 10. NO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE TO BE STORED IN THE STOCKROOM AT ANY TIME. 11. DISPLAY FIXTURES ON THE SALES FLOOR SHALL NOT IMPACT VISIBILITY OF EXITS AND EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION DEVICES. EFE 'EFE EFE sEFE EFE 'EFE TO SHEET #A2 FO TO SHEET #A6 FO TO SHEET #A7 FO TO SHEET #A8 FO TO SHEET #E2 FO TO SHEET V1 FO SIVE\SIO\AL PLA\ STOEFONT W0 < AND CON WALL & CEILING INSTALLATION DESIGNE'S SPECIFICATIO\S LIGHTING PLA\ & SDECIFICATIO HVAC PLA\ DITIO\S DETAILS S. i REVIEWED FOR ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED I JUN 2 4 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUI1 0 4 203 PERMIT CENTER M0 COMMAVENUE CLEVELAND, 9 On100 4C15 ll PKONE8 LS18I o U`loO131 FAW°o 210.l I1yl�.011S6 REGISTERED • ARCHITECT 0 OD C(` L IL Co a) N0) �' ++ 4-' 07=3 C C 7= -A1C) --1 '• V 0 Cij 00 • ON N a) DRAWN BY: JR CHECKED BY: NZ DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 FINISH & FIXTURE PLANS A4 QEF TO SHEET #A2 F0DIVENSIO\AL PLA\ EFE TO S—EET #A6 F0STOHFO\T W0 < A\D C0\DITIO\S EFE TO S—EET #A7 F0 WALL & CEILING I\STALLATIO\ DETAILS EF TO SHEET #A8 F0DESIGNS 'S ,SPECIFICATIO\ S 'EFETO SHEET #E2 F0' LIGHTING PLA\ & SPECIFICATIONS. 'EFETO SHEET V1 HVAC PLAN. 2'-4" [726] 1'-88" [512] 2" gap to be left between fin and ceiling Top infill sections to be cut to suit ceiling height - 2" c N Right. Hand Elevation All fins to be cut to equal height 10 0 0 N �0 0 0 0 CICO 0 0) 10' 6R" [3215] 4" skirting board to be installed G.C. TO INSTALL MILLWORK - REFER TO MILLWORK PLAN AND INSTALLATION DETAIL PACKET 2" gap to be left between fin and ceiling Gift unit fins to be cut down to suit ceiling height - 2" 18mm Ply sheet to be installed to existing stud frames. Amend stud as necessary for fixing 2 -48" [734] MIaO [399] '-34" [401] 1, Gift unit with cupboards (see detailed drawings) Left Hand Elevation Gift unit with cupboards (see detailed drawings) 4" skirting board to be installed 20' [6096] Barricade Elevation Barricade Plan , 0 0 0 r) u -0ICO Barricade graphic to be applied to face 0 0 0 Mho 1p\ -1421(i, 8' 68" [2600] PPP 9`R EFT 8' 5' rn [2564] L Rear Wall Elevation Slat line to be nstalled to door REVIEWED FOR DE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 2 4 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUGS 0 4 2013 PERMIT CENTER ~H© ANC©MECMJIIE NEGA_= DENIM M0 MOLD AVENUE CLEVELAND, OM 41f111 MUM 2183811.01a1 FQKs 210.791.0126 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 0 tD .5 cu co CO2 031.7 L L co .Qi o) cD w OO.— rn (0 V+ 3 O N (4-1; O DRAWN BY: JR CHECKED BY: NZ DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 ELEVATIONS A5 GENERAL NOTES 1. SIGNAGE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ALL FINAL SIGN DRAWINGS TO UNDER SEPARATE SUBMISSION. 2. MALL NEUTRAL AREAS TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 3. PATCH AND REPAIR ANY AREAS DAMAGED TO 'LIKE NEW' APPEARANCE. 4. FINAL CONNECTION OF SIGN BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 5. REFER TO SHEET A6 FOR ADDITIONAL FINISH & CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION 6. ALL NON-STRUCTURAL VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL STOREFRONT AND SOFFIT METAL FRAMING TO BE MINIMUM 358ST18 WITH COMPANION RUNNERS OF 358CR20 AT 16" O.C. 7. DO NOT COMPROMISE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OR FIRE RATINGS OF LANDLORD'S SHELL BUILDING STRUCTURE COMPONENTS. 8. EXISTING STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION BY LANDLORD TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 1 r 1 i � 1 0 r 0 10 1/2" SALES AREA CEILING HEIGHT 0 BEYOND Q0 CO DOOR PULL 0 2'-2 5/8" TO BOTTOM OF SUPPORT LINTEL L o BEYOND 1 0 6" TO BOTTOM OF SIGN SHED OPENING 11'-11 1/2" EXISTING 11" LEASED STOREFRONT EXTENTS 15'-4 1/4" TO TOP OF MALL BULKHEAD A STOREFRONT SECTION A6 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" 3'-2" EXISTING CONDITIONS & STOREFRONT SCOPE OF WORK EXISTING CONDITIONS NOTE: ALL STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION IS EXISTING (WORK CONDUCTED BY LANDLORD, UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT) TO REMAIN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. TENANT'S STOREFRONT SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES INSTALLATION OF TENANT'S SIGNAGE (ATTACH TO LANDLORD PROVIDED BLOCKING) ONE SET OF NEW GLASS DOORS WITH TRANSOM WITH RELATED HARDWARE AND ASSOCIATED REINFORCING FOR SUPPORT, LIGHTING AND FLOORING. STOREFRONT DOORS & TRANSOM D1 PAIR 3'-0" X 8'-6" FRAMELESS 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS DOORS, 6" BOTTOM RAIL WITH ADA TAPER, PATCH FITTINGS (INCLUDING TOP PIVOTS) FLOOR PIVOTS, RECESSED FLOOR BOLT STRIKES, AND FLOOR MOUNTED BUMPER/STOPPERS. NO CLOSER. DOOR PULLS: 'CR LAWRENCE' 48" EXTRA LENGTH LADDER STYLE PULL HANDLES - 92" LONG, INSIDE AND OUTSIDE, EACH DOOR. LOCKSET: "BEST" LOCK - G.C. TO CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS FOR FULL ASSEMBLY WITH MANUFACTURER. - GC TO PROVIDE SUPPORT FOR TENANT'S STOREFRONT DOORS/TRANSOM. REWORK EXISTING POSTS AS NECESSARY. COORDINATE FINAL FINISH INSTALLATION SCHEDULING WITH LANDLORD'S METAL PROVIDER. - STOREFRONT DOOR HARDWARE MANUFACTURED BY C.R. LAWRENCE OR ARCHITECT APPROVED-EQUAL.HARDWARE - FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING LANDLORD PROVIDED STOREFRONT FINISH - INSTALL DOORS, FRAMING, ETC. PER MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS 11" EXISTING STOREFRONT EXTENTS 0 A6 4D /2" TO BOTTOM OF EXISTING STOREFRONT CEILING 0 11 1/2" NEW GLAZING/DOOR ASSEMBLY EXTENTS 0 0 1L (TYP.) 1'-8 3/4" TRANS / \ / \ / \ / \ 00 / 0 4'-3" DOOR HEIGHT STOREFRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 6'-2" EXISTING OPENING EXTENTS - BETWEEN FINISHED POSTS 19'-11 1/4" LEASE DIMENSION (AS FIELD VERIFIED) 0 • �1 1 e ••v �1 1 /• • • • Li Li • ADJACENT TENANT 0 SALES AREA 7'-1" CL TO CL OF LINTEL SUPPORT POSTS 6'-2" ENING EXTENTS - BETWEENXISTING FINISHED PO STS If 00 7'-2 1/2" 19'-11 1/4" LEASE DIMENSION (AS FIELD VERIFIED) 00 N ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" P1MALL CONCOURSE 11 ADJACENT TENANT REVIEWED FOR E COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 2 4 2013 City of Tukwila IMILDING DIVISION , KEYNOTES OEXISTING LANDLORD PROVIDED ITEMS TO REMAIN. PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION - INCLUDING: STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES, MALL NEUTRAL AREAS, STRUCTURE AND BASE BUILDING SYSTEMS. OUTLINE OF TENANT SIGNAGE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. REFER TO SIGN SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL SIGNAGE SIZE, TYPE AND LOCATION. SIGNAGE IS UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITTAL. SIGN SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. G.C. TO PROVIDE ELECTRICAL SUPPLY & COORDINATION, AND ANY ADDITIONAL NECESSARY BACKING, SUPPORT (IN EXCESS OF LANDLORD PROVIDED MOUNTING BLOCKING.) V.I.F. O 1"X2" NARROW PROFILE GLAZING 'U' MEMBER/HEADER • EXISTING POST BY LANDLORD. GC TO REINFORCE AS INDICATED. COORDINATE FINAL FINISH INSTALLATION SCHEDULING WITH LANDLORD'S METAL PROVIDER. METAL STUD LATERAL BRACING AT STOREFRONT DOORS. SEE DETAIL #10/A7. ALL FASTENING TO BE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. O STRUCTURAL POST AND LINTEL ASSEMBLY. SEE DETAIL #10/A7 OEXISTING GYP. BD. CEILING/SOFFIT AND CURTAIN WALL AT ENTRY, BY LANDLORD. O SUSPENDED GYP. BD. CEILING IN SALES AREA - SEE SHEET A7 FOR DETAILS. OEXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN. PATCH/REPAR AS NECESSARY. MAINTAIN 1 HR FIRE RATING. 10 DOOR PIVOT AND STRIKE LOCATIONS. TYP. AT BOTH DOORS. SEE DETAILS SHEET A7. 11 11 LEASE LINE LOCATION. VERIFY WITH ON SITE LANDLORD MANAGEMENT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION START. 12 LIGHT FIXTURE. REFER TO SHEETS #E2 FOR INFORMATION. 13 G.C. TO VERIFY THAT TENANT SIDE OF STOREFRONT BULKHEAD HAS GYPSUM BOARD TAPED AND SEALED TO DECK. PATCH AND REPAIR OR PROVIDE NEW AS NECESSARY. 14 15 16 17 18 19 RETURN MALL FLOOR FINISH TO CLOSURE LINE AND TENANT'S STOREFRONT BASE (TYP.) DASHED LINES INDICATE SOFFIT ABOVE. STOREFRONT DOORS, TRANSOM AND RELATED HARDWARE. SEE DOOR NOTES THIS SHEET. FLOOR MOUNTED DOOR STOP/BUMPER LOCATION (TYP AT BOTH DOORS) PATCH HARDWARE ATTACH TENANT SIGN TO EXISTING NON -COMB WOOD BLOCKING AND METAL STUD RUNNER BY LANDLORD. VERIFY IN FIELD. IF NOT EXISTING, PROVIDE. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0 4 20n3 PERMIT CENTER JEIMCEIKI L=►1R©D{DTI©T I METAL DEMON 2050 EUCLU© AVENUE CLEVELAND, ORO 449O PHONE8 21160781001131 FAX, 2116078.0134 oto fiGISTEREDg. LA N Y;: Ij070P' kE� REWEISUCHS DRAWN BY: JR CHECKED BY: NZ DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 STOREFRONT DETAILS A6 NOTE: PROVIDE ATTACHMENT, CONNECTIONS, AND SUSPENSION PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. MAIN TEE SPLICE 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD PANELS OOP FIRE EXPANSION NOTCH • MAIN TEE 12 GA. HANGER WIRES, TYP. ( CROSS TEE s GYPSUM BOARD CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM DETAIL SCALE: NONE AS APPLICABLE: UL DESIGN U-465 (NON-BEARING 1 HR. WALL) rmiwativirk+ 1. Floor and Ceiling Runners—(not shown)—Channel shaped runners, 3-5/8 in. wide (min), 1-1/4 in. legs, formed from min No. 25 MSG (min No. 20 MSG when Item 4C is used) galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. 2. Steel Studs—Channel shaped, 3-5/8 in. wide (min), 1-1/4 in. legs, 3/8 in. folded back returns, formed from min No. 25 MSG (min No. 20 MSG when Item 4C is used) galv steel spaced 24 in. OC max. 3. Batts and Blankets*—(Optional)—Mineral wool or glass fiber batts partially or completely filling stud cavity. See Batts and Blankets (BZJZ) category for names of Classified companies. 4. Wallboard, Gypsum* -5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, attached to steel studs and floor and ceiling track with 1 in. long, Type S steel screws spaced 8 in. OC. along edges of board and 12 in. OC in the field of the board. Joints oriented vertically and staggered on opposite sides of the assembly. When attached to item 6 (furring channels), wallboard is screw attached to furring channels with 1 in. long, Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC. American Gypsum Co.—Type AG—C. Canadian Gypsum Company—Types AR, C, IP—X2, SCX, SHX, WRC or WRX. Continental Gypsum Company—Types CG—C, CG5-5, CG6-6, CG9-9, CGTC—C. G—P Gypsum Corp.—Types 5, 9, C, GPFS6. James Hardie Gypsum Inc.—Type BG—C. Lafarge Gypsum, A div. of Lafarge Corp.—Types LGFC6, LGFC—C. National Gypsum Co., Charlotte, NC—Types FSK—G, FSW—G. National Gypsum Co., Riyadh, Saudi Arabia—Type FR or WR. Pabco Gypsum Co.—Type PG—C. Republic Gypsum Co.—Type RG—C. Standard Gypsum Corp.—Type SG—C. Temple—Inland Forest Products Corp.—Type TG—C. United States Gypsum Co.—Tpe AR, C, IP—X2, SCX, SHX, WRC or WRX. Yeso Panamericano SA de CV—type AR, C, IP—X2, SCX, SHX, WRC or WRX. Westroc Inc.—Type Westroc Fireboard. 4A. Wallboard, Gypsum*—(As an alternate to Item 4)—Nom 3/4 in. thick, 4 ft wide, installed as described in Item 4 with screw length increased to 1-1/4 in. Canadian Gypsum Company—Type AR. United States Gypsum Co.—Type AR. Yeso Panamericano SA de CV—Type AR. 4B. Wallboard, Gypsum*—(As an alternate to Items 4 and 4A)-5/8 in. thick installed as described in Item 4. Joint covering (Item 5) not required. Canadian Gypsum Company—Type WSX. United States Gysum Co.—Type WSX. Yeso Panamericano SA de CV—Type WSX. 4C. Wallboard, Gypsum*—(As an alternate to Item 4, 4A and 4B)-5/8 in. thick gypsum panels, installed as described in Item 4 with Type S-12 steel screws. The length and spacing of the screws as specified under Item 4. Canadian Gypsum Company—Type FRX. United States Gypsum Co.—Type FRX. 5. Joint Tape and Compound—Vinyl, dry or premixed joint compound, applied in two coats to joints and screw heads; paper tape, 2 in. wide, embedded in first layer of compound over all joints. As an alternate, nominal 3/32 in. thick gypsum veneer baseboard. Joints reinforced. 6. Furring Channel—(Optional—not Shown)—Resilient 25 MSG galv steel furring channels spaced vertically max 24 in. OC, flange portion attached to each intersecting stud with 1/2 in. Tong type S-12 panhead steel screws. Not for use with Type FRX gypsum panels. *Bearing the UL Classification Marking LOCKING CLIP TO FASTEN CROSS RUNNER TO MAIN RUNNER SPLICES AND INTERSECTIONS OF RUNNERS SHALL BE ATTACHED WITH MECHANICAL INTERLOCKING CONNEC- TORS SUCH AS POP RIVETS, SCREWS, PIN, PLATES, WITH BENT TABS, OR OTHER APPROVED CONNECTORS FOR 2X THE ACTUAL LOAD OR 180 LBS. WHICHEVER IS GREATER DESIGN CONNECTORS FOR 2 = DESIGN LEAD OR ULTIMATE AXIAL TENSION OR COMPRESSION (MINIMUN 60 LBS) OR, CROSS -FURRING SHALL BE SECURELY ATTACHED TO THE MAIN RUNNER BY SADDLE TYING WITH NOT LESS THAN ONE STRAND OF NO. 16 OR TWO STRAND OF NO. 16 U.S. GAUGE TIE WIRE OR APPROVED EQ- UIVALENT ATTACHMENT. RUNNERS AND FURRING, THE MAIN RUNNER AND CROSS -FURRING SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN THE SIZES SET FORTH IN TABLE NO. 47-A EXCEPT THAT THE OTHER STEEL SECTIONS OF EQUIVALENT STRENGTH MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR THOSE SET FORTH IN THIS TABLE NO SMALLER THAN 12 GA. SUSPENSION WIRE © 4'-0" 0.C., CONNECTION IS TO BE CAPABLE OF CARRYING NOT LESS THAN 100 LBS. PROVIDE (3) TURNS MIN. IN 1 1/2", TYP. CO EACH END. SEISMIC LOCKING PIN CROSS RUNNER MAIN RUNNER SUSPENDED CEILING SEISMIC DETAIL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE RIGID VERTICAL STRUT 0 12'-0"O.C. E.W. WITH FIRST POINT TO BE WITHIN 6'-0" OF DEMISING WALLS. STRUT MAY BE STEEL STUD, BLACK IRON, E.M.T., RIDGID CONDUIT, OR OTHER APPROVED EQUAL. 12 GA. VERTICAL WIRE HANGER ® 4'-0" 0.C. EACH WAY W/ MIN. 3 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" BOTH ENDS OF WIRE, TYPICAL 12 GA. WIRE SPLAYED IN FOUR DIRECTIONS 45' APART 12'-0" 0.C. EACH WAY W/ MIN. 3 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" BOTH ENDS OF WIRE, TYPICAL CEILING PANELS (TYPICAL) NOTE: INSTALLATION PER IBC. STD. 25-2 (VOL. III) 1. VERTICAL STRUT: A STRUT FASTENED TO THE MAIN RUNNER, SHALL BE EXTENDED TO & FASTENED TO THE STRUCTURAL MEMBER SUPPORTING THE ROOF OR FLOOR ABOVE. THE STRUT SHALL BE ADEQUATE TO RESIST THE VERTICAL COMPRESSION INDUCED BY THE BRACING WIRES. 2. THESE HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT POINTS SHALL BE PLACED 12'-0" OR UNDER IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH THE POINT WITHIN 6'-0" FROM EACH DEMISING WALL. 3. 2" MAX. FROM BRACING WIRES TO CROSS RUNNERS. SEISMIC CEILING DETAIL SCALE: NOT, TO SCALE (1)12'-0" AFF CONTINUOUS 2" DEEP 18 GA. TOP RUNNER NOTE: ATTACHMENT OF FRAMING SUPPORTS & CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM SHALL BE TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING ABOVE ONLY. ATTACHMENT TO DECK ABOVE IS PROHIBITED. 010'-0" AFF STOCK ROOM SALES AREA 18 GA. 4" METAL STUD BRACING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AT 48 "O.C. STAGGERED WITH (4) #1-16 TEKS. ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF BRACING FOR MAXIMUM LATERAL STABILITY. ATTACH BRACING SECURELY TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. CEILING CONSTRUCTION - VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITION WITH REFLECTED CEILING PLANS 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BOARD OVER 20 GAUGE 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" 0.C. ICBO #175P ONLY ONTINUOUS 18 GA. WALL RUNNER, ATTACHED TO FLOOR WITH 1/4" DIA. "HILTI" SHOT—PIN FASTENERS AT 12" 0.C. (ICC—ES #ESR -1917) NOTE: ATTACH GYP. BD. TO THE METAL FRAMING WITH 1 1/4" GYP BD SCREWS AT 8" 0.C. (MIN.) AT ALL STUDS BEGINNING AT TOP AND BOTTOM AND ALL SIDES. PARTITION BRACING DETAIL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE in NOTE: NO CEILING AREAS SHALL EXCEED 2500 SQ. FT. BETWEEN JOINTS. TRACK, BRAKE METAL, OR OTHER ALTERNATE COVER. °4a 7ACOUSTICAL CEILING GRID 0 0 0 . 0 o0o 0* 2" CHANNEL MOULDINGS AND FASTENERS PER GRID MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DETAILS. SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT DETAIL SCALE: NONE SERVICE DOOR IDENTITY — SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. IF LANDLORD DOES NOT HAVE CRITERIA — PROVIDE 3" BLACK VINYL LETTERS M co 0 M \-\\ PAPER \DE,STINY SUIT # EQ J, EQ \ \ DOOR BUZZER PUSH BUTTON SERVICE DOOR DETAIL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 1/16" TOP VIEW JAMB COLUMN L2x2x16ga x 0'-3" W/ (2) #10 SCREWS TO JAMB STUD & i" DIA. TITEN—HD TO SLAB W/ 2 EMBED FIELD VERIFY EXISTING SLAB ON GRADE (4" MIN. THICKNESS) 6" x 1 5/8" x 18ga METAL - STUD W/ (4) #10 SCREWS TO EACH JAMB 110 STOREFRONT FRAMING DETAILS AT DOORS A7 SCALE: NO SCALE L1 3 x 1 3 x 16ga x 0'-3" EA. END W/ (2) #10 SCREWS TO STUD & (2) #14 SCREWS TO EXISTING STEEL BEAM (OPTION: USE 0.145" DIA. POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS TO STEEL BEAM) L 1 3 x 1 3 x 16ga x 0'-3" TOP & BOTTOM_ /4 W/ (2) #10 SCREWS EA. LEG EXISTING STEEL BEAMS BEYOND 6" x 1-5/8" x 18 ga METAL STUD DIAGONAL BRACE EA. DIRECTION W/ (2) #10 SCREWS TO CENTERLINE OF HEADER & (2) #14 SCREWS TO EXISTING STEEL BEAM (OPTION: USE 0.145" DIA. POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS TO STEEL BEAM) BOXED LINTEL: (2) 6" x 1 5/8" x 18ga METAL STUDS W/ 6" x 1 1/2" x 18ga TRACK TOP & BOT. LIGHT GAUGE PLATE EACH SIDE: 3" x 3" x 16ga W/ (4) #10 SCREWS JAMB COLUMN: (2) 6" x 1 5/8" x 18ga METAL STUDS W/ 6" x 1 1/2" x 18ga TRACK EACH SIDE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 2 4 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION WIRE SUPPORT SPECIFICATIONS NOTE: THIS DETAIL TO BE PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CODE AND AS FOLLOWS: A. FOUR NO. 12 GAUGE WIRES MUST BE SECURED TO THE MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2 INCHES OF THE CROSS RUNNER INTERSECTION AND SPLAYED 90 DEGREES FROM EACH OTHER AT AN ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING 45 DEGREES FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING. A STRUT FASTENED TO THE MAIN RUNNER SHALL BE EXTENDED TO AND FASTENED TO THE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SUPPORTING THE ROOF OR FLOOR ABOVE. THE STRUT SHALL BE ADEQUATE TO RESIST THE VERTICAL COMPONENT INDUCED BY THE BRACING WIRES. THESE HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT POINTS SHALL BE PLACED 12 FEET ON CENTER IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 6 FEET FROM EACH WALL. ATTACHMENT OF THE RESTRAINT WIRES TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE SHALL BE ADEQUATE FOR THE LOAD IMPOSED. B. LATERAL FORCE BRACING MEMBERS SHALL BE SPACED A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES FROM ALL HORIZONTAL PIPING OR DUCT WORK THAT IS NOT PROVIDED WITH BRACING RESTRAINTS FOR HORIZONTAL FORCES. BRACING WIRES SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE GRID AND TO THE STRUCTURE IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THEY CAN SUPPORT A DESIGN LOAD OF NOT LESS THAN 200 POUNDS OR THE ACTUAL LOAD, WHICHEVER IS GREATER, WITH A SAFETY FACTOR OF 2. C. PROVIDE PERIMETER WIRES 8" OUT FROM THE WALL. NOTE: THIS STRUT DETAIL IS AS REFERENCED IN ICBG REPORT #4071. NOTE: ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO THE CEILING SYSTEM. THE ATTACHMENT DEVICE SHALL HAVE A CAPACITY OF 100% OF THE LIGHTING FIXTURE WEIGHT ACTING IN ANY DIRECTION. 12 GA. HANGERS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE GRID MEMBERS WITHIN 3" OF EACH CORNER OF EACH FIXTURE. TANDEM FIXTURES MAY UTILIZE COMMON WIRES. NOTE: TENANT'S CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SEISMIC LOCKING CLIPS TO FASTEN CROSS RUNNER TO MAIN RUNNER. SPLICES & INTERSECTIONS OF RUNNERS SHALL BE ATTACHED WITH MECHANICAL INTERLOCKING CONNECTORS SUCH AS POP RIVETS SCREWS, PINS, PLATES WITH BENT TABS OR OTHER APPROVED CONNECTORS FOR 2X THE ACTUAL LOAD OR 180 LBS. WHICHEVER IS GREATER. APPROVED STRUT - RUN TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. 12 GA. VERTICAL HANGER WIRE - COMPRESSION STRUT REQ'D AT EACH SEISMIC RESTRAINT 12'-0" 0.C. EACH WAY & WITHIN 6'-0" OF EACH WALL. APPROVED STRUT - NOTCH OVER MAIN RUNNER. DRILL 5/32" HOLE FOR 1/8" BOLT & LOCK NUT AFTER CEILING IS LEVELED. 12 GA. VERTICAL HANGER WIRE ® 4'-0" (4) 12 GA. SPLAY WIRES - SPLAYED 90' FROM EACH OTHER & NOT TO EXCEED 45' FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING. PROVIDE AT 12'-0" 0.C., EACH WAY & WITHIN 6'-0" OF EACH WALL. 45. ?OP 44/4414 CROSS TEE MAIN RUNNER 45. MAX. (3) TURNS MIN. IN 1-1/2" (TYP.) PREMANUFACTURED STRUTS ARE AVAILABLE AND MAY BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THEIR LISTING AND/OR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. THE FOLLOWING TABLES LIST THE APPROPRIATE MATERIALS FOR FIELD FABRICATED STRUTS AND THE MAXIMUM LENGTH ALLOWED FOR EACH STRUT. MATERIALS TRADE SIZE ALLOWABLE LENGTH EMT* IMC* OR RMC* PIPE 1/2" 3'-10" 4'-4" 3/4" 5'-2., 5'-7„ 1" 6'- 5" 7'-0" 1-1/4" 8'-6" 9'-0" 1-1/2" 9'-10" 10'-5" 2" - 13'-2" METAL STUD 3-5/8" x 18ga. W/ 1-5/8" FLANGE & 1/2" RETURN 10'-0" 3-5/8" x 18ga. W/ 2" FLANGE & 5/8" RETURN 12'-0" NOTES: 1. COMPRESSION STRUTS SHALL BE FASTENED TO THE MAIN RUNNER AND BE EXTENDED TO AND FASTENED TO THE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SUPPORTING THE ROOF OR FLOOR ABOVE. THE SUB -PURLINS, LOCATED IN THE ROOF IN A TYPICAL TILT -UP STRUCTURE, ARE NOT CONSIDERED TO BE. STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. 2. THE STRUT SHAL BE VERTICAL, AND SHALL NOT HANG MORE THAN 1 IN 6 OUT OF PLUMB. 3. ALL STRUTS MEETING THE SPECIFICATIONS OF THIS TABLE WILL BE PRESUMED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CODE. OTHER DESIGN CONFIGURATIONS MUST CONFORM TO THE DESIGN REQUREMENTS OF THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE APPLICABLE CODES. 4. EACH STRUT MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A TENSION WIRE, LOCATED ON THE INSIDE OR IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO (WITHIN ONE INCH) AND PARALLEL TO THE STRUT. *EMT - ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING *IMC - INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT *RMC - RIGID METAL CONDUIT s SEISMIC DETAIL FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE AND DRYWALL SUSPENDED CEILINGS SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" co �b13---- I (,0 O1 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS WITH POLISHED EDGES. O STRAIGHT THROW LOCK WITH DUST PROOF STRIKE O 6" DOOR BOTTOM STILE, TOP TO BE BEVELED 60 DEGREES FROM HORIZONTAL PER ACCESSIBILITY CODE REQUIREMENTS. r 0 RECESSED FLOOR PIVOT O FINISHED FLOOR - STOREFRONT DOOR HARDWARE MANUFACTURED BY C.R. LAWRENCE OR ARCHITECT APPROVED EQUAL.HARDWARE — FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING LANDLORD PROVIDED STOREFRONT FINISH — INSTALL DOORS, FRAMING, ETC. PER MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS STOREFRONT DOOR PIVOT AND STRIKE DETAILS SCALE: 6" = 1'-0" RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0 4 2013 PERMIT CENTER J-FHC-FK1 ARCHMECTURIE I L T1 OLS, DDLESOON 2850 EUCLOO AVENUE =VE,slA ORO 449T5 PROMS 2888.0131 FAX: 210o781.01$4 540 iN. ST. C' T 0 REGISTER! O ARCHITECT 1.4 Z LANY INGTON 2 c L. L CO C C UU�j te ▪ a-' 00= co 3 �▪ N~ DRAWN BY: JR CHECKED BY: NZ DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 CONST. DETAILS A7 1.00 STORE STRIP -OUT Shopfit contractor to allow to strip and dispose of the following: a) Fixtures & fittings b) Floor coverings c) Interior walls 1.01ai NEW SHOPFRONT - Allow new shop front to be installed by landlord. 1.05 New Internal Stallriser MDF decorated finish. Fit free issue skirting 1.09 Existing External Entrance Floor Allow landlord G.C. to amend in accordance with the drawings. 1.11 Window display Ceiling All shop front works by Landlord 1.17a New Main Entrance Soffit All shop front works by landlord 2.03b Ceilings Off -Sales Existing off -sales ceiling to be retained. 2.03a Sales Area Plasterboard Ceiling Supply and install feature ceilings as shown on the drawing. Construction to consist of metal frame, 12.5mm plasterboard, finish as below. Skimmed with finish coat plaster and decorate in vinyl matt emulsion. Any other material (e.g MDF/Chipboard is not acceptable). Inspection hatches - Proprietary 600mm x 600mm access hatches. Install up to 8 access hatches where necessary. Need in areas for NC maintenance, heaters, and main power points above ceiling. See drawing. 3.02a Wall Preparation and Finishes Allow to install wall hanging system in accordance with drawing detail. Dry wall to be install as per detail. Tape & fill left and right wall and decorate in Tektura Paper Ref: Vintage Romance VT21-07 Rear wall to be painted in Dulux Celestial Cloud 3 3.02b Graphic Header Install graphic header above rack racks as shown on drawing. 3.07 Wall Decorations (Off Sales areas) Preparation - Generally all surfaces must be thoroughly dry and clean and any defects made good. All existing wall papers to be removed completely. Where it is necessary to work down to bare surface, the area should be treated as new work and the appropriate preparation as recommended/specified by the manufacturer. Note: The contractor must liase direct with the manufacturer to confirm the suitability of substrate before applying matt emulsion. Areas to be decorated: c) Toilets d) Stock Room Allow to prepare and paint white, one coat under coat and one coat gloss, all associated, timber skirtings, doors, door frames, architraves and windows within above areas. Final wall colour to be painted in French White 4.01 Floor Finishes Principle floor laying contractor to fit floor finishes as below: a) Heavy duty vinyl flooring (free issue) i. Vinyl (Karndean Van Gogh VGW46T Bearwood) b) Off sales carpet (free issue) III. Stockroom d) Supply and fit sheet vinyl flooring to toilets 4.02 (b) Floor Trims and Threshold Strips Principle floor laying contractor to supply and fit door threshold trims. 4.03 Preparation of Existing and New Floor Areas a) Principle contractor to remove existing coverings, make-up/extend floor created or disturbed by building and altering works, b) Principle floor laying contractor to prepare surfaces for and including self leveling compound as required, laid in accordance with manufacturers instructions. Leave ready to receive specified floor finish. Flooring contractor must cover entire shop floor. 5.01 Till Point Allow removing, disposing and make good as necessary Allow to install free issue till units and counter access as shown on the drawing. Allow cutting and fitting as required. Fixing screws to match hinge finish. Mastertill to recieve 4 twin sockets and the other slave tills to recieve 3. 5.03 Display Fixturing Allow to install free -issue fixturing as shown on the drawing. Allow to install Point Of Sale display equipment where required including divider panels and header caption holders. Gift display units require power as they are LED lit. 5.05 Office Equip Allow to supply and install a table and chair 5.06 Safe Installation Allow safe installation 5.07 (b) Stock Room Racking G.C. to erect and supply. 5.09 Coat Hooks Supply and fix SAA, hat and coat hooks to including softwood 75 x 19mm batten plugged and screwed to wall in accordance with the contract drawings next to the rear off -sales door. 5.10 Notice Boards Supply and fix notice boards where shown on drawing. 6.02a General Sales Floor Door (Yale) Allow removing, disposing and making good as necessary. Door type:- Allow to install free -issue door to US standards, frame, stops and architrave. Stops to be screwed to lining at 300mm centres. Door to receive slat finish on site. Ironmongery:- Allow to supply and install: - 1.5 pair 100x700mm double flag hinges. 1 No. Silver kick plate 3mm x 150 deep (length to suit door) finish to suit scheme. 1 No. Silver push plate. 1 No. overhead door closer.(Brass if shop side). 1 No. door stop as required. 6.10a Decorations to new Doors/Linings/Frames- Off Sales a) Plywood doors, Lining and Frames - prepare and prime, apply 2 undercoats, 1 No. oil coat white gloss finish. 6.10b Decorations to new Doors/Linings/Frames- Sales b) Linings and Frames viewed from sales area Fit free issue architrave and decorate remaining timber to match. 7.08 Existing Sanitaryware Allow to overhaul existing plumbing and sanitaryware. To include clean and de -scale traps and waste pipes, replace tap washers, fit plugs and degrease and lubricate cistern works. a) Supply and fix toilet roll holder to staff W.0 b) Allow to replace toilet seats with Gemini seats cover/s. c) Supply and fix towel rail to staff W.0 8.01 Wire Regulations On arrival to site the electrician will undertake a survey and test on the installation and advise of any additional works. 8.02 FASCIA FEED Supply and install a fascia power feed via last man out switch 8.04b EXTERNAL BELL 8.06 WINDOW SOFFIT INTERNAL HQI FITTINGS Fit free issue internal HQI light fittings as shown on the drawing via last man out switch. 8.10a Ceiling Down lighters Fit free issue recessed down lighters, as shown on the drawings. 8.10b INTERNAL DIRECTIONAL LIGHT FITTINGS Fit free issue internal directional light fittings as shown on the drawing via last man out switch. 8.11 SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FITTINGS Fit free issue surface mounted lighting as shown on the drawings. 8.13a LIGHT SWITCHING a) All sales floor lights to be switched from single switch. Lights to be switched per code regs 8.13d LIGHT SWITCHING d) All off sales lights to be switched using movement sensors to cover all areas. 8.14 Electrical Till Supplies Provide 24 hour power supplies to till points (4 No. twin sockets to master till and 3 twin sockets per slave till). Details as shown on the standard and project drawings. Sockets to be mounted under lower shelf. a) Electrical contractor to meet fixture installation contractor to install final connections. 8.15a Music System a) Provide power supply for music system to be located under till point. System to be installed by others. 8.16 Attention Bells All bell pushes to be placed under till point. Bell tones to be different from Rear Entrance door bell tone. b) Supply and fit sales area attention bell. 8.18a Sales floor service sockets a) Supply and fit 13 amp service sockets on sales floor. All sockets to be of Stainless Steel and flush fitting where visible, but white when hidden. 8.20a Boss System Electric Supply Provide 24 hour 2 x twin s/o, for computer back office support system in secure store. 8.20b CAT 5 Cable Allow to install 3 x LSF CAT 5e cables between till/s and office, leaving 3m of cable rolled and secured to underside of work top in office, also leaving 3m rolled and secured behind till. 8.22c Fire Alarm Installation - to local standards Amend existing fire alarm to incorporate: v) Relocated alarm points vi) Relocated sounders vii) Relocated detectors Position of alarm panel to be agreed at per -start meeting 8.22cvii Fire Alarm Installation d) All cabling to be LSF as per the tenants handbook 8.22d Fire Alarm Installation d) Check over existing alarm and repair as required 8.23e Emergency Lighting Installation All emergency escape lighting is to conform to local standards e). Relocate existing emergency lighting as shown to suit changes. Emergency lighting to sales area 8.29a Incoming Supply And Distribution a) Incoming supply and distribution to be maintained. 8.30a Secure Room Lighting a) Allow to supply and install movement sensor controlled lighting as shown on drawing. 8.32a Stockroom / Ancillary Area Lighting a) Allow to supply and install movement sensor controlled lighting as shown on drawing. Supply and fit external doorbell push with sounder mounted near staff room in a location agreed with Project Administrator. 8.33a Secure Store Power Supplies b.) Rear / delivery door location 8.05 LOBBY SOFFIT EXTERNAL HQI FITTINGS a) Provide new 24 hour supplies as shown on standard layout and project drawings. _ REVIEWED FOR ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED `JUN 2 4 2013 Fit free issue external HQI light fittings as shown on the drawing, via last man out switch City -of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0 4 2013 PERMIT CENTER 9.00 External Signage General Note The external signage will be free -issue and installed by main contractor. 9.01 Illuminated Fascia Sign (internally) Face panel - Manufactured from 2mm thick fabricated aluminium with 100mm deep returns. Face of panel to have Paper Destiny lettering stencil -cut out to receive push thru clear acrylic. Face panel to be powder coated Blue (PMS 5425) Logo - Paper Destiny text router cut from 20mm clear acrylic with a translucent vinyl applied to face, secured to face panel via internal fixing clips mechanically securing to outer flange. Light tray - 10mm foamex light tray fitted with GE Tetra Max high output LED's (ECA compliant) illuminated face and edge of push thru lettering 9.07 Rear Door Sign 3mm Dulux celestial cloud 3 foamalux ultra panel with 10.5mm radius corners plot cut gloss vinyl logo applied to face • Fixing method option 1 - 6mm drill hole 15mm in with 15mm Dulux celestial cloud 3 plastic screw caps. • Size 297(w) x 210(h)mm Per criteria 9.09 Internal Signage Fret cut 5mm off-white acrylic letters fixed to wall with medium nylon locators (15 x 18 x 2mm) 9.08 Temporary Hoarding Graphic To be digitally printed on paper/gandi hoarding. Contractor to supply size to cover entire hoarding including side returns. Art work to be provided by SRG. 11.00 Specification Ventilation and Air Conditioning The ventilation and air conditioning will be supplied and installed by a specialist contractor employed directly through the contractor or Land lord. Main contractor to organize. 11.01c Ventilation and Air Conditioning Requirements Service existing air conditioning system and insyall new cassettes and re -configure as per dwg. 12.00 Sprinkler Installation General Note The sprinklers will be supplied and installed by a specialist contractor employed directly by the nominated contractor 12.02 Existing Sprinkler Alterations Carry out alterations in accordance with contract drawing 14.08 Dumpsters Allow for 2 of 16 yard dumpsters to be available for SRG nominated Contractors and merchandising trash from handover day or as agreed with Project Administrator. 15.00 Pre -Handover Clean Allow to professionally clean to a 'sparkle' finish entire premises on evening prior to handover date as agreed with Project Administrator. 16.00 DDA Compliance Induction Loop Fit free issue induction loop to front of underside of till top as per manufacturers instructions and in location to be agreed by contract manager, including additional socket outlet spurred off existing till supply. 19.00 Tenants Hand Book/Shop fitting guide All contractors must price the project in conjunction with the tenants hand book. All works and materials must comply with the Tenants hand book/Shop fitting guide. No deviation can be made without written consent from project administration 19.01 No PC Sums Preliminary costs will void your tender without prior agreement with contracts manager 20.00 Health & Safety Paperwork All contractors to supply certificates and operating manuals either by disk or hard copy within 10 days of completion to project administration. We will withhold the final 10% of the invoice until all paper work has been received. 20.01 Handover Shop fitter electrician, Air conditioning engineer, intruder alarm and sprinkler engineer to allow for attendance on morning of handover to meet store management and ensure they are fully briefed on the operation of all equipment. Operation manuals must be left with management team. 20.02 Asbestos It is the responsibility of the main contractor to obtain a copy of the report from SRG's asbestos register prior to commencement on site. General Note Additional construction installation catalogue for fixtures and equipment will be supplied direct by the UK Mill worker. hl anCHrECTURE DESM o �0 EU CL Z° EME ©L EMAN% O 00 406 U- z©NEB 2 Il8o U�/]� 10 ll�� MX0 215.11 01o0M r'Is T ER; /: 1; ARCIIITE'CT DRAWN BY: JR CHECKED BY: NZ DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 DESIGNER SPECS A8 12'-4 3/8" 4 7/8" // JE\CE\ ARCHITECTURE RETAIL DESIGN 2850 EUCLID AVENUE CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 PHONE: 216.781.0131 FAX: 216.781.0134 STOCK ROOM ADJACENT TENANT SALES AREA 120V IG 20V IG 0148" STANDARD FINISH WALL STANDARDS FASTENED TO STUD. G.C. TO INSURE ADEQUATE BLOCKING EXISTS. REFER TO NOTE #8 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. O TWO 13" DEEP WHITE MELAMINE SHELVES WITH MATCHING PVC TAPE EDGES AND , STANDARD FINISH 12" SHELF BRACKETS. SHELVES TO BE SAME LENGTH AS COUNTER TOP. 3 24" DEEP COUNTER TOP WITH INTEGRAL • ANGLE BRACES SUPPLIED BY PAPYRUS MILLWORK VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. OG.C. TO PROVIDE 3" DIA. HOLE AT REAR OF COUNTER FOR POWER AND DATA CABLES AS NECESSARY. O5 2x4 LEDGER CLEAT SECURED TO EACH STUD FOR COUNTER SUPPORT. POSITION CLEATS BETWEEN HEAVY DUTY BRACKETS. CONTINUE LEDGER CLEAT AROUND CORNER WHEN APPLICABLE. O FASTEN HEAVY DUTY ANGLE BRACE TO STUD (TYP). O PENCIL DRAWER O AT EXPOSED CMU, PRECAST CONCRETE 8 PANEL OR SIMILAR WALL TYPE: SECURE 1"X4" PINE FURRING STRIPS TO WALL. SECURE WALL STANDARDS TO FURRING O EXE EEL— GENERAL. NOTES: — LOCATION AND CONFIGURATION MAY VARY, REFER TO PLAN. - CENTER LINE OF SHELF STANDARD SHALL EQUAL THE CENTER UNE OF THE STUD. — ADDITIONAL STUDS MAY BE REQUIRED WHEN STUD SPACING DOES NOT ALIGN WITH DESK LOCATION. - ALL ITEMS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GC UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. TOILET ROOM ADJACENT TENANT MANAGER'S WORK STATION SCALE: NOT TO SCALE ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" NOTE: ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO BE IN CONDUIT UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. GENERAL NOTES KEYED NOTES 1. WALL—MOUNTED CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES WITHIN SALES AREAS TO BE BROWN WITH BROWN WALL PLATE. TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. COVER PLATES TO BE WHITE IN CEILINGS AND NON—SALES AREAS. 2. ALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF SWITCHES, THERMOSTATS, OUTLETS, ETC. TO BE 18" (MINIMUM) TO 48" (MAXIMUM) TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE OPERABLE PART. 3. ALL DATA AND TELEPHONE WIRING IS BY PAPYRUS. 4. COORDINATE FIRE ALARM REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL AUTHORITIES. 5. ALL WIRING LOCATED IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS SHALL BE ROUTED IN CONDUIT. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH HVAC CONTRACTOR. 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL HOOK—UP OF PAPYRUS SUPPLIED DISPLAY UNITS. 0 0 0 0 0 7. CONDUCTORS ARE NO. 12, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 8. .ANY -EQUIPMENT, ETC. INDICATED • AS "EXISTING TO REMAIN" OR "RELOCATED" SHALL BE REFURBISHED OR REPAIRED AS NECESSARY TO LIKE. NEW CONDITION. DUPLEX REC. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY E.C. 4—PLEX REC. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY E.C., TYP OF (2) REPORT ALL DAMAGED ITEMS TO PAPYRUS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. REPLACE ANY CRACKED OR DAMAGED THERMOSTAT COVERS AND CRACKED/DAMANGED/MISSING WALL PLATES AS NEEDED. G.C. TO VERIFY EXISTING WALL OUTLET LOCATIONS. REUSE AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. ONLY INSTALL NEW OUTLETS AS NECESSARY. 12. ALL MILLWORK CABINET LIGHTING TO BE CONTROLLED VIA SWITCH IN THE STOCK ROOM. PROVIDE NAME PLATES TO INDICATE AREAS SERVED BY SWITCHES. ELECTRICAL PANEL 'L'. SEE RISER DIAGRAM AND PANEL SCHEDULE ON SHEET E3. EXISTING PANIC HARDWARE Sc POWER FEEDS TO REMAIN AT SERVICE DOOR. REFURBISH / REPLACE IF NECESSARY. NOT USED. TIMECLOCK — REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM SHEET E3. MOUNT AT 48" A.F.F. REUSE EXISTING IF COMPATIBLE WITH PROJECT NEEDS. V.I.F. PROVIDE MECHANICALLY HELD LIGHTING CONTACTOR(S). MOUNT NEAR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. J—BOX TO SUPPLY POWER TO BACKWRAP. LOCATE WITHIN WALL BEHIND UNIT. FINAL LIGHT CONNECTIONS BY G.C. VERIFY JBOX LOCATION WITH PAPYRUS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. MILLWORK CABINET LIGHTING TO BE CONTROLLED VIA SWITCH IN THE STOCK ROOM. SEE GENERAL NOTES THIS SHEET. 13 14 15 16 17 18 7OPROVIDE TWO (2) 1" CONDUIT DROPS FOR CASHWRAP POWER AND DATA/PHONE CONCEALED IN WALL. ROUTE WITHIN SLAB THROUGH CASHWRAP TOE—KICK TO 4" SURFACE MOUNTED J -BOX FOR LINE VOLTAGE AND 4" SURFACE MOUNTED J—BOX FOR LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT. PROVIDE AND CONNECT TO TWO (2) QUAD RECEPTACLES, ONE (1) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, TWO (2) DATA PORTS, AND (1) ONE PHONE, MOUNT WITHIN CASHWRAP. VERIFY CASHWRAP AND MOUNTING LOCATIONS WITH PAPYRUS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. Og REWORK EXISTING TELEPHONE BOARD AS NECESSARY — FINAL TO BE INCLUDE A 2'x2' TELEPHONE BACKBOARD. REUSE EXISTING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR POWER. Og PROVIDE MULTIPLE 1" CONTINUOUS CONDUIT RUNS FROM TELEPHONE BACKBOARD: ONE TO MANAGER'S DESK AND ONE TO CASH WRAP. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF TERMINATION WITH PAPYRUS.. ALL JACKS AND LOW VOLTAGE CABLES TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT'S VENDOR. RJ12 WHITE 2—LINE PHONE JACK RJ12 BLACK CREDIT CARD JACK RJ12 IVORY MODEM JACK i2 CASHWRAP ELECTRICAL DETAIL E1 SCALE: NTS INSTALL DUPLEX OUTLET FOR REFRIGERATOR. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH PAPYRUS. EXISTING SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES IN GYP BOARD CEILING — BY LANDLORD. UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. RELOCATE EXISTING THERMOSTAT ON WALL — MIN. 10" FROM DOOR JAMB. REFURBISH / REUSE EXISTING ROOF TOP CONDENSING UNIT WITH NON—FUSED WEATHERPROOF DISCONNECT SWITCH & WP GFI OUTLET. EXISTING AIR HANDLING UNIT TO REMAIN / BE REFURBISHED. SEE 'M' SHEETS REVISIONS EXISTING DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR. VERIFY ALL DETECTORS ARE IN PROPER WORKING ORDER. REPLACE IF NECESSARY. IF NOT EXISTING, PROVIDE AS FOLLOWS: J—BOX FOR POWER CONNECTION TO DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR. DETECTOR TO BE 120 VOLT COMPLETE WITH AUXILIARY CONTACTS, BASE SAMPLING TUBES AND REMOTE STATUS INDICATOR/RESET SWITCH. SIMPLEX OR EQUAL. WIRE UNIT TO SHUTDOWN UNIT ON ALARM. DETECTOR INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE FINAL POWER AND CONTROL CONNECTIONS. CONNECT TO MALL SYSTEM. COORDINATE WITH MALL MANAGEMENT. EXISTING TANK TYPE WATER HEATER TO REMAIN / BE REFURBISHED. VERIFY LOCATION IS ON TOILET ROOM DECK ABOVE. PROVIDE DISCONNECTING MEANS NEXT TO UNIT IF NOT EXISTING. VERIFY EXISTING WP/GFI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT EQUIPMENT & SERVICE LIGHT AND SWITCH. PROVIDE NEW IF REQUIRED. J—BOX TO SUPPLY POWER TO WALL DISPLAY. LOCATE WITHIN WALL BEHIND UNIT. FINAL LIGHT CONNECTIONS BY G.C. VERIFY JBOX LOCATION WITH PAPYRUS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. MILLWORK CABINET LIGHTING TO BE CONTROLLED VIA SWITCH IN THE STOCK ROOM. SEE GENERAL NOTES THIS SHEET. NOT USED PROVIDE ONE 1" CONTINUOUS CONDUIT FROM PHONE BOARD TO CASHWRAP. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF TERMINATION WITH PAPYRUS. ALL LOW VOLTAGE OUTLETS, JACKS, AND CABLES TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT'S VENDOR. 11 PROVIDE DEDICATED GRAY COLORED OUTLET AT 42" A.F.F. FOR MANAGER'S STATION. PROVIDE LABEL STATING "FOR COMPUTER RELATED DEVICES ONLY". 12 INSTALL DUPLEX OUTLET FOR STEREO. PROVIDE J—BOX FOR SPEAKER WIRING MOUNTED ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH PAPYRUS. SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET. FLUSH—MOUNTED PUSH BUTTON AT 36"A.F.F. (EDWARDS 632—L OR EQ FLUSH MOUNTED DOOR BUZZER (EDWARDS 725 OR EQUAL) AND TR (EDWARDS 598 OR EQUAL) MOUNTED AT 8'-6" A.F.F. ON WALL. DOOR BUZZER ABOVE CEILING OVER CASHWRAP (EDWARDS 725 OR EQUAL). CONNECT TO SECONDARY TRANSFORMER IN WORK ROOM. DRAWN BY: HO CHECKED BY: EV DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 don penn • consulting engineer 635 Westport Pay Suite 300 Grapevine, Texas 76051 Phone: 817-410-2858 Fax: 817-251-8411 POWER PLAN PERMIT CENTER E1 ::: ::: o M ADA LEDGE I 1 I 1 1 1 • 1. WALL—MOUNTED CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES WITHIN SALES AREAS TO BE BROWN WITH BROWN WALL PLATE. TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. COVER PLATES TO BE WHITE IN CEILINGS AND NON—SALES AREAS. 2. ALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF SWITCHES, THERMOSTATS, OUTLETS, ETC. TO BE 18" (MINIMUM) TO 48" (MAXIMUM) TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE OPERABLE PART. 3. ALL DATA AND TELEPHONE WIRING IS BY PAPYRUS. 4. COORDINATE FIRE ALARM REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL AUTHORITIES. 5. ALL WIRING LOCATED IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS SHALL BE ROUTED IN CONDUIT. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH HVAC CONTRACTOR. 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL HOOK—UP OF PAPYRUS SUPPLIED DISPLAY UNITS. 0 0 0 0 0 7. CONDUCTORS ARE NO. 12, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 8. .ANY -EQUIPMENT, ETC. INDICATED • AS "EXISTING TO REMAIN" OR "RELOCATED" SHALL BE REFURBISHED OR REPAIRED AS NECESSARY TO LIKE. NEW CONDITION. DUPLEX REC. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY E.C. 4—PLEX REC. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY E.C., TYP OF (2) REPORT ALL DAMAGED ITEMS TO PAPYRUS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. REPLACE ANY CRACKED OR DAMAGED THERMOSTAT COVERS AND CRACKED/DAMANGED/MISSING WALL PLATES AS NEEDED. G.C. TO VERIFY EXISTING WALL OUTLET LOCATIONS. REUSE AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. ONLY INSTALL NEW OUTLETS AS NECESSARY. 12. ALL MILLWORK CABINET LIGHTING TO BE CONTROLLED VIA SWITCH IN THE STOCK ROOM. PROVIDE NAME PLATES TO INDICATE AREAS SERVED BY SWITCHES. ELECTRICAL PANEL 'L'. SEE RISER DIAGRAM AND PANEL SCHEDULE ON SHEET E3. EXISTING PANIC HARDWARE Sc POWER FEEDS TO REMAIN AT SERVICE DOOR. REFURBISH / REPLACE IF NECESSARY. NOT USED. TIMECLOCK — REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM SHEET E3. MOUNT AT 48" A.F.F. REUSE EXISTING IF COMPATIBLE WITH PROJECT NEEDS. V.I.F. PROVIDE MECHANICALLY HELD LIGHTING CONTACTOR(S). MOUNT NEAR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. J—BOX TO SUPPLY POWER TO BACKWRAP. LOCATE WITHIN WALL BEHIND UNIT. FINAL LIGHT CONNECTIONS BY G.C. VERIFY JBOX LOCATION WITH PAPYRUS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. MILLWORK CABINET LIGHTING TO BE CONTROLLED VIA SWITCH IN THE STOCK ROOM. SEE GENERAL NOTES THIS SHEET. 13 14 15 16 17 18 7OPROVIDE TWO (2) 1" CONDUIT DROPS FOR CASHWRAP POWER AND DATA/PHONE CONCEALED IN WALL. ROUTE WITHIN SLAB THROUGH CASHWRAP TOE—KICK TO 4" SURFACE MOUNTED J -BOX FOR LINE VOLTAGE AND 4" SURFACE MOUNTED J—BOX FOR LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT. PROVIDE AND CONNECT TO TWO (2) QUAD RECEPTACLES, ONE (1) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, TWO (2) DATA PORTS, AND (1) ONE PHONE, MOUNT WITHIN CASHWRAP. VERIFY CASHWRAP AND MOUNTING LOCATIONS WITH PAPYRUS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. Og REWORK EXISTING TELEPHONE BOARD AS NECESSARY — FINAL TO BE INCLUDE A 2'x2' TELEPHONE BACKBOARD. REUSE EXISTING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR POWER. Og PROVIDE MULTIPLE 1" CONTINUOUS CONDUIT RUNS FROM TELEPHONE BACKBOARD: ONE TO MANAGER'S DESK AND ONE TO CASH WRAP. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF TERMINATION WITH PAPYRUS.. ALL JACKS AND LOW VOLTAGE CABLES TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT'S VENDOR. RJ12 WHITE 2—LINE PHONE JACK RJ12 BLACK CREDIT CARD JACK RJ12 IVORY MODEM JACK i2 CASHWRAP ELECTRICAL DETAIL E1 SCALE: NTS INSTALL DUPLEX OUTLET FOR REFRIGERATOR. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH PAPYRUS. EXISTING SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES IN GYP BOARD CEILING — BY LANDLORD. UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. RELOCATE EXISTING THERMOSTAT ON WALL — MIN. 10" FROM DOOR JAMB. REFURBISH / REUSE EXISTING ROOF TOP CONDENSING UNIT WITH NON—FUSED WEATHERPROOF DISCONNECT SWITCH & WP GFI OUTLET. EXISTING AIR HANDLING UNIT TO REMAIN / BE REFURBISHED. SEE 'M' SHEETS REVISIONS EXISTING DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR. VERIFY ALL DETECTORS ARE IN PROPER WORKING ORDER. REPLACE IF NECESSARY. IF NOT EXISTING, PROVIDE AS FOLLOWS: J—BOX FOR POWER CONNECTION TO DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR. DETECTOR TO BE 120 VOLT COMPLETE WITH AUXILIARY CONTACTS, BASE SAMPLING TUBES AND REMOTE STATUS INDICATOR/RESET SWITCH. SIMPLEX OR EQUAL. WIRE UNIT TO SHUTDOWN UNIT ON ALARM. DETECTOR INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE FINAL POWER AND CONTROL CONNECTIONS. CONNECT TO MALL SYSTEM. COORDINATE WITH MALL MANAGEMENT. EXISTING TANK TYPE WATER HEATER TO REMAIN / BE REFURBISHED. VERIFY LOCATION IS ON TOILET ROOM DECK ABOVE. PROVIDE DISCONNECTING MEANS NEXT TO UNIT IF NOT EXISTING. VERIFY EXISTING WP/GFI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT EQUIPMENT & SERVICE LIGHT AND SWITCH. PROVIDE NEW IF REQUIRED. J—BOX TO SUPPLY POWER TO WALL DISPLAY. LOCATE WITHIN WALL BEHIND UNIT. FINAL LIGHT CONNECTIONS BY G.C. VERIFY JBOX LOCATION WITH PAPYRUS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. MILLWORK CABINET LIGHTING TO BE CONTROLLED VIA SWITCH IN THE STOCK ROOM. SEE GENERAL NOTES THIS SHEET. NOT USED PROVIDE ONE 1" CONTINUOUS CONDUIT FROM PHONE BOARD TO CASHWRAP. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF TERMINATION WITH PAPYRUS. ALL LOW VOLTAGE OUTLETS, JACKS, AND CABLES TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT'S VENDOR. 11 PROVIDE DEDICATED GRAY COLORED OUTLET AT 42" A.F.F. FOR MANAGER'S STATION. PROVIDE LABEL STATING "FOR COMPUTER RELATED DEVICES ONLY". 12 INSTALL DUPLEX OUTLET FOR STEREO. PROVIDE J—BOX FOR SPEAKER WIRING MOUNTED ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH PAPYRUS. SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET. FLUSH—MOUNTED PUSH BUTTON AT 36"A.F.F. (EDWARDS 632—L OR EQ FLUSH MOUNTED DOOR BUZZER (EDWARDS 725 OR EQUAL) AND TR (EDWARDS 598 OR EQUAL) MOUNTED AT 8'-6" A.F.F. ON WALL. DOOR BUZZER ABOVE CEILING OVER CASHWRAP (EDWARDS 725 OR EQUAL). CONNECT TO SECONDARY TRANSFORMER IN WORK ROOM. DRAWN BY: HO CHECKED BY: EV DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 don penn • consulting engineer 635 Westport Pay Suite 300 Grapevine, Texas 76051 Phone: 817-410-2858 Fax: 817-251-8411 POWER PLAN PERMIT CENTER E1 LIGHT SWITCH NOTES AND DETAIL -SWITCH 'a' CONTROLS DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS ON -SWITCH 'b' CONTROLS ON CIRCUITS L-7 - SWITCH 'c' CONTROLS CIRCUIT L-11,15 -SWITCH `d' CONTROLS CIRCUIT L-13 - SWITCH 'e" CONTROLS ON CIRCUIT L-14 PERIMETER CIRCUITS L-9 MILLWORK DISPLAYS THE SALES LIGHTS ON THE SALES LIGHTS ON THE STOCK LIGHTING JF \ CE\ � O4`-4° (AS RELD • VER|RED) � ' 12`-4 3/8° 2��-8 • 7/8" •' 11^-S l/4"•' • 4 " • ' ve/� ARCHITECTURE RETAIL DESIGN 8 3/4" 2850 CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 STOCK ROOM ADJACENT TENANT ° KEYEDSALES AREA NOTES����� �`~� nxu/Nv�—, 216.781.0131 �` � FAX: 2/v./u/.w/3—r WIRE EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES AHEAD OF SWITCHES FOR AREA SERVED (TYP.) WIRE EXIT/ NIGHT LIGHT FIXTURES TO PANEL. PROVIDE LOCK ON DEDICATED CIRCUIT. LIGHTING SWITCHBANK. PROVIDE ENGRAVED PLATES TO INDICATE `{-/ AREA SERVED. SEE LIGHT SWITCH NOTES AND DETAIL ON THIS SHEET. PROVIDE AND INSTALL CEIUNG MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORS: "WATTSTOPPER" MODEL CONTROL EUCLIDSTOCK ROOM LIGHTING PROVIDE OVERRIDE SWITCH. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENOR: °WATTSTOPPER"MODEL FRARED OCCUPANCY SENSOR TO CONTROL TOILET ROOM LIGHTING FIXTURE AND FAN. SWITCH AND BUZZER FOR CALL -FOR -AID SYSTEM. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET #E3. MUSIC SYSTEM SPEAKER: E.C. TO INSTALL DMX MUSIC \V SYSTEM, PROVIDE CONDUIT ON CEILING, TERMINATING AT J -BOX ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK. REFER TO A4 FOR LOCATION. TOILET ROOM ADJACENT TENANT TOILET ROOM EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE SWITCHED WITH TOILET ROOM LIGHTING. J -BOX FOR STOREFRONT SIGNAGE LIGHTING SHALL CONTAIN ONE 12OV 20 AMP CIRCUIT. ALL PRIMARY WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS TO THE SIGN MUST BE PER UL2161 FOR GFI SIGN TRANSFORMERS. UL2101 REQUIRES THAT ALL CIRCUITS MUST HAVE A DEDICATED HOT, NEUTRAL AND GROUND TERMINATING AT THE ELECTRICAL PANEL. CIRCUIT THROUGH TIMECLOCK. COORDINATE J -BOX LOCATION WITH SIGN CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. = LIGHTING PLAN FIXTURE SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER ' VOLT LAMP # NOTES NOTES:FIXTURE SCHEDULE ' 0 6" RECESSED LED CAN, 3500K PATHWAY 8VLED300035K FIXTURES WITH 6VLEDSP3CLPF TRIMS 120 WATTS NO. yNODEL# 4 7,10 ACE, AND PER THE 1' INSTALL FEATURE LIGHTING AFTER DISPLAY UNITS ARE IN PLACE, DIRECTION OF THE PAPER DESTINY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 'SPECIFICATIONS 2 MODEL INDICATED INCLUDE UNIVERSAL VOLTAGE BALLASTS. CONFIRM INSTRUCTIONS FOR FIELD SPECIFIC VOLTAGE WITH LIGHTING SUPPLIER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3' LIGHT BEAM TO BE DIRECTED TOWARDS /FAL WITHIN THE TOP (4) CARD ROWS' 4` ALLFLUORESCENTLAK4PS USED THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT TO BEENERGY SANNG TYPE,THE SAME COLOR TEMPERATURE AND BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER. 5 ALL BALLASTS TO BE ELECTRONICAND ENERGY SAVING TYPE '' 6. CEILING MOUNT: CENTERED ON DOOR, 10" IN FRONT OF WALL. WALL MOUNT: CENTERED 6" ABOVE DOOR FRAME. 7. ALL NEW AND/OR REPLACEMENT RECESSED DOWNLIGHTS TO HAVE INTERNAL THERMAL PROTECTION. D. V.I.F. BY LANDLORD B. FIXTURE SUPPLIED BY PAPER DESTINY / INSTALLED BY GC 10. FIXTURE SUPPLIED BY PAPER DESTINY VIA SOMMER ELECTRIC / INSTALLED BY GC 11.CHAIN HUNG AT 10'-0" A.F.F.+/- WITH WIRE GUARDS ' 12. CEILING MOUNT IN TOILET ROOM WALL MOUNT AT 10`-0" |N STOCK ROOM 31 1 LED 0 EXISTING RECESSEDLANDLORD. LIGHTS BYWIRING WORK COMPLETED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. CONTECH LVR 1675-TH WITH MR16 5OV0�TT 12V LAMPS 120 50 1 MR16 4 8,10 �� �� 6" RECESSED LED CAN, 3500K PATHWAY 6VLED130035K FIXTURES WITH 6VLEDSPSCLPF TRIMS 120 21 1 LED 42 7,10 OF> 6" RECESSED ADJUSTABLE LED CAN,3500K PATHWAY 6SCAFS110035KN FIXTURES WITH 6SCASCLPF TRIMS 120 22 1 LED 26 J'1O /-\ /~\ /-\ �� �� ��� COLORED DECORATIVE PENDANT FIXTURE: 12X9 GLASS GLOBE WITH CHORD. ADDIE PENDANT BY BALLARD DESIGNS. 120 60 1 60W CLEAR INCANDESCENT 3 1,9 "PLATE FEATURE FIXTURE: FLORAL DESIGN CEILING WITH 33 CLEAR GLASS CUBE PENDANT DROPS CLINTONS CARDS - GLASS CUBE PENDANT ASSY BY NORTHERN' LIGHTS 120 2.5 33 LED 1 1,9 � "". SUSPENDED 4' LONG SINGLE TUBE T-8 FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE METALUX SNF132UNVOSQHE1X32L-BF FIXTURES, WG-SNF-4FT-B GUARD 120 28 1 SPX35/ECO 3 2.4,5, 1O,11 SURFACE MTD.DOUBLE LAMP T8 WRAP ' ""� SIMKAR SY920-217-B11-UNV FIXTURE 120 14 2 PJ5/ � ' �-' - -' ECO 1 2,4,5. 10 [--�"~�-�J RECESSED DUALHEAD EMERGENCY FIXTURE WITH BATTERY BACKUP (SALES AREA) 8UREUTE RLM2 120 3 10 EL ~� LED EDGE LIT EXIT SIGN WITH BATTERY ` BACKUP (MAIN ENTRY) SURELITE EEX71R 120 1 6,10 i lef- LED WALL MOUNTED EXIT SIGN WITH BATTERY BACKUP (STOCK ROOM) NORA NX-603-LED/R 120 2 6,10 iIV- u=ti DUAL HEAD EMERGENCY FLOOD DUAL -LITE CV2 120 2 10, 12 GENERAL NOTES 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL FIXTURE LOCATIONS. ARCHITECTURAL PLANS ALWAYS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER THOSE SHOWN ON MEP PLANS. MEP PLANS ARE FOR TECHNICAL INFORMATION ONLY. 2. PLANS ARE PREPARED WITH REQUIRED BRANCH CIRCUIT INDICATED BY CIRCUIT NUMBER AND HOME RUNS. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL CONDUITS, CONDUCTORS, BOXES, MISC. FITTINGS, ETC., FOR A COMPLETE OPERABLE SYSTEM. BRANCH INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH SPECIFICATIONS AND LATEST VERSION OF N.E.C. 3. COORDINATE EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND EXIT LIGHT REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL AUTHORITIES. REVISIONS 4. ALL NEW WIRING LOCATED IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS SHALL BE ROUTED IN CONDUIT. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 5. THE MEANS OF EGRESS EMERGENCY LIGHTING ILLUMINATION LEVEL SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1 FOOT-CANDLE MEASURED AT THE FLOOR LEVEL. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM COMPLIANCE PRIOR TO THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY INSPECTION BEING PERFORMED. 6. ALL SWITCHES ARE TO BE MOUNTED AT 48" A.F.F. TO CENTER LINE OF OPERABLE PART. 7. ALL WORK SHALL MEET OR EXCEED ALL CURRENT APCODES, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS FOR ALL INSTALLATIONS. PROMPTLY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT, IN WRITING, IF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS APPEAR TO CONFLICT WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY AND COSTS FOR CORRECTING NON -COMPLYING WORK INSTALLED WITHOUT NOTIFYING THE ARCHITECT. SEPAP 8. ALL LIGHTING SHALL BE UL RATED. pEtio —ATE ' "o�� _ RECEIVED' K����'��FTL]�{VV/L/1 635 Westport _ . u:u�e�pourmnnw' Suite 300 Grapevine, Texa76051 Phone: 817-410-2858 Fax: 817-251-8411 JUN =& 2013 PERMIT CENTER don penn s consulting engineer DRAWN BY: HO CHECKED BY: EV DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 LIGHTING PLAN E2) 120V CIRCUIT L-23 T/S 116 LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM SCALE: NOT TO SCALE C2 116 TO PANEL 'L' CIRCUITS: 11,15 NOTES: TO PANEL 'L' CIRCUITS: 1,3,5 OASTRONOMICAL 7 -DAY TIME SWITCH WITH BATTERY BACK—UP, TORK #DZS400A, 4—CHANNEL OR EQUAL, BY PARAGON OR INTERMATIC. OSQUARE D CLASS 8903 L 20AMP, ELECTRICALLY HELD LIGHTING CONTACTOR WITH LOAD CONTACTS AS INDICATED ON CONTROL DIAGRAM U.N.O. OR EQUAL BY WESTINGHOUSE. CONTACTOR TO BE INSTALLED IN LIGHTING CONTROL CABINET BY—PASS TIMER SWITCH, SET AT 120 MINUTES MAX. (LEVITON #6124H), LABEL AS SHOWN. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH PAPYRUS REPRESENTATIVE. PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNTED LOCKABLE HINGED COVER DOOR CABINET. MOUNT ALL CONTACTORS IN NEMA 1 CABINET WITH LOCKABLE HINGED COVER DOOR. MOUNT TIME SWITCH ABOVE THE CABINET. ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND Service: 120/208 Volts 3 Phase 4 Wire Cabinets: Surface Mounted Mains: 100 Amp Main Circuit Breaker 100 Total Watts: 21,678 NEMA 1 C) CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX CI WALL MOUNTED MANUAL PULL STATION 10 WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX C PHOTOELECTRIC DETECTOR F P DESCRIPTION 069- WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX WITH SWITCH REM IONIZATION DETECTOR F I EX MAIN 4420 CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 12 HEAT DETECTOR F H NOTE # 2 SPACE WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 39 DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR F DS 0.65 1-8 WALL MOUNTED FOURPLEX RECEPTACLE 3 FLOW SWITCH F FL SPACE I©GFI WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, GFI 1=1X TAMPER SWITCH 0 W GFI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, WEATHER PROOF GFI 0 WALL MOUNTED HORN — MOUNT AT 80" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE TRANSFORMER 1 WALL MOUNTED HORN STROBE — MOUNT AT 80" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE T CI PUSH BUTTON SWITCH EF0 WALL MOUNTED STROBE — MOUNT AT 80" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE 360 BELL 0-0 CEILING MOUNTED STROBE FEI BUZZER `b1 WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER/ STROBE — MOUNT AT 80" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE 10 CHIME y<s1 CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER/ STROBE 10 THERMOSTAT 200 12 1{0 REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1/20 Os CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER 360 4 A PHONE JACK 5 SIGNAGE IQ DATA/ PHONE JACK 1/20 II TIME SWITCH 12 CASHWRAP GENERAL RECEPT 1fl CONTACTOR q FUSED DISCONNECT 400 12 lq NON—FUSED DISCONNECT 1/20 12 MOTOR STARTER 360 8 e/ 9 CEILING MOUNTED MOTION SENSOR 572 12 M X DAYLIGHT SENSOR 12 CASHP DED RECEPT E• 10 15- WALL SWITCH 11 SALES DOWN LIGHTING 109 -os WALL SWITCH WITH OCCUPANCY SENSOR 1/20 NOTE ASSUMED LOCATION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO BE REUSED. GC TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD AND RELOCATE TO AREA AS SHOWN IF NECESSARY. EXISTING PANEL NOTES: A. EXISTING CIRCUIT DATA SHOWN IS TAKEN FROM EXISTING FACILITY DRAWINGS. FIELD VERIFY ALL CIRCUITS. B. REFER TO LEGEND, RISER DIAGRAM, AND PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. C. VERIFY ALL CIRCUITS ON EXISTING PANELS. ADJUST CIRCUITING AS REQUIRED TO MEET DESIGN INTENT OF DRAWINGS. FOR ANY VACATED CIRCUITS, REMOVE CONDUIT AND WIRING BACK TO PANEL, TURN BREAKER OFF, AND MARK BREAKER AS 'SPARE'. FOR EXISTING CIRCUIT MISLABELED BUT CONNECTED TO EXISTING LOAD REQUIRED TO REMAIN, FIELD DETERMINE LOAD AND PROVIDE APPROPRIATE DESCRIPTION IN PANEL DIRECTORY. D. PROVIDE NEW TYPEWRITTEN PANEL DIRECTORY TO REFLECT NEW CONDITIONS UPON COMPLETION OF WORK DESCRIBED IN THESE DRAWINGS. E. REUSE EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKERS WHERE POSSIBLE. PROVIDE NEW BREAKERS REQUIRED, TYPE, VOLTAGE RATING, AND AIC RATING TO MATCH EXISTING. REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY MISSING OR DAMAGED COMPONENTS ON EXISTING PANELBOARDS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS. G. PROVIDE LISTED HANDLE TIES FOR ALL BREAKERS SERVING MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS, I.E., SEPARATE BRANCH CIRCUITS THAT SHARE THE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 210.4. PANEL L Service: 120/208 Volts 3 Phase 4 Wire Cabinets: Surface Mounted Mains: 100 Amp Main Circuit Breaker 100 Total Watts: 21,678 NEMA 1 REM CKT DESCRIPTION WATTS WIRE 1 BKR A B C BKR WIRE DESCRIPTION WATTS CKT REM RECEPTACLES 4420 EX MAIN 4420 3/100 12 NC EQUIPMENT 13000 NOTE # 2 SPACE 39 WATER HEATERS 1500 0.65 975 3 MISCELLANEOUS 0 SPACE 0 0 TOTAL 21478 — 22676 63 NOTES: 1. 100% OF FIRST 10,000 WATTS , PLUS 50% OF REMAINING LOAD. 2. 100% OF LARGER NC LOAD (COOLING VS HEATING, PLUS 25% OF HIGHEST LOAD. 3. PIECES OF EQUIPMENT:1-2 = '100%, 3 = 90%, 4 = 80%, 5 = 70%, 6 AND MORE = 65%. SPACE 02 1 EX SHOW WINDOW RECEPT 360 12 1/20 X 1/20 12 BACKWRAP RECEPT 180 2 C2 3 EX STORE FRONT LIGHTING 200 12 1/20 X 1/20 12 BOH RECEPT 360 4 C2 5 SIGNAGE 300 12 1/20 X 1/20 12 CASHWRAP GENERAL RECEPT 180 6 7 FIXTURE LIGHTING 400 12 1/20 X 1/20 12 CASHWRAP DED RECEPT 360 8 DED 9 DIRECTIONAL LIGHTING 572 12 1/20 X 1/20 12 CASHP DED RECEPT 360 10 DED C1 11 SALES DOWN LIGHTING 491 12 1/20 X 1/20 12 EX. WATER HEATER 1500 12 LD 13 SALES DOWN LIGHTING 372 12 1/20 X 1/20 12 EX RR RECEPT 180 14 C1 15 DECORATIVE LIGHTING 275 12 1/20 X 1/20 12 EXRTU RECEPT 180 16 LD 17 EM.& NIGHT LIGHTING 150 12 1/20 X 1/20 12 TELEBOARD RECEPT 360 18 LD 19 SPARE 1/20 X 1/20 12 MGR DESK RECEPT 360 20 21 STEREO 200 12 1/20 X 1/20 12 SALES RECEPT 540 22 23 TIMECLOCK 200 1/20 X 1/20 12 BOH LIGHTING 98 24 HR 25 EX AHU-1 1500 12 2/20 X 3/30 10 EX CU -1 1000 26 HR 27 1500 X 1000 28 HR. 29 EX HEATER 2000 12 2/20 X 1000 30 31 2000 X 3/50 6 EX HEATER 1000 32 HR LD 33 REFRIDGERATOR 500 12 1/20 X 1000 34 35 SPACE X 1000 36 TOTAL LOAD PHASE 'A' 7712' REMARKS TOTAL LOAD PHASE 'B' 6687 (TC) TIME CLOCK CONTROLLED TOTAL LOAD PHASE 'C' 7279 (C#) VIA CONTACTOR (LD) LOCK -ON DEVICE TOTAL LOAD ALL PHASES 21678 VA (10) ISOLATED GROUND 60.22 AMPS (HR) HACR RATED CB (SD) SWITCHING DUTY CB ALL BREAKERS TO BE 20A BOLT -ON UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ELECTRICAL SERVICE LOAD SUMMARY 120/208 3 PH - 4W LOAD DESCRIPTIONCONNECTED LOAD (WATTS) DEMAND FACTOR DEMAND LOAD (WATTS) DEMAND LOAD (AMPS) LIGHTING 2558 1.25 3198 9 RECEPTACLES 4420 NOTE # 1 4420 12 NC EQUIPMENT 13000 NOTE # 2 14083 39 WATER HEATERS 1500 0.65 975 3 MISCELLANEOUS 0 1.25 0 0 TOTAL 21478 — 22676 63 NOTES: 1. 100% OF FIRST 10,000 WATTS , PLUS 50% OF REMAINING LOAD. 2. 100% OF LARGER NC LOAD (COOLING VS HEATING, PLUS 25% OF HIGHEST LOAD. 3. PIECES OF EQUIPMENT:1-2 = '100%, 3 = 90%, 4 = 80%, 5 = 70%, 6 AND MORE = 65%. HOMERUNS AND BRANCH WIRING FOR 20 AMP CIRCUITS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: LENGTH CIRCUIT WIRE SIZE HOMERUN WIRE SIZE 1FT TO 50FT 51FT TO 75FT 76FT TO 120FT 121FT TO 190FT 191FT TO 300FT N0.12 AWG N0.12 AWG N0.10 AWG N0.10 AWG N0.10 AWG N0.12 AWG N0.10 AWG N0.8 AWG N0.6 AWG N0.4 AWG ASSUMED EX. (4) #1 THWN CU., (1) #6 GRD IN EXISTING CONDUIT V.I.F. LEASE LINE CU -1 N AHU-1 ASSUMED EXISTING 2P/30 AMP WP/DISC ASSUMED EXISTING (3) #10 THWN CU., (1) #10 GR, IN 1/2"C. ASSUMED EXISTING 2P/30 AMP DISC W/ 20A FUSES -ASSUMED EXISTING (3) #12 THWN CU., (1) #12 GR, IN 1/2"C. HEATER HEATER ASSUMED EXISTING 3P/60 AMP DISC ASSUMED EXISTING (3) #6 THWN CU., (1) #10 GR, IN 1"C. ASSUMED EXISTING 2P/30 AMP DISC ASSUMED EXISTING (2) #12 THWN CU., (1) #12 GR, IN 1/2 "C. CEILING ASSUMED EX. 3P/100A FUSED N P DISCONNECT IN LANDLORD'S ELECTRICAL ROOM pISTING WIREWA] EXISTING PANEL »L„ NEW TIME CLOCK ASSUMED EXISTING 100A METERING EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD AND POWER COMPANY. FINISHED FLOOR RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SYSTEM TRANSFORMER 15 W. 11OV/IP-24V AC. AUTH MODEL NO. 127 120V/IP 3 DOME LIGHT WITH BUZZER, AUTH MODEL NO. 302-2B. MTD. 7'-0" A.F.F. (ABOVE DOOR). SWITCH WITH PULL LV CORD, AUTH MODEL NO. 206-2. MTD. 42" A.F.F., CORD TO HANG 12' A.F.F. LV SE NOTES: 1. ALL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE AS PER MANUFACTURER'S WIRING DIAGRAMS. 2. ENTIRE SYSTEM EXCLUDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE COMPONENTS OF A SINGLE KIT BY ONE MANUFACTURER CALL -FOR -AID DETAIL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE d :EPARATE APPROVAL gND REck !RE 0 p C RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 042013 ERMIT CENTER e don penn • consulting engineer 635 Westport Parkway Suite 300 Grapevine, Texas 76051 Phone: 817-410-2858 Fax: 817-251-8411 JF ARCHITECTURE RETAIL DESIGN 2850 EUCLID AVENUE CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 PHONE: 216.781.0131 FAX: 216.781.013 �CO L_ L 00 +' 07 N � Q U�� -c+J 4, 0 (0(r) •— n 3 ic a) tN a) REVISIONS DRAWN BY: PRT CHECKED BY: BB DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 DETAILS & SCHEDULES E3 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION INDEX SECTION 16010 - GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING SECTION 16120 - WIRE AND CABLE SECTION 16130 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES SECTION 16135 - INFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEM SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES SECTION 16410 - SAFETY SWITCHES SECTION 16442 - PANELBOARDS SECTION 16461 - DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS SECTION 16491 - FUSES SECTION 16511 - LIGHTING FIXTURES SECTION 16750 - TELEPHONE SYSTEM SECTION 16010 - GENERAL PROVISIONS A. GENERAL 1. REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS, SPECIAL CONDITIONS, ADDENDA, ALTERNATES, CONTRACT AND PROPOSAL, ALONG WITH DIVISION 16 AND ALL ITS SECTIONS, COMPRISE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACT. DRAWINGS AND ALL THEIR REVISIONS UP TO THE BID SUBMITTAL DATE BECOME A BINDING PART OF THE CONTRACT, ALONG WITH THESE SPECIFICATIONS AS THOUGH THEY WERE ONE, AND ANYTHING IMPLIED BY THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE INTERPRETED AS ALSO IMPLIED BY THE DRAWINGS AND VICE VERSA. PROVIDE NECESSARY ITEMS FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ALL ELECTRICALLY OPERATED EQUIPMENT LISTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. 2. THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INCORPORATED INTO, AND BECOME A PART OF THIS DIVISION. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE ALL SUCH DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND BECOME THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS CONTAINED THEREIN. THE SUBMISSION OF HIS BID SHALL INDICATE SUCH KNOWLEDGE. 3. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. THEY ARE INTENDED TO SHOW THE APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT AND CONDUIT. DIMENSIONS GIVEN ON THE PLANS, IN FIGURES, SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LAYOUT ALL EQUIPMENT ROOMS TO MAKE SURE THE EQUIPMENT, AS PURCHASED, FITS IN THE ROOM OR SPACE SHOWN. EXACT LOCATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD AND ROUTING OF CONDUITS SHALL SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. 4. UNTIL THE TIME OF INSTALLATION, THE ARCHITECT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE MINOR CHANGES IN THE LOCATION OF CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CONTRACT. 5. THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER. MATERIAL AND LABOR NECESSARY TO THE PROJECT SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN BOTH. LABOR AND/OR MATERIALS NEITHER SHOWN NOR SPECIFIED, BUT OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLETION AND PROPER FUNCTIONING OF THE SYSTEM, SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 6. ARRANGE ALL EQUIPMENT SUBSTANTIALLY AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. MAKE DEVIATIONS ONLY WHERE NECESSARY TO AVOID INTERFERENCE. CHECK ALL EQUIPMENT SIZES AGAINST AVAILABLE SPACE PRIOR TO SHIPMENT TO AVOID INTERFERENCE. 7. EXAMINE THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES INSOFAR AS THEIR WORK COMES IN CONTACT WITH OR IS COVERED BY THIS WORK IN NO CASE ATTACH TO, OR FINISH AGAINST ANY DEFECTIVE WORK OR INSTALL WORK IN A MANNER WHICH WILL PREVENT PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. 8. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH OTHER TRADES ALL ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY VOLTAGE, PHASE AND HORSEPOWER AND SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO START OF WORK. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DISCONNECTING MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION FOR ALL EQUIPMENT, UNLESS FURNISHED INTERGRAL WITH EQUIPMENT PACKAGE. 9. IT IS THE INTENT OF THESE DRAWINGS THAT THIS BE A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL JOB, ANY ERRORS OR OMISSIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BIDDING THE JOB. B. 1: VISIT TO THE SITE THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE OF THE WORK AND FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH ALL CONDITIONS AFFECTING HIS WORK. THE SUBMISSION OF HIS PROPOSAL SHALL INDICATE SUCH KNOWLEDGE. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE ON CLAIMS THAT ARISE FROM A LACK OF KNOWLEDGE OF THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. C. CODE AND PERMITS 1. INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS OF MUNICIPAL, CITY, COUNTY, STATE AND PUBLIC UTILITIES AND ALL OTHER AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE PREMISES. 2 COMPLY WITH ANY SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS THAT ARE IN EXCESS BUT NOT IN CONFLICT WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, PLAN REVIEWS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION IN CONNECTION WITH HIS WORK, REQUIRED BY THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES. BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT OF THE CONTRACT IS ALLOWED, ALL CERTIFICATES SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE ARCHITECT IN DUPLICATE. 4. ELECTRICAL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BEAR THE UL LABEL EXCEPT WHERE UL DOES NOT LABEL SUCH TYPES OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT. D. TESTING AND PLACING IN SERVICE 1. ANY MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT FAILING A TEST SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 2. TESTS SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A. MEASURE THE LOAD ON EACH PHASE OF THE MAIN SERVICE AND EACH PHASE OF EVERY FEEDER UNDER FULL LOAD CONDITIONS. B. MEASURE THE NO-LOAD AND FULL -LOAD VOLTAGES (PHASE TO PHASE, PHASE TO NEUTRAL AND PHASE TO GROUND FOR EACH PHASE OF EACH SERVICE, OF EACH SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM, AND AT EACH PANELBOARD OR TRANSFORMER). C. MEASURE THE GROUND RESISTANCE OF THE MAIN SERVICE GROUNDING ELECTRODE AND THE GROUND RESISTANCE OF EACH SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM'S GROUNDING ELECTRODE. D. - MAKE INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTS ON ALL DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS AND MOTORS. E INTERFERENCES BEFORE THE INSTALLATION OF ANY ITEM BEGINS, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY ASCERTAIN THAT IT DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH CLEARANCES FOR THE ERECTION OF FINISH BEAMS, COLUMNS, PILASTERS, WALLS OR OTHER STRUCTURAL OR ARCHITECTURAL MEMBERS AS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. IF ANY WORK IS INSTALLED AND THE ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN CANNOT BE FOLLOWED, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL, AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, MAKE CHANGES IN HIS WORK AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT TO PERMIT THE COMPLETION OF THE ARCHITECTURAL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2. IT SHALL BE THE DUTY OF THIS CONTRACTOR TO REPORT ANY INTERFERENCES BETWEEN HIS WORK AND THAT OF ANY OF THE OTHER CONTRACTORS AS SOON AS THEY ARE DISCOVERED: THE ARCHITECT SHALL DETERMINE WHICH EQUIPMENT WILL BE RELOCATED, REGARDLESS OF WHICH WAS INSTALLED FIRST. HIS DECISION WILL BE FINAL. F. 1. QUALITY ASSURANCE ALL PRODUCTS SHALL BE NEW AND OF THE TYPE AND QUALITY SPECIFIED. WHERE MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, APPARATUS OR OTHER PRODUCTS ARE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER, BRAND NAME, TYPE OF CATALOG NUMBER, SUCH DESIGNATION SHALL ESTABLISH THE STANDARDS OF THE DESIRED QUALITY AND STYLE. IT IS THE INTENT OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS TO ESTABLISH A STANDARD OF QUALITY OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS A. NAMEPLATES 1. GENERAL: FURNISH AND MOUNT ON EACH PANELBOARD, SWITCHBOARD (INCLUDING BRANCH SWITCHES), LARGE JUNCTION BOX, SAFETY SWITCH, STARTER, REMOTE CONTROL, PUSH BUTTON STATION, AND ALL SIMILAR CONTROLS, A NAMEPLATE DESCRIPTIVE OF THE EQUIPMENT OR EQUIPMENT CONTROLLED. 2. PROVIDE BLACK AND WHITE NAMEPLATES CONSTRUCTED FROM LAMINATED PHENOLIC WITH A WHITE CENTER CORE. LETTERS SHALL BE ENGRAVED IN THE PHENOLIC TO FORM WHITE LETTERS 3/8" HIGH. FASTEN THE NAMEPLATES WITH SCREWS AND AN ADHESIVE TYPE FASTENER. MOUNTING ACCESSORIES THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ANGLE IRON, CHANNEL IRON, RODS, SUPPORTS, HANGERS, CONCRETE OR PLYWOOD REQUIRED TO INSTALL, MOUNT AND SUPPORT ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OR DEVICE CALLED FOR ON THE PLANS. SUPPORTING MATERIAL SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH HANGERS, CONNECTORS, BOLTS, CLAMPS AND NECESSARY ACCESSORIES TO MAKE A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. SUPPORTING MATERIAL SHALL BE GALVANIZED, PAINTED OR OTHERWISE SUITABLY FINISHED. PRODUCTS BY BINKLEY, STEEL CITY OR RACO WILL BE ACCEPTABLE. C. EXECUTION 1. THE ELECTRICAL WORK FOR CONSTRUCTION PROPOSED SHALL CONFORM TO ALL FEDERAL (OSHA), STATE, ALL SPECIFIC SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE NEC. 2. CHECK THE HVAC AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AND INCLUDE THE SAME IN THE CONTRACT COST. 3. EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS, STARTERS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, CONTROL TRANSFORMERS AND PUSHBUTTON STATIONS FOR THE EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR UNDER A SEPARATE CONTRACT SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED UNDER THIS DIVISION, AS INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. 4. ALL CUTTING, PATCHING, EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND CONCRETE WORK RELATED TO THIS CONTRACT WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME THE RESPONSIBILITY OF PROVIDING THE SLEEVES, CHASES AND OPENINGS NECESSARY FOR THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION AND FOR THEIR REPAIR IN AN ACCEPTABLE MANNER, AS DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT. ALL HOLES SHALL BE CORE -DRILLED. PROVIDE FIRE STOP IN ALL OPENINGS CREATED THROUGH FIRE -RATED WALLS, FLOORS OR CEILINGS. 5 THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL REQUIRED ACCESS PANELS NECESSARY FOR HIS WORK, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. D. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A PRACTICAL AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, BY MECHANICS SKILLED IN THE SEVERAL TRADES NECESSARY. 2. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND FREE FROM DEFECTS AND SHALL BE THE BEST OF THEIR SEVERAL KINDS UNLESS SPECIFIED OR INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS TO THE CONTRARY. 3. DURING EACH PHASE AND AT THE COMPLETION OF THE CONSTRUCTION, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL DEBRIS AND EXCESS MATERIALS CAUSED BY HIS WORK. HE SHALL LEAVE THE AREA OF OPERATION BROOM CLEAN. 4 ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BEAR THE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LABEL OR ETL LABEL. 5. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE HIS WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIAL (LAMPS EXCEPTED) FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF BUILDING OPENING AND LEAVE HIS WORK IN PERFECT ORDER AT THE COMPLETION. SHOULD DEFECTS DEVELOP WITHIN THE GUARANTEE PERIOD, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL, UPON NOTICE OF THE SAME, REMEDY THE DEFECTS AND HAVE ALL DAMAGES TO OTHER WORK OR FURNISHINGS CAUSED BY THE REPAIRS CORRECTED AT HIS EXPENSE TO THE CONDITION BEFORE SUCH DAMAGE. E. 1. SCOPE OF WORK THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL, STORAGE, UNPACKING AND PLACEMENT; TO INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: A. EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND POWER. B. COMPLETE POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM INCLUDING ALL PANELS, TRANSFORMERS AND FEEDERS. C. COMPLETE BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING SYSTEM D. COMPLETE POWER WIRING FOR ALL AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT, PLUMBING SYSTEM, HEATING EQUIPMENT, VENTILATING AND EXHAUST EQUIPMENT. E. COMPLETE LIGHTING FIXTURE INSTALLATION, INCLUDING ALL INCANDESCENT, FLUORESCENT AND HID LAMPS. F. COMPLETE TELEPHONE AND COMMUNICATION CONDUIT SYSTEM INCLUDING BOXES, PLATES, JACKS, ETC., AS SPECIFIED, SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY AND/OR OWNER. G. TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING AS REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION. H. TESTING OF ALL CABLES AND CIRCUIT WIRING AFTER INSTALLATION. I. EXIT LIGHT SYSTEM. J. WIRING DEVICES. K. LIGHTING CONTROLS. L. E.C. TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF 'MUZAK', SECURITY AND/OR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM(S) WITH THE RESPECTIVE TRADES F. TEMPORARY SERVICE 1. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH, INSTALL AND REMOVE AS REQUIRED ALL TEMPORARY POWER AND TEMPORARY LIGHTING IN ALL AREAS AND INDIVIDUAL ROOMS WHEN NEEDED BY THE INDIVIDUAL TRADES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THEIR WORK. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF TWENTY (20) FOOTCANDLES OF ILLUMINATION FOR TEMPORARY LIGHTING. ANY ADDITIONAL LIGHTING REQUIRED BY INDIVIDUAL TRADES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE INDIVIDUAL TRADES INCLUDING POWER FOR THE LIGHTING. THE ELECTRICAL WORK FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES SHALL CONFORM TO ALL FEDERAL (OSHA), STATE, SPECIFIC SAFETY REQUIREMENTS, AS WELL AS THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE AND NATIONAL ELECTRICAL SAFETY CODE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED APPLICATIONS, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS PERTAINING TO THIS WORK. THIS COST SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACTOR'S PRICE. 2. NEW LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL NOT BE USED FOR TEMPORARY LIGHTING. G. 1. ELECTRIC SERVICE VERIFY THE EXACT ROUTING OF THE SECONDARY SERVICE, AND ALL SERVICE, WITH THE LANDLORD COMPANY PRIOR TO BIDDING. SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING A. GROUND ALL EQUIPMENT PER N.E.C. B. GROUND ALL DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS AS PER DRAWINGS AND NEC #450-10. C. ALL CONDUITS SHALL CONTAIN A CODE -SIZED GROUND WIRE SIZE PER N.E.C. IN ADDITION TO THE CONDUCTORS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. WHERE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS ARE INCREASED IN SIZE FOR VOLTAGE DROP, THE GROUND WIRE SIZE SHALL BE INCREASED PROPORTIONATELY. SECTION 16120 - WIRE AND CABLE A. COLOR CODE CONDUCTORS (EXCEPT CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION CONDUCTORS) AS FOLLOWS: 208/120SYSTEM 480/277 SYSTEM PHASE A BLACK BROWN PHASE B RED ORANGE PHASE C BLUE YELLOW NEUTRAL WHITE GREY GROUND GREEN GREEN 1. #12 AND #10 CONDUCTORS SHALL HAVE CONTINUOUS INSULATION COLOR, AS LISTED ABOVE. 2. COLOR CODE CONDUCTORS LARGER THAN ABOVE, WHICH DO NOT HAVE CONTINUOUS INSULATION COLOR BY APPLICATION OF AT LEAST TWO LAPS OF COLORED TAPE ON EACH CONDUCTOR AT ALL POINTS OF ACCESS INCLUDING JUNCTION BOXES. COLOR TAPE SHALL BE THE EQUAL OF 3M PRODUCTS SCOTCH #35. 3. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SOFT ANNEALED COPPER INSULATED FOR 600 VOLTS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT ALLOWED ON THIS PROJECT. B. INSULATION TYPE SHALL BE TYPE THHN OR THWN. THHN SHALL NOT BE USED IN WET OR DAMP LOCATIONS. C. FLEXIBLE CORD SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY TYPE SO WITH AN EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR IN ADDITION TO THE CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS. D. PROVIDE #12 CONDUCTORS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. CONTROL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE #14 MINIMUM FOR NEC CLASS I AND #16 FOR NEC CLASS II. E. CONDUCTORS #8 AWG AND LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED. F. CONDUCTORS #10 AWG AND SMALLER SHALL BE SOLID. G. INSTALL WIRING IN CONDUIT. H. CONNECT #10 AND SMALLER WIRES WITH CONSTANT PRESSURE EXPANDABLE SPRING TYPE CONNECTORS,"SCOTCHLOK" BY 3M OR B -CAP BY BUCHANAN. I. CONNECT #8 AND LARGER WIRES WITH COMPRESSION CONNECTORS OR SPLICES AS MANUFACTURED BY BURNDY OR T&B. J. INSULATE SPLICING CONNECTORS TO AT LEAST 200% OF THE WIRE INSULATION. USE PRE -STRETCHED TUBING CONNECTOR INSULATORS, 3M PST FOR #2 AND LARGER CONDUCTORS. K. PULL CONDUCTORS USING RECOGNIZED METHODS AND EQUIPMENT LEAVING AT LEAST 6" WIRE AT ALL JUNCTION BOXES FOR CONNECTIONS. 1. CLEANOUT EACH CONDUIT SYSTEM BEFORE PULLING WIRE. L. FORM AND TIE ALL WIRING IN PANELBOARDS. M. THERE SHALL BE NO WIRENUT JOINTS OR SPLICES MADE INSIDE SWITCHBOARDS/PANELBOARDS. N. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRE SIZES (AND CONDUITS) SHALL BE INCREASED FROM THOSE INDICATED ON THE PLANS TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE VOLTAGE DROP. BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH WIRES OF SUFFICIENT SIZE SO THAT VOLTAGE DROP BETWEEN THE PANEL AND THE LOADS DOES NOT EXCEED LIMIT OF 3%. 0. WIRE SIZES SHALL BE BASED 'ON THE 60 DEGREES C. AMPACITIES FOR WIRE SIZES #14-1 A.W.G., AND 75 DEGREES C. AMPACITIES FOR WIRE SIZES #1/0 A.W.G. AND LARGER. P. CIRCUITS MAY BE MULTI-PLEXED IN CONDUIT PROVIDED WIRE IS PROPERLY DERATED AND CONDUIT SIZED PER CODE. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL MORE THAN (9) CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS BE RUN IN A SINGLE CONDUIT. SECTION 16130 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES A. RACEWAYS 1. ALL WIRE SHALL BE RUN IN ACCORDANCE WITH. CODE IN CORROSION RESISTANT, RIGID, THREADED, METAL CONDUIT OR ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (E.M.T.) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY STATED HEREIN. A. CONDUIT IN EXTERIOR WALLS, BELOW FLOOR SLAB, OR UNDERGROUND SHALL BE RIGID, THREADED, GALVANIZED, HEAVY WALL TYPE. Q. CARLON PVC TYPE 40 HEAVY WALL CONDUIT WITH GROUND WIRE MAY BE USED BELOW FLOOR SLAB OR UNDERGROUND IN LIEU OF RIGID, THREADED, GALVANIZED CONDUIT. PVC 40 CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE RUN IN OR ABOVE FLOOR SLAB. PVC CONDUIT SHALL TERMINATE BELOW FLOOR SLAB WITH RIGID, THREADED METAL CONDUIT ADAPTER. CONDUIT ABOVE SLAB SHALL BE METAL R. CONDUIT RUN EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER SHALL BE HEAVY WALL, METAL THREADED TYPE. 2. CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE 3/4" MINIMUM. 3. CONDUIT SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED IN PLACE. 4. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALLS, FLOOR AND CEILINGS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. EXPOSED CONDUIT IN FINISHED AREAS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. EXPOSED CONDUIT WILL BE PERMITTED IN UNFINISHED AREAS WITH THE SPECIFIC APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT. 5. USE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FOR THE CONNECTION TO RECESSED OR SEMI -RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURES (6' LENGTH MAXIMUM). USE LIQUID TIGHT METAL CONDUIT FOR ALL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO VIBRATION AND IN AREAS SUBJECT TO MOISTURE. 6. USE WATERTIGHT JOINTS WITH BURIED AND CONCRETE ENCASED CONDUIT. ALL BURIED CONDUITS OUTSIDE OF BUILDINGS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 24" OR COVER. METAL CONDUITS BURIED IN EARTH SHALL BE PAINTED (TWO COATS) WITH HEAVY ASPHALTUM PAINT. 7. SUPPORT RUNS OF CONDUIT AS DETAILED IN THE APPROPRIATE TABLE OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC). 8. INSTALL EXPOSED RUNS OF CONDUIT AND CONDUIT ABOVE LAY -IN CEILINGS PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO THE WALLS, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OF INTERSECTIONS OF VERTICAL PLANES AND CEILINGS. PROVIDE RIGHT ANGLE TURNS USING FITTINGS OR SYMMETRICAL BENDS. SUPPORT CONDUITS WITHIN 1" OF ALL CHANGES IN DIRECTION. 9. IF A CONDUIT IS SUSPENDED, IT SHALL BE SUPPORTED ON TRAPEZE HANGERS WHICH USE "ALL -THREAD" RODS FROM THE STRUCTURAL STEEL. THE USE OF CEILING SUPPORT WIRE OR SIMILAR MATERIAL WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 10. INSTALL EMPTY CONDUIT FOR FUTURE USE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. CONDUIT SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH JETLINE OR PULL ROPE, 'JUNC110N/OUTLET BOXES, TILE RINGS AND APPROPRIATE COVER PLATES. 11. PROVIDE PITCHPOCKETS WHERE CONDUITS PENETRATE THE ROOF. 12. THREAD LUBRICATION/SEALANT IS REQUIRED ON OUTDOOR AND UNDERGROUND THREADED METAL JOINTS. 13. INSTALL FIRE SEAL FITTINGS WHERE CONDUITS PENETRATE CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS OR MASONRY WALLS REQUIRED TO BE FIRE RATED. 14. HORIZONTAL PORTION OF CONDUIT EXPOSED ON THE ROOF AND FEEDING EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 5'-0" UNLESS THE WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER IS OBTAINED. B. PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES 1. INSTALL PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, AND WHERE REQUIRED FOR CHANGES IN DIRECTION, AT JUNCTION POINTS, AND TO FACILITATE WIRE PULLING. FURNISH BOX SIZES IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC UNLESS LARGER BOXES ARE INDICATED. 2. PROVIDE STEEL BOXES AND REMOVABLE COVERS OF CODE GAGE, HOT ROLLED SHEET STEEL, HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED INSIDE AND OUTSIDE, FOR ABOVE GROUND WORK. FURNISH WEATHERPROOF BOXES WHEN INSTALLED ABOVE GROUND OUTSIDE. 3. PROVIDE CAST IRON BOXES, HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED INSIDE AND OUTSIDE WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. FURNISH REMOVABLE COVERS WITH GASKETS AND STAINLESS STEEL, BRASS OR BRONZE SCREWS. 4. PROVIDE CONCRETE BOXES FOR UNDERGROUND WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. FURNISH STEEL FRAMES AND COVERS WITH THE COVER ATTACHED TO THE FRAME WITH HEXAGON HEAD, BRASS OR BRONZE CAP SCREWS, 3/8" IN. DIAMETER. PROVIDE A RUBBER GASKET FOR SEALING BETWEEN THE COVER AND THE FRAME. PAINT THE COVER WITH TWO COATS OF HEAVY ASPHALTUM. C. OUTLET BOXES 1. USE SHEET STEEL BOXES, ZINC COATED OR CADMIUM PLATED, FOR CONCEALED INTERIOR WORK. 2. USE CAST BOXES, ZINC -CADMIUM FINISH MALLEABLE IRON, FOR EXPOSED INTERIOR WORK, AND FOR EXPOSED OR CONCEALED WORK IN WET, DAMP OR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. CAST BOXES SHALL BE SERIES FD BY CROUSE HINDS OR APPLETON. 3. WALL BOX SIZES (MINIMUM) SHALL BE 4" SQUARE X 2-1/2" DEEP WHERE WALL CONSTRUCTION PERMITS. WHERE WALL CONSTRUCTION DICTATES, THE WIDTH MAY BE REDUCED TO 2-1/8" OR 1-1/2" UNDER SPECIAL CONDITIONS. 4. FIXTURE OUTLETS IN CEILINGS (MINIMUM) SHALL BE 4" OCTAGONAL X 1-1/2" DEEP (4-11/16" OCTAGONAL X 2-1/2" DEEP WHERE REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE LARGER CONDUIT OR LARGER NUMBER OF WIRES). 5. GANG BOXES SHALL BE ONE PIECE (MINIMUM), 2- 1/8" -1/8" DEEP. 6. PROVIDE CAST IRON, CONCRETE-TITE FLOOR BOXES WITH ADJUSTABLE COVERS SET FLUSH AND LEVEL WITH THE FINISHED FLOOR, WITH OUTLETS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE HUBBELLL #B-2400, 4200, OR 4300 SERIES BOXES WITH LEVELING SCREWS. FLUSH TYPE COVERS AND OPENINGS TO SERVE OUTLETS USED. FURNISH FLUSH CAPS FOR CLOSING OFF BOX WHEN NOT IN USE. 7. FLUSH MOUNT BOXES IN ALL FINISHED WALLS, INSTALL THE PLASTER RINGS IN DRYWALLED PLASTERED WALLS AND RAISED COVERS AS REQUIRED IN WALLS WITH OTHER FINISHES SO THAT THE COVER PLATES FIT TIGHTLY AGAINST BOXES OR RINGS, 3/16" MAXIMUM GAPS ARE ALLOWED FOR NONCOMBUSTIBLE WALLS. 8. ADJUST LOCATION OF OUTLETS IN MASONRY OR TILE CONSTRUCTION TO OCCUR IN THE NEAREST JOINT TO THE HEIGHT SPECIFIED. HEIGHTS SHALL MEET A.D.A. REQUIREMENTS. 9. SUPPORT ALL BOXES TO MAINTAIN PROPER ALIGNMENT AND RIGIDITY. 10. CLEAN BOXES OF ALL FOREIGN MATTER PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OR WIRING OF DEVICES. 11. MOUNTING HEIGHTS ON THE DRAWINGS ARE TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE BOX UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES A. WIRING DEVICE COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH (FACTORY FINISH), UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. PROVIDE TOTALLY ENCLOSED, 20 AMPERE, 120/277 VOLT, QUIET A/C GENERAL USE SNAP SWITCHES. C. SWITCHES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE AS MANUFACTURED BY HUBBELL, P&S, OR LEVITON. D. MOTION SENSOR LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL BE HUBBELL AD1277W1. SET TURN OFF TIME TO 10 MINS. NO SUBSTITUTES ALLOWED. E PROVIDE NEMA CONFIGURATION 5-20R DUPLEX 125 VOLT GROUNDING TYPE RECEPTACLES RATED FOR 20 AMPERES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. F. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE AS MANUFACTURED BY HUBBELL, P&S OR LEVITON. G. RECEPTACLES REQUIRING AMPERAGES, VOLTAGES OR CONFIGURATIONS DIFFERENT FROM THE DUPLEX CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES ABOVE SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. H. PROVIDE OTHER RECEPTACLES OF A QUALITY, MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP EQUAL TO THAT SPECIFIED FOR DUPLEX CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES. I. PROVIDE COVER OR DEVICE PLATES FOR OUTLET BOXES AS FOLLOWS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: 1. FINISHED AREAS: THERMOPLASTIC - COLOR TO MATCH DEVICE. 2. UNFINISHED AREAS: ZINC COATED SHEET METAL, ALUMINUM, OR CAST METAL AS APPROPRIATE FOR THE TYPE OF BOX. 3. EXTERIOR AREAS: COPPER FREE ALUMINUM WITH GRAY, POWDER EPDXY FINISH, GASKET, WEATHERPROOF, CROUSE -HINDS "WLRD" FOR DUPLEX RECEPTACLES AND WLRS FOR SINGLE RECEPTACLES OR EQUAL. 4. TELEPHONE, COMMUNICATION, AND SIGNAL OUTLET PLATES, SHALL MATCH THOSE USED FOR RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES. ALL OUTLET AND/OR JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH A COVER PLATE BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 5. WHERE DEVICES ARE GANGED, THEY SHALL BE INSTALLED UNDER A COMMON COVERPLATE. J. LOCATE THE SWITCHES APPROXIMATELY 4'-O" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION OR NEAREST BLOCK COURSE (WITHIN A.D.A. REQUIREMENTS), UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. THE LONG DIMENSION OF THE SWITCHES SHALL BE VERTICAL. L. LOCATE RECEPTACLES APPROXIMATELY 1'-6" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION OR NEAREST BLOCK COURSE (WITHIN A.D.A. REQUIREMENTS), UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. THE LONG DIMENSION OF RECEPTACLES SHALL BE VERTICAL. SECTION 16410 - SAFETY SWITCHES A. SAFETY SWITCHES SHALL BE THE ENCLOSED HEAVY-DUTY TYPE (TYPE HD) WITH QUICK -MAKE, QUICK -BREAK MECHANISM AND EXTERNAL PAD LOCKABLE OPERATING HANDLE. B. SAFETY SWITCHES SHALL BE RATED FOR 240 OR 600 VOLTS AS APPLICABLE. THEY SHALL BE HORSEPOWER RATED WHEN USED IN MOTOR CIRCUITS. C. SAFETY SWITCHES SHALL BE FUSIBLE OR NON -FUSIBLE 2, 3, OR 4 POLE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.. D. SAFETY SWITCHES SHALL BE SINGLE THROW UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. E. ENCLOSURES SHALL BE NEMA 1 INDOORS AND NEMA 3R OUTDOORS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. F. MANUFACTURER SHALL BE SQUARE D, SIEMENS, G.E., OR CUTLER -HAMMER. ALL SAFETY SWITCHES SHALL BE BY ONE MANUFACTURER. G. MOUNT THE SAFETY SWITCHES SECURELY BETWEEN 3' X 6' LEVELS ABOVE THE FLOOR UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. H. SWITCHES ON BLOCK WALLS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON A 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKBOARD, WHERE LOCATED INDOORS. SECTION 16442 - PANELBOARDS A. PANELBOARDS 1. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE ENCLOSED DEAD FRONT SAFETY TYPE WITH FEATURES AND RATINGS AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. PANELS KNOWN AS "LOAD CENTERS" ARE UNACCEPTABLE. 3. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED IN THIS DIVISION. 4. ALL BUS BARS SHALL BE RECTANGULAR SOLID COPPER. 5. SPACE, WHERE SHOWN IN PANEL SCHEDULES, DESIGNATES SPACE FOR FUTURE PROTECTIVE DEVICES AND SHALL INCLUDE BUS AND SUPPORT. 6. INSTALL CABINETS SO THAT CENTER OF THE TOP BREAKER DOES NOT EXCEED 6'-6" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. 7. ENTRIES ON DIRECTORY CARDS SHALL BE TYPED, COMPLETE AND ACCURATE. 8. ALL BOLTED CONNECTIONS SHALL BE TORQUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARDS. 9. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITS AS NEAR AS POSSIBLE TO CIRCUIT NUMBERS ON THE DRAWINGS. AT COMPLETION OF JOB, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE CURRENT READING CHECKS OF RESPECTIVE PHASES. A MINIMUM OF CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REARRANGED TO BALANCE, AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE, THE LOAD IN THE. PANEL. 10. ALL BREAKERS SHALL BE BOLT -ON TYPE. 11. PROVIDE (3) SPARE 1" CONDUITS INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE WHERE PANELS ARE FLUSH -MOUNTED. 12. MANUFACTURER SHALL BE SQUARE D, SIEMENS, G.E., OR CUTLER -HAMMER. SECTION 16461 - DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS A. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE CONTINUOUSLY RATED ISOLATING TYPE FOR 60 HERTZ SERVICE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. INSULATION SYSTEMS SHALL BE 220 DEGREES C (150 DEGREES C RISE). C ENCLOSURES FOR TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE METALLIC, SUITABLE FOR INDOOR AND OUTDOOR INSTALLATION AS APPLICABLE AND RODENT PROOF. D. MANUFACTURER SHALL BE CUTLER -HAMMER, SQUARE "D", GENERAL ELECTRIC OR I.T.E.-SIEMENS. FRACTIONAL KVA TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY EDWARDS OR THE SPECIAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER IN WHICH THE TRANSFORMERS ARE USED. E FOUR APPROVED VIBRATION DAMPENERS PER TRANSFORMER SHALL BE EMPLOYED AS NECESSARY TO AVOID TRANSMITTING ANY VIBRATION TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. SIZES OF THE MOUNTINGS SHALL BE SELECTED ON THE BASIS OF THE WEIGHT OF THE TRANSFORMER, USING: 1. A MINIMUM 1" THICK RUBBER -CORK -RUBBER SANDWICH TYPE FOR FLOOR MOUNTING. 2. A SPRING TYPE FOR SUSPENSION MOUNTING. 3. TWO (2) SPRING TYPE AT THE TOP (WITH TWO (2) STEEL BRACKETS) AND TWO (2) RUBBER -IN COMPRESSION TYPE AT THE BOTTOM (STAND-OFF) FOR WALL MOUNTING. F. NO CONDUITS SHALL BE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFORMER. AT EACH ATTACHMENT, PROVIDE A VIBRATION DAMPENING ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF: 1. AT&B #5721, 2, 3 ETC., OR EQUIVALENT FEMALE HUB TYPE LIQUID TIGHT CONNECTOR BY STEEL CITY, EFCOR OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2. T&B #5331, 2, 3 ETC., OR EQUIVALENT MALE HUB TYPE. LIQUID TIGHT CONNECTOR WITH AN INSULATED THROAT BY STEEL CITY, EFCOR OR APPROVED EQUAL. 3. SHORT LENGTH (24" PLUS OR MINUS) OF LIQUID -TIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. SECTION• 1641 BON IiSIUMPER OF NEC SIZE OUTSIDE OF THE ASSEMBLY. A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH A COMPLETE SET OF FUSES FOR ALL SWITCHES, PLUS FUSIBLE EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHER TRADES. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON PLANS, THE FUSES SHALL BE OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES: 1. FUSES 601 TO 6000 AMPS SHALL BE UL CLASS. TRADE TYPE SHALL BE KRP-C AS MANUFACTURED BY THE BUSSMANN COMPANY. 2. FUSES 1/10 TO 600 AMPS SHALL BE UL CLASS RK1. TRADE TYPE SHALL BE LOW PEAK LPS-RK (600V) AND LPN -RK (250V) AS MANUFACTURED BY BUSSMANN COMPANY. 3. ALL OTHER FUSES SHALL BE: A. DUAL -ELEMENT CURRENT-LIMIT1NG TYPE WITH 200,000 AMPERES SYMMETRICAL INTERRUPTING CAPACITY. B. FUSES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY BUSSMANN, GOULD- SHAWMUTT, OR RELIANCE. C. SPARE FUSES AMOUNTING TO A DUPLICATE SET OF EACH SIZE INSTALLED SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. PROVIDE AND PLACE IN A SPARE FUSE CABINET SIMILAR TO BUSSMAN # SFC. D. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ALL FUSES BLOWN DURING CONSTRUCTION. SECTION 16511 - LIGHTING FIXTURES A. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AS INDICATED ON THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE, INCLUDING LAMPS. LAMPS SHALL BE OF SAME MANUFACTURER FOR ALL TYPES. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BEAR THE UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES LABEL AND SHALL BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY SUPPORT MEDIA FOR ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES INCLUDING STRUCTURAL STEEL, ANGLE, RODS, ETC. IN GENERAL, FLUORESCENT AND HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE FIXTURES SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO THE LOCAL INSPECTION AUTHORITIES. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE FIRMLY SUPPORTED FROM BEAMS OR JOISTS. 1. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BACKING, BLOCKING AND SUPPORTS FOR WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES. 2. FIXTURES SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM ROOF DECK. D. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE U.L. LISTED AND APPROVED FOR THE PURPOSE INTENDED. E. IF REQUIRED BY CODE, LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE CHICAGO PLENUM RATED. F. RECESSED FIXTURES IN FIRE RATED CEILING OR SUPPLY AIR PLENUMS SHALL BE APPROVED FOR THE FIRE RATING OF THE CEILING. PROVIDE AIR -TIGHT GASKETS TO SEAL AROUND OPENINGS. G. ALL ADJUSTABLE FIXTURES SHALL BE AIMED AND ADJUSTED DURING EVENING HOURS TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT. SECTION 16750 - TELEPHONE SYSTEM A. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TELEPHONE SERVICE CONDUIT OR DUCT TO TELEPHONE BOARD AS SHOWN ON PLANS. SERVICE CONDUIT SIZE AND QUANTITY SHALL BE AS DETERMINED BY LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY. B. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL CONDUITS WITH PULL WIRES, OUTLET BOXES, METAL CABINETS AND PULL BOXES. PROVIDE A COMPLETE CONDUIT SYSTEM WITH PULL WIRE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. C. ALL PLATES SHALL BE STANDARD TELEPHONE TYPE WITH JACK. PROVIDE PLATES OF SAME MATERIAL AND FINISH AS SPECIFIED FOR RECEPTACLES. WALL PHONE PLATES SHALL HAVE MOUNTING STUDS. D. PROVIDE PLYWOOD TERMINAL BOARD AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. E. A CONDUIT RUN SHALL HAVE NOT MORE THAN THREE (3) BENDS IN A RUN BETWEEN OUTLET BOXES OR BETWEEN OUTLET BOX AND A METAL CABINET OR PULL BOX. WHEN A RUN REQUIRES MORE THAN THREE (3) BENDS, A PULL BOX OF SUITABLE SIZE SHALL BE PLACED IN SUITABLE LOCATION TO MEET THE ABOVE CONDITIONS. SEPARATE RMIT AND APPROVAL RE QU!RED d P c RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUG4 0 4 2013 PERMIT CENTER e don penn • consulting engineer 635 Westport Parkway Suite 300 Grapevine, Texas 76051 Phone: 817-410-2858 Fax: 817-251-8411 JP\CE\ ARCHITECTURE RETAIL DESIGN 2850 EUCLID AVENUE CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 PHONE: 216.781.0131 FAX: 216.781.013 REVISIONS DRAWN BY: EV CHECKED BY: BB DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E4 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. ORDINANCES. PERMITS, AND CERTIFICATES ALL WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LAWS, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS OF ALL GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES (LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL) HAVING JURISDICTION WHICH IN ANY WAY WILL AFFECT THIS WORK. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION REQUIRED BY THE FOREGOING GOVENMENTAL AUTHORITIES. ALL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATIONS OF THE UNDERWRITERS HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. VISIT JOB SITE VISIT JOB SITE AND BE FAMILIAR WITH LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. NO ALLOWANCE WILL BE MADE FOR EXTRAS DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE JOB SITE AND/OR FAILURE TO PREDETERMINE ALL CONDITIONS IMPOSED BY THE LANDLORD OR OTHER AUTHORITIES. 3. GUARANTEE ALL LABOR AND MATERIAL FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT WILL BE GUARANTEED • FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE TENANT. DURING THIS TIME, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR ALL LEAKS AND CORRECT ALL DISCREPANCIES WITH CODES OR THE SPECIFICATIONS AT HIS OWN EXPENSE. 4. DUCTWORK ALL NEW AIR SUPPLY DUCTS SHALL BE MADE OF GALVANIZED SHEET METAL WRAPPED WITH 2" OF INSULATION. DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF PAPYRUS'S REPRESENTATIVE. ALL DUCTS WILL BE MADE AIR -TIGHT WITH THE USE OF APPROVED DUCT JOINTS, CAULKING, AND SHEET METAL SCREWS. ALL DUCT -TAPE OR SIMILAR MATERIALS WILL BE REJECTED BY THE TENANT SPACE. INSTALL FIRE DAMPERS WHERE SHOWN AND/OR WHERE REQUIRED BY LAW. NO" GLASS FIBER OR SIMILAR MATERIALS WELL BE ACCEPTED AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR SHEET METAL DUCTWORK. FLEXIBLE, INSULATED, ROUND DUCT WILL BE PERMITTED FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO DIFFUSERS AND OUTLETS PROVIDED THAT, IN NO CASE, SHALL THIS FLEXIBLE DUCT tXCEED 5-0" IN LENGTH. CONNECTIONS BETWEEN DIFFUSERS AND OUTLETS, AND BETWEEN FLEXIBLE DUCT AND SHEET METAL DUCTS, SHALL BE MADE WITH HOSE CLAMPS OR COLLARS SECURED WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS. SHORT RADIUS BENDS WILL BE MADE WITH ADJUSTABLE SHEET METAL ELBOWS. DO NOT ATTEMPT SHORT RADIUS BENDS USING FLEXIBLE DUCT. ALL DUCTWORK THROUGH WALLS SHALL BE FIRE DAMPERED IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. 5. CHILLED WATER COIL/FAN COIL UNIT (EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REFURBISHED AND REUSED) TRANE MODEL #LPCA-A06, 1850 CFM AT .5" EXTERNAL S.P. CONDENSATE LINE TIED: TO WASTE SYSTEM. NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM THE FOLLOWING WORK AND SHALL WARRANT THIS WORK FOR ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY PAPYRUS'S REPRESENTATIVE. HVAC CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL STARTERS AND POWER WIRING FOR ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT. EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE RECONDITIONED AND REUSED. BRING EQUIPMENT UP TO PROPER MANUFACTURERS OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS. INSPECT EQUIPMENT AND ADVISE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE IF ANY MAJOR COMPONENT IS IN NEED OF REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR AT TIME OF BID. THOROUGHLY CLEAN COIL - REPLACE FILTERS WEEKLY DURING CONSTRUCTION, REPLACE BELTS, INSPECT AND LUBRICATE BEARINGS, REPAIR LEAKS AND CHARGE REFRIGERANT, ADJUST AND/OR REPAIR DAMPER LINKAGE TO PROPER OPERATION, AND VERIFY PROPER CONTROL OPERATION. INSPECT DRAIN PAN AND REPLACE OR REPAIR HEATING ELEMENT AS REQUIRED. INSPECT DRAIN PAN REPLACE CONDENSATE LINE WITH NEW 1 1/2" LINE. 6. INSULATION SUPPLY DUCTWORK CONCEALED ABOVE CEILING SHALL HAVE 2" FIBERGLASS "OWEN-CORNING" DUAL TEMP TYPE 100 WITH REINFORCED ALUMINUM FOIL FACING, APPLIED WITH ADHESIVE AND STRAPPED 8' - 0" ON CENTERS WITH STICK CLIPS. 7. EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN WILL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED (WHERE SHOWN) BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR. THIS CONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL DUCTS, DAMPERS, FIRE- DAMPERS, BACK -DRAFT DAMPERS, GIRLLES, ETC. AS SHOWN AND/OR REQUIRED. QTY TYPE DESCRIPTION REMARKS 1 BROAN #676 115V/1 PHASE W/TIME DELAY SWITCH -110 CFM 8. DUCT HEATER DUCT HEATER IN MAIN SUPPLY DUCT - 8KW 1STAGE 208V. INSTALL SAIL SWITCH SO THAT HEATER WILL NOT FUNCTION IF AIR IS NOT FLOWING OVER COIL. VERIFY PROPER OPERATION OF EXISTING, REPLACE IF REQUIRED AS NOTED WITH BRASCH OR ELECTRO DUCT OR APPROVED EQUAL 9. AIR DISTRIBUTION NOTE: ALL DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES TO HAVE FIRE DAMPERS IN NECK, IF REQUIRED BY CODE. CEILING OUTLETS, REGISTERS FAND GRILLES SHALL BE MADE BY TITUS COMPANY OF SIZE AND TYPE. SHOWN 'ON THE DRAWINGS AND ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING SCHEDULE WITH BAKED, OFF-WHITE ENAMEL FINISH, UNLESS NOTED. EACH OUTLET SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH OPPOSED BLADE INTEGRAL DAMPER. REFER TO DIAGRAM FOR APPROVED EQUAL. ALL AIR DIFFUSERS SHALL MATCH EXISTING. RETURN AIR GRILLES SHALL BE 1 / 2 X 1 / 2 X 1 / 2 METAL EGG CRATE. VERIFY FRAMING REQUIREMENTS FOR DRYWALL OR GRID CEILING INSTALLATION. 10. AIR BALANCE WHEN THE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM IS 100% COMPLETE, ENTIRE SYSTEM MUST BE BALANCED TO THE AIR QUANTITIES AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AABC OR NEBB SPECIFICATIONS. REPORTS MUST BE SUBMITTED (4 COPIES) FOR EACH SYSTEM FOR APPROVAL TO THE TENANT AND ARCHITECT. COPY OF THE REPORT MUST ALSO BE SUBMITTED TO MALL LANDLORD. THE BALANCING COMPANY SHALL BE AN INDEPENDENT COMPANY AFFILIATED WITH THE AMERICAN AIR BALANCING COUNCIL. 11. TEMPERATURE CONTROL REPAIR OR REPLACE IF REQUIRED HEATING/COOLING THERMOSTAT (AUTO -CHANGEOVER) WITH SUB -BASE CONTROLS FOR HEAT -COOL MODE AND FAN SELECTOR SWITCH AND IS TO BE LOCATED AS SHOWN 48" A.F.F. THERMOSTAT TO BE: PROGRAMMABLE IS TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH LANDLORD'S SYSTEM. VERIFY WITH MALL REPRESENTATIVE. 12. DRAWINGS THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT 4 COPIES OF RECORD DRAWINGS SHOWING EXACT FINAL LOCATIONS OF THE UNIT, DUCTS, DIFFUSERS, ETC. FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. MALL % GENERAL CONDITIONS I. THE SCOPE OF WORK IS BASED ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND SHALL INCLUDE THE FURNISHING OF MATERIALS AND LABOR REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETE PROJECT. COMPLY WITH THE PAPYRUS CRITERIA DESCRIBED IN THE DRAWINGS. II. VISIT THE JOB SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. CONTRACTOR SHALL WALK THROUGH THE SITE WITH AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE SHOPPING CENTER AND REVIEW SHOPPING CENTER CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE WORK WITH THE SHOPPING CENTER WITH REGARD TO TEMPORARY UTILITIES, ALLOWABLE MATERIAL, TRAFFIC ROUTES, STORAGE OF TOOLS AND MATERIALS, USE OF TOILET FACILITIES, HOURS IN WHICH WORK IS ALLOWED, NOISE AND DUST CONTROL, CLEANUP AND OTHER MATTERS REQUIRING ADHERENCE TO SHOPPING CENTER REQUIREMENTS. III. REVIEW WITH THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE THE MANNER IN WHICH ALL CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURE WILL BE MADE. NEW PENETRATIONS IN THE BUILDING ENVELOPE OR STRUCTURE SHALL BE REVIEWED WITH THE LANDLORD AND APPROVED IN WRITING. IF THE LANDLORD REQUIRES THAT PORTIONS OF WORK BE PERFORMED BY ITS OWN CONTRACTOR, INCLUDE COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THAT PORTION OF THE WORK IN BID UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE IN WRITING BY TENANT. IV. DURING PERFORMANCE OF WORK, BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVISION AND MAINTENANCE OF WARNING SIGNS, LIGHT SIGNAL DEVICES, GUARD LIGHTS, BARRICADES, GUARD RAILS, FENCES AND OTHER DEVICES, APPROPRIATELY LOCATED ON AND AROUND THE JOB SITE WHICH GIVE PROPER AND UNDERSTANDABLE WARNING TO PERSONS WITH REGARD TO HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS, EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONS BEING PERFORMED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE WORK. V. EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS MAY BE TAKEN FROM INFORMATION FURNISHED BY THE LANDLORD. VERIFY LEASE SPACE DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN BUILDING ELEMENTS AND DRAWINGS BEFORE COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. DISCREPANCIES FOUND ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF PAPYRUS' CONSTRUCTION MANAGER NO LATER THAN (5) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID DATE. DISCREPANCIES IDENTIFIED DURING BIDDING WILL BE CLARIFIED BY ADDENDUM. VI. DISCREPANCIES IDENTIFIED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF PAPYRUS' CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. DISCREPANCIES IDENTIFIED DURING CONSTRUCTION WILL BE CLARIFIED BY CHANGE ORDERS. CHANGE ORDER APPROVAL IS SUBJECT TO AUTHORIZATION BY PAPYRUS' CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. VII. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COSTS INCURRED FOR NONCOMPLIANCE WITH THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR WILL NOT BE ALLOWED CHANGE ORDERS FOR PROBLEMS ARISING FROM NEGLECT OF PROVISIONS INCLUDED IN THESE CONDITIONS. VIII. ACCOMPLISH THE WORK IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. WORK SHALL CONFORM WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE LOCAL AND STATE HANDICAPPED DISABILITY DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY THAT THE WORK COMPLIES WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL AND STATE FIRE, SAFETY, HEALTH, ENERGY AND BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. IX. REMOVE CONSTRUCTION RUBBISH, SCAFFOLDING, EQUIPMENT, TEMPORARY PROTECTION, TEMPORARY FIELD STRUCTURES, AND OTHER MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT THAT WAS REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH THE CONSTRUCTION, BUT NOT A PERMANENT PART THEREOF. X. SCAFFOLDING SHALL BE BUILT IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL LAWS. TEMPORARY SHORING REQUIRED FOR THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING WORK FOR THE INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THIS WORK, CORRECT AND REPAIR DAMAGES CAUSED BY IMPROPER SUPPORT OR FAILURE OF SHORING. XI. MAINTAIN ORDERLY HOUSEKEEPING DURING CONSTRUCTION, AND UPON SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PERFORM FINAL CLEANUP. FINAL CLEANUP SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: SWEEP, DAMP MOP, AND WAX RESILIENT FLOORING. DUST, DIRT, PAINT DRIPPINGS, OIL, GREASE, AND OTHER BLEMISHES SHALL BE REMOVED FROM FINISHED SURFACES, INCLUDING PIPES AND EQUIPMENT. WINDOWS, GLASS UNITS, GLASS DOORS AND MIRRORS SHALL BE WASHED. PAINT OVERRUNS AND PUTTY SMEARS SHALL BE REMOVED, AND HARDWARE SHALL BE RUBBED CLEAN WITH FLANNEL CLOTH. XII. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR JOB SITE SAFETY AND WARRANT THAT THIS INTENT SHALL BE MADE EVIDENT IN PAPYRUS' AGREEMENT WITH THE CONTRACTOR. XIII. BE RESPONSIBLE TO THE SHOPPING CENTER FOR DAMAGES THAT OCCUR TO THE LANDLORD'S FACILITIES BEFORE, DURING, OR AFTER CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES CAUSED BY CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEES, OR SUBCONTRACTORS. XIV. MANUFACTURER'S OF SPECIFIED ITEMS ARE NOTED FOR QUALITY AND DESIGN. SUBSTITUTE PRODUCTS ARE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY PAPYRUS' CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. THE CONTRACTOR IS ENCOURAGED TO SUBMIT ALTERNATE PRODUCTS FOR CONSIDERATION IN AN EFFORT TO REDUCE THE CONSTRUCTION COST OR TIME. REASONABLE REQUESTS WILL BE REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. XV. PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED RECOMMENDATIONS. PROVIDE A COPY OF THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS UPON REQUEST OF PAPYRUS' CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. XVI. PAPYRUS AND THE LANDLORD WILL PROVIDE INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO THE BIDDING. EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE SHALL BE PROVIDED TO PAPYRUS' CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT THE TIME OF BID SUBMITTAL. XVII. APPLICABLE STANDARDS OF CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY HAVE THE SAME FORCE AND EFFECT ON PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK AS IF COPIED DIRECTLY INTO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR BOUND AND PUBLISHED THEREWITH. COMPLY WITH STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF ISSUE OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. XVIII. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, COMPILE FOR AND DELIVER TO PAPYRUS' CONSTRUCTION MANAGER A COMPLETE SET OF RECORD DOCUMENTS. THIS SET OF DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSIST OF RECORD SPECIFICATIONS AND RECORD DRAWINGS SHOWING THE REPORTED LOCATION OF THE WORK. XIX. WARRANT MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY PAPYRUS 'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. XX. PAPYRUS' CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SHALL REVIEW SHOP DRAWING SUBMISSIONS SOLELY FOR THEIR CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN INTENT AND CONFORMANCE WITH INFORMATION GIVEN IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. PAPYRUS SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ASPECTS OF A SHOP DRAWING SUBMISSION THAT AFFECT OR ARE AFFECTED BY THE MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES AND OPERATIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION, SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS INCIDENTAL THERETO. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW SHOP DRAWINGS WITH RESPECT TO THESE CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING THEM TO PAPYRUS. XXI. WHEN MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING STRUCTURAL STEEL COMPONENTS OR THE ADDITION OF NEW STRUCTURAL STEEL ARE REQUIRED, AND NOT INDICATED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE G.C. TO SECURE THE SERVICES OF A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER TO OBTAIN THE NECESSARY APPROVALS. XXII. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR BECOMING FAMILIAR WITH THE PROJECT SCHEDULE AND DEADLINES, AND FOR ADVISING PAPYRUS' CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF ALL LONG LEAD ITEMS, THEIR ANTICIPATED DELIVERY DATES, AND ANY POTENTIAL IMPACT TO THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. XXIII. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A CURRENT AND COMPLETE SET OF LAND.ORD AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT APPROVED DRAWINGS (AS APPLICABLE) ON SITE THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION DURATION FOR USE BY ALL TRADES, XXIV. DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE SCALED. DIMENSIONS SHALL GOVERN IN ALL CASES. DIMENSIONS AT ENLARGED DETAILS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER OTHER DIMENSIONS. SECTION 01110 -SUMMARY OF WORK A. THE WORK OF THIS PROJECT INCLUDES CONSTRUCTION WORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. BUT NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO GENERAL CONSTRUCTION, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND FIRE PROTECTION WORK. B. EXECUTE THE WORK DESCRIBED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, AND OTHER WORK NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE PROJECT, IN A THOROUGHLY SUBSTANTIAL AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, BY PERSONS THOROUGHLY EXPERIENCED IN THEIR PARTICULAR TRADE OR CRAFT. C FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING CONDITIONS, IF ANY, THAT AFFECTS THE WORK. TAKE RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CORRECTNESS OF MEASUREMENTS AND VERIFY GRADES, LINES, LEVELS, ELEVATIONS, AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. D. CONSULT DRAWINGS AND PLAN WORK SO THAT THE EXCAVATED MATERIAL, DEMOLISHED MATERIAL, NEW BUILDING MATERIALS, ETC. ARE NOT PLACED WHERE THEY WILL INTERFERE WITH THE WORK OF OTHERS, OR WITH EXISTING TENANTS. E SHOULD IT APPEAR THAT THE WORK INTENDED TO BE DESCRIBED OR RELAYED WORK ARE NOT SUFFICIENTLY DETAILED OR EXPLAINED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, CONSULT THE ARCHITECT FOR NECESSARY CLARIFICATIONS, AND CONFORM TO THOSE CLARIFICATIONS INSOFAR AS THEY ARE CONSISTENT WITH THE ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. IN NO CASE SHALL WORK PROCEED IN UNCERTAINTY. F. THOSE PERFORMING WORK AS A SUBCONTRACTOR MUST EXAMINE SUBSTRATES AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND NOTIFY THE CONTRACTOR IN WRITING, OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY COMPLETION OF THE WORK. COMMENCEMENT OF WORK BY A TRADE ON A SURFACE OR CONSTRUCTION SHALL IMPLY ACCEPTANCE OF SUCH SURFACE OR CONSTRUCTION. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. G. ITEMS INDICATED AS "N.I.C." (NOT IN CONTRACT), OR "EXISTING" SHALL NOT BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT, HOWEVER, CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING CONDITION OF SUCH ITEMS AND COORDINATING WORK THAT AFFECTS OR IS AFFECTED BY THESE ITEMS. H. TENANT FURNISHED -CONTRACTOR INSTALLED PRODUCTS (MATERIALS, PRODUCTS OR EQUIPMENT) 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR RECEIVING, STORING, HANDLING, AND INSTALLING ITEMS PROVIDED BY PAPYRUS. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT SHIPMENTS UPON DELIVERY FOR DAMAGE AND SHALL VERIFY THAT QUANTITIES ARE ACCURATE AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH BILL OF LADING. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FILING SHIPPING DAMAGE CLAIMS AGAINST THE CARRIER IN CASE OF RECEIPT OF DAMAGED ITEMS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGED ITEMS UPON ACCEPTANCE OF DELIVERY AT PROJECT SITE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT THE ITEMS FROM DAMAGE THROUGHOUT THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD UNTIL TURN OVER OF SPACE TO PAPYRUS. 2. TENANT WILL FURNISH THE PRODUCTS AS DELINEATED IN THE SCHEDULE OF RESPONSIBILITIES ON SHEET A-1. THESE PRODUCTS WILL BE DELIVERED TO THE SITE WHERE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RECEIVE, UNLOAD, STRIP AND INSTALL THEM. TENANT PROVIDED PRODUCTS (MATERIALS, PRODUCTS OR EQUIPMENT) 1. TENANT WILL PROVIDE, FURNISH AND INSTALL CERTAIN ITEMS AS DELINEATED IN THE SCHEDULE OF RESPONSIBILITIES ON SHEET A-1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH WORK BEING PERFORMED BY PAPYRUS' VENDORS, INSTALLERS, AND SUBCONTRACTORS. ALL WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED TO INDUSTRY STANDARDS BY QUALIFIED, COMPETENT TRADESPERSONS. IT IS ASSUMED THAT WORKERS WILL BE FAMILIAR WITH LOCAL, STATE, AND NATIONAL CODES AND REGULATIONS AND SHALL ADHERE TO SUCH CODES AND REGULATIONS. IN MUNCIPALITIES REQUIREING LICENSING IT IS ASSUMED THAT EACH TRADE SHALL HAVE A PROPERLY LICENSED PERSON PERFORMING THE WORK. K. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM DESIGN AND MODIFICATIONS ARE TO BE BY THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR, INCLUDING PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF DESIGN DRAWINGS, SECURING OF ALL NECESSARY PERMITS, AND THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR OBTAINING SYSTEM APPROVAL. SECTION 01110 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL WORK. DO NOT CUT AND PATCH STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS IN A MANNER THAT WOULD CHANGE THEIR LOAD -CARRYING CAPACITY OR LOAD -DEFLECTION RATIO. B. VISUAL REQUIREMENTS: DO NOT CUT AND PATCH CONSTRUCTION EXPOSED ON THE EXTERIOR OR IN OCCUPIED SPACES IN A MANNER THAT WOULD, IN THE ARCHITECT'S OPINION, REDUCE THE BUILDING'S AESTHETIC QUALITIES. DO NOT CUT AND PATCH CONSTRUCTION IN A MANNER THAT WOULD RESULT IN VISUAL EVIDENCE OF CUTTING AND PATCHING. REMOVE CONSTRUCTION CUT AND PATCH IN A VISUALLY SATISFACTORY MANNER, AND REPLACE WITH A CONSTRUCTION VISUALLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT. C. USE MATERIALS IDENTICAL TO EXISTING MATERIALS. FOR EXPOSED SURFACES, USE MATERIALS THAT VISUALLY MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACES INSOFAR AS POSSIBLE. IF IDENTICAL MATERIALS ARE UNAVAILABLE OR CANNOT BE USED, USE MATERIALS WHOSE INSTALLED PERFORMANCE WILL EQUAL OR SURPASS THAT OF EXISTING MATERIALS. D. PROTECT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DURING CUTTING AND PATCHING TO PREVENT DAMAGE. PROVIDE PROTECTION FROM ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS FOR PORTIONS OF THE PROJECT THAT MIGHT BE EXPOSED DURING CUTTING AND PATCHING OPERATIONS. E. AVOID CUTTING EXISTING PIPE, CONDUIT, OR DUCTWORK SERVING THE BUILDING BUT SCHEDULED TO BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED UNTIL PROVISIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO BYPASS THEM. SECTION 02060 - EXISTING CONDITIONS A. CONTRACTOR IS TO VISIT THE SITE TO INSPECT THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND TO VERIFY THE AMOUNT OF WORK THAT WILL BE NECESSARY FOR THE PROJECT TO BE COMPLETED AS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING DRAWINGS. B. NOTIFY PAPYRUS' CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY UPON ENCOUNTERING UNEXPECTED CONCEALED CONDITIONS AND, EXCEPT IN AN EMERGENCY, BEFORE THE ENCOUNTERED CONDITIONS ARE DISTURBED. C. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY CONDITION OF EXISTING COMPONENTS WHEN THEY ARE TO BE REUSED. THEY SHALL BE OPERATIONAL AND FREE OF AESTHETIC FLAWS AND SUITABLE FOR THEIR INTENDED USE. REFER ANY QUESTIONS TO PAPYRUS' CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. IF THERE IS DOUBT CONCERNING THE ACCEPTABILITY OF ANY COMPONENT, PROVIDE A COST FOR REPLACING THE QUESTIONABLE COMPONENTS. D. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY ELEVATION AND CONDITION OF EXISTING FLOOR SUBSTRATE AND REPORT TO PAPYRUS' CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IN WRITING IF: THERE IS A VARIATION OF 1/2" OR MORE OVER THE ENTIRE PROJECT, THE SLAB IS 1/8" PER 10 FEET OR GREATER IN ANY AREA OF THE PROJECT, OR IF ROUGH OR UNSTABLE SUBSTRATE SURFACES ARE ENCOUNTERED. SECTION 02220 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. PERFORM THE DEMOLITION WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/NEPA 241, SAFEGUARDING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. B. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, USING WATER SPRINKLING, TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES, AND OTHER SUITABLE METHODS TO CONTROL DUST AND DIRT IN THE AIR. C. PROMPTLY REMOVE DEBRIS FROM PREMISES. DO NOT BURN DEBRIS ON THE SITE. PROVIDE DUST -TIGHT PARTITION AREAS WHERE DEMOLITION WORK IS BEING PERFORMED. WITHIN AREAS THAT ARE FINISHED OR IN USE PROVIDE NOT LESS THAN 4" NOMINAL METAL OR WOOD STUD PARTITIONS WITH 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING ONE SIDE (FINISHED ON OCCUPIED SIDE). JOINTS OF SHEATHING SHALL BE SEALED AND AIR TIGHT. PERIMETER JOINTS OF PARTITIONS SHALL BE SEALED AND DOORS WEATHERSTRIPPED. DO NOT FASTEN OR OTHERWISE SECURE PARTITIONS TO EXISTING FINISHED FLOOR, WALLS OR CEILINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. D. AFTER FLOOR COVERINGS ARE REMOVED, THOROUGHLY REMOVE ADHESIVES SUCH THAT WHEN COMPLETED, FLOORS ARE READY TO RECEIVE NEW FLOOR COVERINGS. SECTION 03305 - CONCRETE A. THE CONCRETE WORK SHALL CONFORM WITH ALL ACI STANDARDS EXCEPT WHEN IN CONFLICT WITH THE BUILDING CODE IN FORCE. IN SUCH AN EVENT THE BUILDING CODE SHALL GOVERN. USE THE LATEST VERSION AVAILABLE FOR EACH OF THE REFERENCED STANDARDS. B. CONCRETE MATERIALS C. 1. PORTLAND CEMENT: ASTM C150, TYPE 1 NORMAL PORTLAND CEMENT. AGGREGATES: ASTM C33. 2. WATER: CLEAN, FREE FROM SUBSTANCES THAT WOULD COMPROMISE THE INTEGRITY OF THE CONCRETE MIXTURE. 3. ADMIXTURES: CONCRETE ADMIXTURES SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM C494 (WATER REDUCING) OR ASTM C260 (AIR ENTRAINING), PRODUCED BY RECOGNIZED MANUFACTURERS, SUBJECT TO ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL. OTHER MATERIALS 1. WELDED WIRE FABRIC: ASTM A185, FLAT SHEETS. 2. BONDING AGENT: (EPDXY TYPE), 100 PERCENT SOLIDS, "EPOBOND" (L & M CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS CO.). 3. MOISTURE -RETAINING COVER: ONE OF THE FOLLOWING, COMPLYING WITH ASTM C171. a. WATERPROOF PAPER. b. POLYETHYLENE FILM. c. POLYETHYLENE -COATED BURLAP. 4. LIQUID MEMBRANE CURING AND SEALING COMPOUND: ASTM C309-07, TYPE 1, CLASS B, WATER-BASED ACRYLIC COMPOUND, "DRESS AND SEAL WB" (L & M CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS CO.). D. MIXING 1. READY MIXED CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM WITH ASTM C94-96. 2. SLUMP SHALL BE 2-1/2" BUT NOT MORE THAN 3-1/2" IN FIELD DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C143 -90A. E. PLACING, FINISHING, CURING, AND SEALING 1. AFTER DEMOLITION AND TRENCHING HAS BEEN PERFORMED, AND SUB GRADE AND MOISTURE BARRIER REESTABLISHED, APPLY BONDING AGENT TO EXISTING CONCRETE SURFACES, INSTALL WIRE MESH IF APPLICABLE, THEN PLACE CONCRETE IMMEDIATELY AFTER MIXING. PROPERLY SPADE AND PUDDLE BY USE OF RODS, SHOVELS AND HAND SPADES, AND AGITATE BY MEANS OF INTERNAL AND/OR EXTERNAL VIBRATORS TO OBTAIN DENSEST POSSIBLE CONCRETE WITHOUT OVER -VIBRATING TO THE POINT WHERE SEGREGATION RESULTS. DEPOSIT CONCRETE CONTINUOUSLY UNTIL COMPLETION OF EACH SECTION OR UNIT. 2. FINISH CONCRETE SLABS TO PROPER ELEVATIONS TO ENSURE THAT SURFACE MOISTURE WILL DRAIN FREELY TO FLOOR DRAINS, IF ANY, AND THAT NO PUDDLE AREAS EXIST. NEW SURFACES SHALL ALIGN WITH ADJACENT EXISTING SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. 3. PROTECT CONCRETE WORK FROM DRYING OUT BY COVERING WITH WATERPROOF PAPER, POLYETHYLENE FILM, POLYETHYLENE -COATED BURLAP, OR LIQUID MEMBRANE CURING COMPOUND. PERFORM SLAB CURING AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER FINAL FINISHING OPERATIONS. MAINTAIN CURING FOR 7 DAYS MINIMUM. SECTION 04810 - UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES A. WHERE MASONRY CONSTRUCTION IS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE TO HAVE FIRE-RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION, PROVIDE MASONRY MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION METHODS NECESSARY TO OBTAIN THE REQUIRED FIRE RATING. B. WHEN THE OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 40'F, OR EXPECTED TO FALL BELOW 407, COMPLY WITH THE RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR COLD WEATHER MASONRY CONSTRUCTION SET FORTH BY THE INTERNATIONAL MASONRY INDUSTRY ALL-WEATHER COUNCIL AND BIA TECHNICAL NOTES 1, LATEST REVISION. C. PROTECT MASONRY CONSTRUCTION FROM DIRECT EXPOSURE TO WIND AND SUN WHEN ERECTED IN AN AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE OF 99'F IN THE SHADE WITH A RELATIVE HUMIDITY OF LESS THAN 50 PERCENT. D. MATERIALS 1. MASONRY INFILL SHALL MATCH EXISTING MASONRY ASSEMBLY. 2. CONCRETE BLOCK, BRICK, AND MORTAR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL ASTM STANDARDS FOR THE APPLICATIONBEING INSTALLED. 3. TIES, ANCHORS, AND REINFORCING: GALVANIZED FOR EXTERIOR WALLS. a. SPACE LADDER OR TRUSS TYPE JOINT REINFORCING AT 16" O.C. VERTICALLY. b. SPACE MASONRY VENEER TIES TO SUPPORT NOT MORE THAN 2 S.F. OF WALL AREA. E. CLEAN MASONRY ASSEMBLY AFTER MORTAR IS THOROUGHLY SET AND CURED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MASONRY UNIT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SECTION 05400 - COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING A. COMPONENT DESIGN: COMPUTE STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES OF STUDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISI "SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD -FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS". B. DESIGN CRITERIA 1. WIND LOADS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GOVERNING STATE OR LOCAL BUILDING CODE. 2. DEFLECTION a. LESS THAN L/720 FOR MASONRY EXTERIOR VENEER. b. LESS THAN L/360 FOR EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS). C. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD STEEL RUNNERS (TRACKS), BLOCKING, LINTELS, CLIP ANGELS, SHOES, REINFORCEMENTS, FASTENERS, AND ACCESSORIES AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS. INDICATED, AND AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE METAL FRAMING SYSTEM. D. INSTALL METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. INTERIOR STUD FRAMING LIMITING HEIGHTS STUD DESIGN STUD WIDTH STUD SPACING ALLOW DEFLECTION PARTITION ONE LAYER FURRING ONE LAYER 20 GAUGE Fun __,, 250 USTE 2 1/2" 16" L/360 11'-4" 10'-10" 362 USTE 3 5/8" 16" L/360 13'-5" 12'-11" 400 USTE 4" 16" L/360 15'-O" 14'-6" 600 USTE 6" 16" L/360 19'-5" 18'-11" THIS DESIGN IS BASED UPON DIETRICH METAL FRAMING PRODUCTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. VERIFY THAT "OR -EQUAL" MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCTS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE EQUAL TO OR EXCEED THOSE LISTED HERE. LIMITING HEIGHT INDICATED IS FOR 5/8" THICK GYPSUM BOARD PANELS AND 5 PSF UNIFORM LOAD PERPENDICULAR TO PARTITION OR FURRING. USE ONE -LAYER HEIGHTS FOR UNBALANCED ASSEMBLIES AND FOR FURRING WITH STUD ATTACHED TO TOP AND BOTTOM RUNNERS AND FREE STANDING UP TO 12 FT. HEIGHT. STUDS EXCEEDING 12 FT. HEIGHT REQUIRE INTERMEDIATE BRACING TO BUILDING STRUCTURE. CHASE WALL PARTITIONS REQUIRE HORIZONTAL CROSS BRACES AT 4 FT. 0.C. MAX. CONSULT LOCAL CODE AUTHORITY FOR LIMITING CRITERIA. SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY A. LUMBER STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH DOC PS20-94, AMERICAN SOFTWOOD LUMBER STANDARD, AND WITH APPLICABLE GRADING RULES OF INSPECTION AGENCIES CERTIFIED BY ALSC'S BOARD OF REVIEW. B. MATERIALS 1. LUMBER a. GRADE: NO. 1 DOUGLAS FIR NO. 2 YELLOW PINE. MOISTURE CONTENT: 19 PERCENT MAXIMUM DOOR LUMBER 2" OR LESS NOMINAL THICKNESS. b. SURFACING: SURFACE 4 SIDES (S4S). 2. PLYWOOD: SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD: DOC PS 1-83. a. EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD WHERE USED AS A BACKING MATERIAL IN EXTERIOR CONSTRUCTION: CDX. b. INTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD WHERE APPEARANCE IS NOT A FACTOR OR WHERE CONCEALED AS A BACKING MATERIAL, EXCEPT IN MOISTURE AREAS: C -D INT -APA. c. IN INTERIOR AREAS WHERE MOISTURE IS PRESENT: CDX. 3. FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED WOOD a. LUMBER: AWPA C20093 b. PLYWOOD: AWPA C27-93 4. PRESERVATIVE TREATED WOOD a. LUMBER: AWPA C2-93 b. PLYWOOD: AWPA C9-93 C. INSTALLATION 1. FRAME WOOD MEMBERS TO A CLOSE FIT, SET ACCURATELY TO REQUIRED LINES AND LEVELS AND SECURE RIGIDLY IN PLACE, CUT AND FIT FRAMING, BLOCKING, AND SIMILAR ITEMS TO ACCOMMODATE OTHER WORK. 2. PRESSURE -TREATED WOOD PRODUCTS a. PROVIDE PRESSURE TREATED WOOD FOR ALL FRAMING, BLOCKING, FURRING, NAILING STRIPS, BUILT INTO EXTERIOR MASONRY WALLS, WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE AND IN CONJUNCTION WITH ROOFING. b. PROVIDE FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED WOOD FOR CONCEALED BLOCKING AND FOR EXPOSED LUMBER AND PLYWOOD IN HABITABLE SPACE. SECTION 07240 - EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM A. INSTALLER: ENGAGE AN EXPERIENCED INSTALLER WHO HAS COMPLETED SYSTEMS SIMILAR IN MATERIAL, DESIGN, AND EXTENT TO THOSE INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT, WITH A RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL INSERVICE PERFORMANCE, AND WHO IS APPROVED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE SYSTEM. B. APPLICATION OF THE SYSTEM SHALL BE PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ALL COMPONENTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PRODUCT(S) SPECIFIED IN THE DRAWINGS. SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS A. MATERIALS 1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL SEALANT AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR USE WITH MATERIAL AND EXPOSURE CONDITIONS ENCOUNTERED. B. INSTALLATION 1. INSTALL MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTION, AND TO COMPLY WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF ASTM C1193-91, LATEST EDITION, FOR USE OF JOINT SEALANTS AS APPLICABLE TO MATERIALS, APPLICATIONS, AND CONDITIONS INDICATED. 2. LOCATIONS a. USE POLYURETHANE SEALANT AT THE PERIMETER OF WINDOW FRAMES, DOOR FRAMES AND THRESHOLDS, MISCELLANEOUS FRAMES, CONDITIONS WHERE SEALANT IS IN CONTACT WITH THE EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS, FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION, SILL PLATES, CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS. b. USE SILICONE SEALANT MOLD AND MILDEW RESISTANT TYPE FOR USE AROUND PLUMBING FIXTURES AND AT JOINTS BETWEEN BACKSPLASHES AND WALLS. c. USE ACRYLIC LATEX CAULK FOR INTERIOR APPLICATIONS ONLY, EXCEPT FOR THE FOLLOWING APPLICATIONS: 1. WHERE JOINT MOVEMENT IS EXPECTED IN EXCESS OF THE MATERIALS SPECIFIED CAPABILITIES. . WHERE A SEALANT IS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED ABOVE FOR USE. SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES A. COMPLY WITH AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) FOR DOOR AND FRAME PREPARATION, PHYSICAL ENDURANCE CRITERIA, AND SPECIFICATIONS. B. FABRICATION 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN, FABRICATE INTERIOR FRAMES OF 16 GAUGE STEEL AND EXTERIOR FRAMES OF 14 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL. FULLY WELD FRAMES WITH CORNERS MITERED AND GROUND SMOOTH, UNLESS KNOCKDOWN FRAMES ARE SPECIFIED. 2. FABRICATE FLUSH HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH FACE SHEETS EACH FORMED OF 18 GAUGE STEEL FOR INTERIOR DOORS AND 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL FOR EXTERIOR DOORS. a. INSULATE EXTERIOR NONFIRE-RATED HOLLOW METAL DOORS WITH POLYSTYRENE OR POLYURETHANE AT DOOR MANUFACTURER'S OPTION, INSERTED BETWEEN VERTICAL REINFORCING. 3. FABRICATE FIRE -RATED DOORS AND FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA STANDARD NO.8 AND UL STANDARD FOR SAFETY NO. 63 FOR THE CLASS OF• DOOR OPENING SCHEDULED. a. DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BEAR THE APPROPRIATE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LABELS, STATING REQUIRED FIRE -PROTECTION RATING AND MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE RISE RATING, IF ANY. C. INSTALLATION . 1. SET FRAMES ACCURATELY IN POSITION, PLUMBED, ALIGNED, AND BRACED SECURELY UNTIL PERMANENT ANCHORS ARE SET. FIT HOLLOW METAL DOORS ACCURATELY IN FRAMES, WITHIN CLEARANCES D. EXISTING DOORS AND FRAMES: EXAMINE EXISTING DOORS AND FRAMES WHICH ARE TO REMAIN, OR ARE TO BE REMOVED AND RELOCATED, TO DETERMINE THAT DOORS SWING FREELY, ARE PROPERLY ALIGNED WITHIN FRAME, AND WILL ACCEPT NEW HARDWARE AS SPECIFIED. NOTIFY PAPYRUS' CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IN WRITING OF DOORS AND FRAMES THAT DO NOT MEET .THESE REQUIREMENTS. SECTION 08305 ACCESS DOORS A. USE SIZE 24" X 24" MINIMUM IF NO ACTUAL SIZE IS INDICATED - WEATHERPROOF DOOR. HINGES SHALL BE CONCEALED, SPRING TYPE, OPENING TO 175°. LOCKS SHALL BE FLUSHED, SCREW DRIVER OPERATED, WITH METAL CAM. PROVIDE RATED DOOR AND HARDWARE WHERE REQUIRED. ANY CHANGE ORDERS RESULTING FROM NOT INSTALLING THIS DOOR WILL BE CHARGED TO THE G.C. SECTION 08412 - INTERIOR STOREFRONT SYSTEM A. STOREFRONT SYSTEM 1. COMPONENTS AND FINISHES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. INSTALLATION 1. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF ALUMINUM FRAMING SYSTEMS. 2. SET UNITS PLUMB, LEVEL, AND TRUE TO LINE, WITHOUT WARP AND RACK OF FRAMING MEMBERS. ANCHOR SECURELY IN PLACE, SEPARATING ALUMINUM AND OTHER CORRODIBLE METAL SURFACES OF CORROSION DUE TO ELECTROLYTIC ACTION AT POINTS OF CONTACT WITH OTHER MATERIALS. 3. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION AND SECTION 08800 FOR GLASS AND GLAZING WORK. SECTION 08450 - STOREFRONT DOORS GENERAL: A. G.C. TO SUPPLY A SET OF FULL HEIGHT GLASS DOORS, TRANSOM, AND SIDELIGHTS SIZED AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. WHICH INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO ALL FINISH HARDWARE REQUIRED FOR A FULL AND PROPER INSTALLATION. PRODUCTS: A. 1/2" 'TEMPARGLAS' DOOR BY 'VIRGINIA GLASS PRODUCTS' MARTINSVILLE, VA. (1-800-368-3011). ALL GLASS EDGES TO BE BEVELED AND HIGHLY POLISHED. TYPE P WITH 6" SQUARE BOTTOM RAIL. B. MATERIALS ARE TO INCLUDE BUT RATE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. BOTTOM RAIL ROUND BOLT LOCKS #VIR-58 (DOUBLE KEYED TYPE LOCK ONLY) 2. CONCEALED OVERHEAD CLOSER, 3. TWO (2) DUST PROOF STRIKES PER DOOR 4. 12" VERTICAL PULL AND 28" HORIZONTAL PUSH 5. CENTERLINE OF PUSH BAR TO BE AT 36"A.F.F. C. ALL HARDWARE TO BE SATIN #4 STAINLESS STEEL. D. INSTALL ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED SPECIFICATIONS. SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE A. COMPLY WITH: 1. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) REQUIREMENTS, USE LATEST EDITION OF STANDARD AVAILABLE. 2. HARDWARE SUPPLIER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THOROUGHLY DETAILING THE PROJECT TO ENSURE THAT THE ITEMS SPECIFIED WILL PROPERLY FUNCTION IN THE INDICATED LOCATIONS. 3. ACCESSORIES AQND ATTACHMENTS a. FURNISH HARDWARE WITH SCREWS, THROUGH BOLTS AND OTHER FASTENINGS SUITABLE TO ASSURE PERMANENT ANCHORAGE. WHERE EXPOSED, FASTENINGS SHALL BE COUNTERSUNK OVAL -HEAD TYPE, (EXCEPT USE FLATHEAD FOR HINGES), AND SHALL MATCH FINISH OF HARDWARE BEING ATTACHED. PROVIDE CONCEALED FASTENINGS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. HARDWARE SHALL NOT BE ATTACHED WITH SELF -TAPPING SCREWS AND SHEET METAL SCREWS. DOOR CLOSERS, CLOSER ARMS, DOOR HOLDERS, HOLDER ARMS AND DOOR STOPS SHALL BE SECURED TO DOORS AND FRAMES WITH FASTENERS SUPPLIED BY THE MANUFACTURER. FLOOR TYPE STOPS AND HOLDERS SHALL BE FASTENED TO THE FLOOR WITH MACHINE SCREWS INTO EXPANSION SHIELDS. REVIEWED FOR ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 2 4 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0 4 203 AITRAT CENT R P APP R:. UI & C [IUIECUURIE MIME DC SOC [ 2850 MOO AVENUE CLEVELAIM, OM 4405 PHONE] ] 21 .781.0131 Ma 2'10.78'0.0136 REGIS ERED ARC "ECT O (0 (0 REVUSDEDIMS DRAWN BY: XXX CHECKED BY: XXX DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 SPECIFICATIONS SP -1 B. INSTALLATION 1. INSTALL EACH HARDWARE ITEM IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTION AND RECOMMENDATIONS AT MOUNTING HEIGHTS CONFORMING TO THE RECOMMENDED MOUNTING LOCATIONS OF THE BUILDERS' HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION, AND THE AMERICAN'S WITH DISABILITIES ACT. WHEREVER CUTTING AND FITTING IS REQUIRED TO INSTALL HARDWARE ONTO AND INTO SURFACES WHICH ARE LATER TO BE PAINTED OR FINISHED IN ANOTHER WAY, INSTALL EACH ITEM COMPLETELY AND THEN REMOVE AND STORE IN A SECURE PLACE DURING THE FINISH APPLICATION. AFTER COMPLETION OF THE FINISHES, REINSTALL EACH ITEM. DO NOT INSTALL SURFACE -MOUNTED ITEMS UNTIL FINISHES HAVE BEEN COMPLETED ON THE SUBSTRATE. 2. MORTISE AND CUT TO CLOSE TOLERANCE AND CONCEAL EVIDENCE OF CUTTING IN THE FINISHED WORK. 3. DRILL AND COUNTERSINK UNITS THAT ARE NOT FACTORY - PREPARED FOR ANCHORAGE FASTENERS. SPACE FASTENERS AND ANCHORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH INDUSTRY STANDARDS. 4. AT FINAL COMPLETION, ADJUST AND CHECK EACH OPERATING ITEM OF HARDWARE AND EACH DOOR TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION AND FUNCTION OF EVERY UNIT. LUBRICATE MOVING PARTS WITH THE TYPE LUBRICATION RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER (GRAPHITE TYPE IF NOT SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED). 5. REPLACE UNITS WHICH CANNOT BE ADJUSTED AND LUBRICATED TO OPERATE FREELY AND SMOOTHLY AS INTENDED FOR THE APPLICATION MADE, WITH NEW HARDWARE. SECTION 08800 - GLAZING & MIRRORS A. GLASS DESIGN: GLASS THICKNESS INDICATED ARE MINIMUMS AND ARE FOR DETAILING ONLY. CONFIRM GLASS THICKNESS BY ANALYZING PROJECT LOADS AND IN-SERVICE CONDITIONS. PROVIDE GLASS LIGHTS FOR VARIOUS SIZE OPENINGS IN NORMAL THICKNESS INDICATED, BUT NOT LESS IN THICKNESS AND IN STRENGTH REQUIRED TO MEET OR EXCEED ASTM STANDARDS. B. COMPLY WITH: 1. GLASS ASSOCIATION OF NORTH AMERICA (GANA/FORMERLY) THE FLAT GLASS MARKETING ASSOCIATION, "GLAZING MANUAL". SEALED INSULATING GLASS MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION (SIGMA), TM -300, "VERTICAL GLAZING GUIDELINES". AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD INSTITUTE (ANSI) Z97.1, "SAFETY GLAZING MATERIALS USED IN BUILDINGS - SAFETY PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS AND METHODS OF TEST". 2. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION SHALL MEET ASTM STANDARDS FOR APPLICATIONS LISTED IN THE DRAWINGS. C. MIRRORS 1. CONFORM TO FED. SPEC. DD -Q-451 D(1), 1/4" POLISHED PLATE GLASS MIRROR ELECTROLYTICALLY COPPER PLATED BACK, GUARANTEED AGAINST SILVER BACKING FAILURE FOR MINIMUM OF TEN YEARS. SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. CODES AND STANDARDS 1. GYPSUM ASSOCIATION (GA) "RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATION FOR THE APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD," GA -216, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED HEREIN GYPSUM ASSOCIATION (GA) "RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATION: LEVELS OF GYPSUM BOARD. FINISH" GA -214 JOINTLY PUBLISHED BY AWCI, CISCA, AND PDCA. 2. ASTM C645, "STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR NON-LOADBEARING (AXIAL) STEEL STUDS, RUNNERS (TRACK), AND RIGID FURRING CHANNELS FOR SCREW APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BOARD". 3. ASTM C754 "STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS TO RECEIVE SCREW ATTACHED GYPSUM". COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING AND RELATED WORK SHALL BE DESIGNED OF COLD -FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. B. MATERIALS 1. CONFORMING TO ASTM STANDARDS, AND DELIVERED TO THE JOB SITE WITH END TAPERS BEARING UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LABEL, WITH THE CORRECT DESIGN NUMBER FOR THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION UNLESS SHOWN DIFFERENTLY ON PLANS. 2. INSTALLATION MATERIALS INCLUDING ACCESSORIES, FASTENERS, SUBSTRATE, ETC. SHALL ALL MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM AND UL STANDARDS FOR THE GIVEN APPLICATION. C. INSTALLATION 1. INSTALL WATER-RESISTANT GYPSUM WALLBOARD IN HIGH -MOISTURE AREAS SUCH AS TOILET ROOMS. 2. GYPSUM WALL BOARD INSTALLED PER ASTM AND UL REQUIREMENTS. SECTION 09300 - TILE A. GENERAL: 1. TILE IN TYPES, COLOR AND SIZES AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. 2. GRAIN IN STONE TILE TO RUN PARALLEL TO LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION. 3. G.C. SHALL MAKE ALL NECESSARY FLOOR CUTS AND FLOOR LEVELING AS REQUIRED TO ASSURE STONE FLOOR TO BE FLUSH WITH ADJACENT FINISHED FLOORS. 4. ALL EDGES TO BE HIGHLY POLISHED. ALL EXPOSED CORNERS OF STONE ON WALLS TO BE MITRED. 5. INSTALL METAL EDGE AT STOREFRONT AND WHERE STONE ABUTS CARPET. B. COMPLY WITH: 1. TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA, INC. (TCA), HANDBOOK FOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION AND AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE SPECIFICATIONS (ANSI). USE THE LATEST EDITIONS AVAILABLE. C. INSTALLATION MATERIALS 1. SETTING AND GROUTING: FOR ALL FLOOR AND WALL INSTALLATIONS, G.C. SHALL USE '100% SOLIDS EPDXY MORTAR AND GROUT' WITH ANSI SPEC A118.3 AS MANUFACTURED BY 'TEC', 800-323-7407 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. NO SUBSTITUTIONS. 2. CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS: 1/2" THICK PORTLAND CEMENT SURFACED, FIBER GLASS MESH REINFORCED PANEL, COMPLYING WITH ANSI A118.9, "DUROCK CEMENT BOARD" (UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO.); OR APPROVED SUBSTITUTION. 3. GROUT: a. GROUT TO BE STANDARD LATEX NON -SANDED GROUT BY HYDROMENT, COLOR AS INDICATED ON DECORATING SCHEDULE. b. JOINT WIDTH TO BE 1/8" MAXIMUM. c. WHERE TILES OF DIFFERENT COLORS MEET, USE GROUT INDICATED FOR LIGHTER TILE AT INTERSECTION. 4. SEALING: AFTER INSTALLATION, APPLY A BUFFED -IN SEALER. SECTION 09510 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS A. MATERIAL SELECTIONS: REFER TO DRAWINGS. 1. EXPOSED SUSPENSION SYSTEM: REFER TO DRAWINGS. a. HOLD-DOWN CLIPS: FOR LAY -IN CEILING UNITS IN VESTIBULES AND PUBLIC TOILET ROOMS, AND FOR UNITS WITHIN VESTIBULES. b. HANGERS: SOFT STEEL WIRE, 12 GAUGE, GALVANIZED. B. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS TO COMPLY WITH ASTM STANDARDS. 1 L -VEL CEILING SYSTEM TO TOLERANCE OF 1/8". 2. SUPPORT CEILING SYSTEM ONLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS IN A MANNER APPROVED BY THE LANDLORDS REPRESENTATIVE AND THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT. 3. EXTEND EXISTING GRID SYSTEM WHICH IS TO REMAIN, USING SALVAGED GRID WHERE POSSIBLE AND NEW GRID WHERE NECESSARY TO COMPLETE CEILINGS. DO NOT REUSE DAMAGED GRID. ALL EXISTING COMPONENTS MUST BE IN LIKE -NEW CONDITION TO BE CONSIDERED FOR REUSE. C. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILES IN COORDINATION WITH SUSPENSION SYSTEM, WITH EDGES CONCEALED BY SUPPORT OF SUSPENSION MEMBERS. 1. SCRIBE AND .CUT PANELS TO FIT ACCURATELY AT BORDERS AND AT PENETRATIONS. 2. MEASURE EACH CEILING AREA AND ESTABLISH LAYOUT OF ACOUSTICAL UNITS TO BALANCE BORDER WIDTHS AT OPPOSITE EDGES OF EACH CEILING. AVOID THE USE OF LESS -THAN -HALF WIDTH UNITS AT BORDERS UNLESS DIMENSIONS ARE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN INDICATING THE USE OF LESS -THAN -HALF UNITS. D. PROVIDE THE TENANT WITH THE FOLLOWING AFTER STORE TURNOVER: ALL FULL, UNDAMAGED CEILING TILES OF EACH TYPE USED PACKED IN ORIGINAL BOX(ES) AND CLEARLY MARKED. ALSO, PROVIDE ONE ADDITIONAL FULL BOX OF NEW CEILING TILES OF EACH TYPE USED IN ORIGINAL BOX(ES). SECTION 09640 - WOOD FLOORING A. MATERIAL SELECTIONS: REFER TO DRAWINGS. B. INSTALLATION MATERIALS AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS ENCOUNTERED AND WHICH COMPLIES WITH FLAMMABILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLED FLOORING. C. INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. K. 1. PROVIDE THE TENANT WITH THE FOLLOWING AT STORE TURNOVER: ALL FULL, UNDAMAGED WOOD FLOORING PLANKS PACKED IN ORIGINAL BOX(ES) AND CLEARLY MARKED. J. SECTION 09650 -RESILIENT FLOORING A. MATERIAL SELECTIONS: REFER TO DRAWINGS 1. VINYL COMPOSITION TILE AS INDICATED ON FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. 2. RESILIENT BASE: RUBBER BASE. a. COIL STOCK ONLY IS ALLOWED. b. PROVIDE FACTORY PREFORMED INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR CORNERS. c. TRANSITION STRIPS: REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. B INSTALLATION MATERIALS 1. TROWELABLE UNDERLAYMENTS AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: LATEX -MODIFIED, PORTLAND CEMENT BASED FORMULATION PROVIDED OR APPROVED BY TILE MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. 2. WAX SEALANT: REFER TO FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. APPLY AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER FLOORING INSTALLATION AND AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. C. INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1. PROVIDE THE TENANT WITH THE FOLLOWING AT STORE TURNOVER: ALL FULL, UNDAMAGED RESILIENT FLOOR TILES OF EACH TYPE USED PACKED IN ORIGINAL BOX(ES) AND CLEARLY MARKED. SECTION 09900 - PAINTING A. DESCRIPTION OF WORK 1. PREPARATION OF NEW AND EXISTING SURFACES: PERFORMANCE AND COMPLETION OF PAINTING AND FINISHING NEW AND EXISTING EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR SURFACES, INCLUDING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK IN FINISHED SPACES. B. D. F. G. 2. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL NEW AND EXISTING SURFACES SHALL HAVE FINISH APPLIED TO THEM. 3. COLORS: SEE SCHEDULES AND NOTES ON DRAWINGS FOR FINISH COLOR AND MANUFACTURER. 4. T.G.C. SHALL DO ALL TOUCHUP AT COMPLETION OF THE JOB WHERE OTHER TRADES HAVE MARRED THE PAINTED SURFACES. CLEAN PAINT DROPPING FROM HARDWARE, FLOOR, ETC. MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 1. LEAVE ONE UNOPENED GALLON OF EACH TYPE AND COLOR FOR MAINTENANCE PURPOSES LABEL FOR POSITIVE IDENTIFICATION; INCLUDE DESIGNATION INDICATED ON FINISH SCHEDULE, DATE OF MIXING, AND CROSS REFERENCED MANUFACTURER USED. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1. DELIVERY OF MATERIAL: DELIVER IN SEALED CONTAINERS WITH MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL LABELS LEGIBLE AND INTACT. 2. STORAGE OF MATERIALS: STORE IN MANNER RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODE AND COMPLY WITH HEALTH AND FIRE REGULATIONS. 3. HANDLING: TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES TO PREVENT FIRE HAZARDS AND SPONTANEOUS COMBUSTION, PLACE COTTON WASTE, CLOTHS AND OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN CONTAINERS. REMOVE DAILY FROM THE JOB SITE. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AS TO ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH COATING AND COATING SYSTEMS CAN BE APPLIED. PROTECTION 1. ADEQUATELY PROTECT OTHER SURFACES FROM DAMAGE. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUITABLE PROTECTION. 2. REMOVAL OF HARDWARE AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS: REMOVE ELECTRICAL OUTLET AND SWITCH PLATES, MECHANICAL DIFFUSERS, ESCUTCHEONS, REGISTERS, SURFACE HARDWARE, FITTINGS, FASTENINGS, AND THE LIKE PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 3. DROP CLOTHS: PROVIDE DROP CLOTHS, SHIELDS, AND PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. EXTEND PROTECTION TO SURFACES WITHIN PREPARATION AREAS. GUARANTEE: FURNISH TWO-YEAR WARRANTY FOR FULL VALUE OF WORK INCLUDED THIS SECTION. MATERIALS: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. . INSPECTION 1. BY STARTING PAINTING THE CONTRACTOR IMPLIES THAT HE HAS ACCEPTED THE SUBSTRATE SURFACES AS BEING FREE OF DEFECTS. PREPARATION: NEW WORK 1. MISCELLANEOUS STEEL AND IRON, TO INCLUDE METAL DOORS AND FRAMES: REMOVE SURFACE CONTAMINATION FROM ALL SURFACES AND IMMEDIATELY APLY PRIME COAT. 2. WOOD PRODUCTS TO BE PAINTED: REMOVE SURFACE CONTAMINATION, DIRT, AND MINOR GRIT. SPOT COAT KNOTS, PITCH STREAKS AND SAPPY SECTIONS WITH SEALER. FILL AND NAIL HOLES AND FINE CRACKS AFTER PRIMER HAS DRIED AND SAND SMOOTH, LEVEL WITH SURFACE READY FOR FINISH COAT. 3. GYPSUM WALLBOARD a. REMOVE ANY MINOR SUBSEQUENT CONTAMINATION, DUST, AND DIRT. b. IF SURFACE DEFECTS APPEAR AFTER PRIME COATING, NOTIFY JOB SUPERINTENDENT AND ARCHITECT. REQUIRE DEFECTS REPAIRED BY AND AT EXPENSE OF DRYWALL TRADE. AFTER DEFECTS ARE CORRECTED, PROCEED WITH FINISH PAINTING, AGAIN USING PRIMER OVER REPAIRED AREAS. 4. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK: PREPARE METAL SURFACES AS SPECIFIED HEREIN ABOVE FOR MISCELLANEOUS STEEL AND IRON AS APPLICABLE TO TYPE OF MATERIAL SCHEDULED TO BE PAINTED. REMOVE DIRT, GREASE, AND OIL FROM CANVAS AND COTTON INSULATION COVERING. PREPARATION: EXISTING WORK 1. CLEAN TO EXTENT REQUIRED, AND OR REMOVE EXISTING COATINGS. 2. WOOD PRODUCTS TO BE PAINTED: THICK AND SHARP EDGES OF PAINT BUILDUPS, RUNS, AND SAGS SHALL BE SANDED SMOOTH (FEATHERED EDGE). REPAIR AND SAND SMOOTH ALL SURFACE DEFECTS, INCLUDING UNSET/RESET NAILS, CRACKS AND GOUGES. 3. GYPSUM WALLBOARD: FILL AND SAND SMOOTH ALL SURFACE DEFECTS. SAND GLASSY SURFACES PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF PAINT. APPLICATION 1. APPLY PAINT OR FINISH BY METHODS GENERALLY ACCEPTED BY THE TRADE TO ACHIEVE APPROVED FINISHES. 2. COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF PRODUCT MANUFACTURER FOR DRYING TIME BETWEEN SUCCEEDING COATS. 3. VARY COLOR OF SUCCESSIVE UNDERCOATS. 4. SAND AND DUST BETWEEN EACH COAT TO REMOVE DEFECTS VISIBLE FROM A DISTANCE OF 5 FEET. 5. ALL PAINT WORK SHALL BE FIRST QUALITY WITH NO DEFECTS. 6. EXPOSED CONCRETE: APPLY 2 COATS, VENTILATE AREA UNTIL DRY 7. DAMAGED FINISHES INCLUDING PREFINISHED OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS: PREPARE AND REFINISH AS SPECIFIED AND SCHEDULED FOR NEW WORK. ALL THE ABOVE SURFACES MAY NOT BE ENCOUNTERED DURING THE COURSE OF THIS PROJECT. SECTION 10520 - FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT A. PROVIDE MULTI-PURPOSE DRY CHEMICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, ABC TYPE OR THE MINIMUM REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. B. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE UL LISTED EXTINGUISHER, 10 LB CAPACITY, ENAMELED STEEL CYLINDER WITH PRESSURE GAUGE. METAL VALVE AND SIPHON TUBE, REPLACEABLE MOLDED VALVE STEM SEALS, PULL PIN -UPRIGHT SQUEEZE GRIP OPERATION. U. G. H. J. K. L. M. N. PROVIDE THE OWNER WITH A CERTIFICATE OF FINAL INSPECTION AND APPROVAL BY ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITIES. MEET OR EXCEED ALL CURRENT APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS FOR ALL INSTALLATIONS. PROMPTLY NOTIFY THE ENGINEER, IN WRITING, IF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS APPEAR TO CONFLICT WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY AND COSTS FOR CORRECTING NON -COMPLYING WORK INSTALLED WITHOUT NOTIFYING THE ENGINEER. HIGHER QUALITY OF WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER THAT ALLOWED IN REFERENCED CODES AND STANDARDS. FURNISH: TO OBTAIN, COORDINATE, SUBMIT THE NECESSARY DRAWINGS, DELIVER TO THE JOB SITE IN NEW CONDITION READY FOR INSTALLATION, UNLOAD AND UNPACK, AND GUARANTEE. INSTALL: TO RECEIVE AT THE JOB SITE, STORE, ASSEMBLE, ERECT, SET IN PLACE, ANCHOR, APPLY, FINISH, PROTECT, CLEAN, TEST, START-UP, AND MAKE READY FOR OWNER'S USE. PROVIDE: TO FURNISH AND INSTALL. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DIMENSIONAL DIFFERENCES, WEIGHTS, ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AND ANY OTHER RESULTING CHANGES, WHEN USING EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN THAT SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS INCURRED AS A RESULT OF SUBSTITUTIONS. BEFORE SUBMITTING A PROPOSAL ON THE WORK CONTEMPLATED, EXAMINE THE SITE OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND BECOME THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS. NO EXTRA COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED BECAUSE OF MISUNDERSTANDING AS TO THE AMOUNT OF WORK INVOLVED OR BIDDERS LACK OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN DISCOVERED OR REASONABLY ANTICIPATED PRIOR TO BIDDING. 0. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AS EXISTING, HAVE BEEN BASED ON EXISTING PLANS, AND MAY NOT BE INSTALLED AS ORIGINALLY SHOWN. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO VISIT THE SITE AND MAKE EXACT DETERMINATION OF THE EXISTENCE, LOCATION AND CONDITION OF SUCH FACILITIES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID. P. Q. R. S. T. SECTION 10800 - TOILET ACCESSORIES A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT ANY EXISTING ACCESSORIES, THEIR CONDITION AND TYPE, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE LIST OF TOILET ACCESSORIES INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ANY ACCESSORY EQUAL TO THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED SHALL BE ALLOWED UPON APPROVAL BY THE PAPYRUS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. B. PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE 1. RECEIVE, INVENTORY, AND STORE PRODUCTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. C. ACCESSORIES: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. D. INSTALLATION i V. 1. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTION SUITING INSTALLATION CONDITIONS, USING TAMPER PROOF OR CONCEALED FASTENERS. 2. PROVIDE AND INSTALL HANDRAILS IN SIZES AND LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AND STATE BUILDING CODES. ATTACH FIRMLY TO WALLS. SECTION 12000 - FURNISHINGS A. ALL WALL FIXTURES AND CASH WRAPS ARE TO BE SET IN PLACE BY THE TENANT FIXTURE VENDOR, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B. INSTALL FIXTURES PLUMB AND LEVEL. ATTACH FIXTURES TO WALL WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS, ATTACH TO METAL STUDS WHERE POSSIBLE. C. KEEP FIXTURES PROTECTED UNTIL CONSTRUCTION HAS BEEN COMPLETED. IF PROBLEMS ARE EXPERIENCED IN THE PLACEMENT OF FIXTURES, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO RESOLVE THE MANNER IN WHICH THE SITUATION IS TO BE CORRECTED. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO FIXTURES BEFORE CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE. D. ALL MOVABLE FLOOR FIXTURES WILL BE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER AND INSTALLED BY THE FIXTURE VENDOR UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. SECTION 15010 - GENERAL PROVISIONS A. FURNISHING LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES REQUIRED AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 15. B. ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETE AND SHALL BE LEFT IN OPERATING CONDITION. C. INCLUDE ALL PARTS AND LABOR WHICH ARE INCIDENTAL AND NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE INSTALLATION EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. D. ARRANGE WITH APPROPRIATE UTILITY COMPANIES TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT UTILITY SERVICES AS REQUIRED AND COORDINATE THEIR INSTALLATION WITH CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS OF THIS PROJECT. PAY ALL FEES AND COSTS CHARGED BY UTILITY COMPANIES FOR UTILITY SERVICES. E. OBTAIN ALL TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT PERMITS AND LICENSES REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS DIVISION'S WORK. PAY ALL FEES AND EXPENSES REQUIRED FOR SUCH PERMITS AND LICENSES. F. REQUEST INSPECTIONS AS REQUIRED BY REGULATING AGENCIES AND/OR REGULATIONS. PAY ALL CHARGES FOR INSPECTIONS BY REGULATING AGENCIES OF INSTALLATIONS OF PLANS SPECIFICATIONS. X. Y. Z. AA. BB. CC. DD. EE. FF. CONSULT THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF DIVISION 16 AND OTHER TRADES FOR CORRELATING INFORMATION AND LAY OUT WORK SO THAT IT WILL COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES. VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS (I.E., FINISHED CEILING HEIGHTS, FOOTING AND FOUNDATION ELEVATIONS, BEAM DEPTHS, ETC.) WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. DRAWINGS MAY NOT SHOW EVERY RISE AND OFFSET REQUIRED FOR THE WORK. INSTALL PIPING AND DUCTWORK TO ACCOMMODATE THE BUILDING STRUCTURE AND THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES, WITH ALL REQUIRED OFFSETS AND WITHOUT EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. OBTAIN EXACT LOCATION OF CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT, FURNISHED BY OTHERS, FROM THE PERSON FURNISHING THE EQUIPMENT. GUARANTEE AND MAINTAIN THE STABILITY OF WORK AND MATERIALS AND KEEP SAME IN PERFECT REPAIR AND CONDITION FOR THE PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR AFTER THE FINAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK AS EVIDENCED BY ISSUANCE OF THE FINAL CERTIFICATE BY THE ARCHITECT. DEFECTS OF ANY KIND DUE TO FAULTY WORK OR MATERIALS APPEARING DURING THE ABOVE MENTIONED PERIOD MUST BE IMMEDIATELY MADE GOOD BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS OWN EXPENSE TO THE ENTIRE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. INCLUDE DAMAGE TO THE FINISH OR THE BUILDING RESULTING FROM THE ORIGINAL DEFECT OR REPAIRS. MAGNETIC STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, AND POWER WIRING PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. CONTROL AND INTERLOCK WIRING PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. PROVIDE ONLY PRODUCTS FROM MANUFACTURER'S WITH LOCAL REPRESENTATION THAT CAN PROVIDE COMPLETE COVERAGE, PARTS AND LABOR, FOR REPLACEMENT AND SERVICE OF THEIR PRODUCTS. PROVIDE ONLY EQUIPMENT THAT WILL FIT IN THE SPACE AVAILABLE AND BE COMPLETELY SERVICEABLE. BRING ANY CONFLICTS TO THE ENGINEER'S ATTENTION PRIOR TO ORDERING THE EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE/SCHEDULE ALL WORK WITH THE OWNER TO MINIMIZE ANY DISRUPTIONS. CONFINE ALL INTERRUPTIONS TO THE SMALLEST POSSIBLE AREA. PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED TO PROVIDE CONTINUITY OF SERVICE. INSPECT ALL AREAS AFFECTED BY THE INTERRUPTIONS AND RETURN ALL AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT, ELECTRICALLY OPERATED EQUIPMENT TO THE SAME OPERATING CONDITION PRIOR TO THE INTERRUPTION. NO FIRE SPRINKLER OR FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS ARE TO REMAIN INACTIVE AT THE END OF THE WORK DAY. ASSURE THAT THE FIRE SPRINKLER OR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS OPERATIONAL AT THE END OF EACH WORK DAY. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER. PROVIDE NEW MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROTECT EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL FROM DAMAGE, DIRT AND THE WEATHER. PROVIDE THE HIGHEST QUALITY WORKMANSHIP AND PERFORM ALL WORK ONLY BY SKILLED MECHANICS. INSTALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS, INSTRUCTIONS AND CURRENT STANDARDS. THE ENGINEER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, BEFORE OR AFTER INSTALLATION. ALL PIPING AND DUCTWORK SHALL BE RUN IN THE MOST DIRECT AND STRAIGHT MANNER POSSIBLE, MAINTAINING PROPER GRADING. IT IS THE INTENT OF THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS THAT MOST PIPING AND DUCTWORK BE CONCEALED. WHERE EXPOSED, RUN AS CLOSE TO CEILING AND/OR WALL AS POSSIBLE PARALLEL WITH ADJACENT STRUCTURAL OR ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS. DO NOT INSTALL PIPING OR DUCTWORK IN ANY SWITCHGEAR, TRANSFORMER, ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT, TELEPHONE, OR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ROOM, UNLESS IT IS A BRANCH SERVING THAT ROOM. GG. DO NOT INSTALL PIPING OR DUCTWORK ABOVE SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, CONTROL PANELS, MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS, ETC. HH. ARRANGE WORK TO FACILITATE MAINTENANCE, REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE ACCESS FOR DEVICES THAT REQUIRE MAINTENANCE. FOR CONCEALED DEVICES, VERIFY THAT ACCESS PANELS ARE PROPERLY LOCATED AND LABELED. PERFORM ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING NECESSARY TO WORK, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DELEGATED TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. OBTAIN SPECIAL PERMISSION FROM THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER BEFORE CUTTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OR FINISHED MATERIAL. PERFORM ALL PATCHING IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO LEAVE NO VISIBLE TRACE AND RETURN THE AREA AFFECTED TO THE CONDITION OF UNDISTURBED WORK. PERFORM ALL PATCHING BY WORKERS EXPERIENCED, SKILLED, AND LICENSED FOR THE PARTICULAR TYPE OF WORK INVOLVED. INFERIOR WORK WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. JJ. PATCH ALL HOLES LEFT AS A RESULT OF DEMOLITION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES. KK. PREVENT THE SPREAD OF DUST, DEBRIS, AND OTHER MATERIAL INTO ADJACENT AREAS. • LL. REPLACE ALL CEILING TILES DAMAGED DURING INSTALLATION OF WORK, WITH NEW TILE. MM. REFINISH ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DAMAGED DURING SHIPPING AND/OR INSTALLATION TO ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION. REMOVE ALL RUST; PRIME, AND PAINT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FINISH EQUAL TO ORIGINAL. NN. DO NOT USE HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS PROVIDED IN THIS SCOPE OF WORK FOR TEMPORARY HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING DURING CONSTRUCTION. 00. PROTECT OPENINGS AND EQUIPMENT FROM OBSTRUCTION, BREAKAGE, MISUSE, DAMAGE OR BLEMISHES. PROTECT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT IMMEDIATELY _UPON RECEIPT AT THE JOB SITE OR IMMEDIATELY AFTER THEY HAVE BEEN REMOVED FROM THEIR SHIPPING CONTAINERS. UNLESS NOTED: OTHERWISE, KEEP THEM CLEAN AND UNDAMAGED UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE ENTIRE PROJECT BY THE OWNER. WHEN A PORTION OF THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED BY THE OWNER BEFORE SUBSTANTIAL. COMPLETION OF THE ENTIRE PROJECT, MAKE ARRANGEMENTS TO TRANSFER RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROTECTION AND HOUSEKEEPING FOR THE OCCUPIED PORTION. PP. PROTECT PIPE,. DUCT AND EQUIPMENT OPENINGS WITH TEMPORARY PLUGS OR CAPS. KEEP OPENINGS COVERED UNTIL PERMANENT CONNECTIONS ARE COMPLETE. QQ. CONTRACTOR. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS OR WORK UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE ENTIRE PROJECT BY THE OWNER. RR. KEEP THE PREMISES • FREE FROM ACCUMULATION OF WASTE MATERIAL OR RUBBISH, CAUSED BY HIS EMPLOYEES OR WORK, AT ALL TIMES. REMOVE RUBBISH, TOOLS, SCAFFOLDING, AND SURPLUS MATERIALS FROM AND ABOUT THE BUILDING, AND LEAVE WORK AREAS "BROOM CLEAN" OR ITS EQUIVALENT UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK. CLEAN MECHANICAL 'EQUIPMENT AND REMOVE TEMPORARY IDENTIFICATION. SS. IN CASE OF DISPUTE, THE OWNER WILL REMOVE THE RUBBISH AND CHARGE THE COST TO THE CONTRACTOR. TT. BEFORE START-UP, LUBRICATE, CHARGE, AND FILL SYSTEMS AS SPECIFIED AND ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. UU. CLEAN, DISINFECT, AND TEST ALL PLUMBING AND PIPING SYSTEMS. VV. PERFORM TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THAT SECTION. WW. OPERATE EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS IN ALL THEIR OPERATING MODES, TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION, PRIOR TO FINAL FIELD OBSERVATION AND OWNER INSTRUCTIONS. XX. PROVIDE ASSISTANCE TO TEST, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING CONTRACTOR BY MAKING ADJUSTMENTS TO SYSTEM AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR ACHIEVING DESIGN PERFORMANCE. YY. IF ACCEPTABLE PERFORMANCE OF ANY TEST IS NOT ACHIEVED, MAKE THE NECESSARY CORRECTIONS AND THE TEST SHALL BE REPEATED UNTIL ACCEPTABLE PERFORMANCE IS ACHIEVED. ZZ. FULLY INSTRUCT THE OWNER'S DESIGNATED PERSONNEL IN THE OPERATION OF EACH MECHANICAL SYSTEM AT THE TIME IT IS PUT INTO SERVICE. PROVIDE INSTRUCTION USING COMPETENT INSTRUCTORS AND FACTORY TRAINED PERSONNEL. AAA. INCLUDE DOCUMENTATION OF INSTRUCTIONS IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. BBB. SUBMIT COMPLETED BOUND OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS TO OWNER INCLUDING SHOP DRAWINGS, WARRANTIES, TEST REPORTS, CERTIFICATIONS, TEST AND BALANCE REPORTS, SYSTEM VALIDATION REPORTS AND RECORD DRAWINGS. SECTION 15025 - DEMOLITION A. FURNISH LABOR, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR CUTTING, DEMOLITION, REMOVAL, PATCHING, AND RESTORATION WORK NECESSARY TO ACCOMPLISH AND COMPLETE ALL DEMOLITION, INCLUDING ANY RELOCATION OR REUSE OF EXISTING MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMS, AS WELL AS THE DISPOSITION OF SALVAGED MATERIALS OR DEBRIS. B. ACCOMPLISH ALL WORK OF CUTTING, REMOVAL, DEMOLITION, RELOCATION, PATCHING, AND RESTORATION BY USING ONLY MECHANICS SKILLED IN THE TRADE REQUIRED. PROVIDE FOR THE SAFETY OF THE EXISTING BUILDING AND PERSONNEL, AS WELL AS FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION AS A. RESULT OF WORK, PROCEDURES, OPERATIONS OR ACTIVITIES UNDER THIS CONTRACT. C. WHERE THE WORK OF REMOVALS, DEMOLITION, CUTTING AND SIMILAR WORK INVOLVES STRUCTURAL CONSIDERATIONS, CONSULT WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. EXERCISE EXTREME CARE TO AVOID DAMAGE AND PRESERVE THE SAFETY OF THE STRUCTURE AND OF ALL PERSONNEL. PARTICULAR CARE MUST BE TAKEN WHERE THE DEMOLITION OR REMOVALS OCCUR ADJACENT TO OCCUPIED AREAS. D. UTILIZE COMPETENT AND QUALIFIED TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO DEVELOP SAFE METHODS AND TECHNIQUES TO ACCOMPLISH THE WORK, INCLUDING TEMPORARY SHORING AND SUPPORTS, METHODS OF REMOVAL AND OTHER CONSIDERATIONS. DESIGN AND PLACE ALL PERMANENT OR TEMPORARY SUPPORTS TO CARRY ALL LOADS DOWN TO SOUND BEARING. SECTION 15081 - DUCTWORK INSULATION A. MATERIALS: CONFORM TO MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 25/50 IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84, NFPA 255 AND UL 723. B. CONFORM TO ASTM STANDARDS FOR "K" VALUE, MOISTURE VAPOR TRANSMISSION, MAXIMUM MOISTURE ABSORPTION, JACKET, INSULATING CEMENT, AND ADHESIVE. C. MANUFACTURER: SCHULLER-MANVILLE 800 SERIES SPIN-GLAS 1. GLASS FIBER (FLEXIBLE/RIGID): SCHULLER-MANVILLE 800 SERIES SPIN-GLAS. EQUIVALENT PRODUCTS: CERTAINTEED, KNAUF, OWENS-CORNING. 2. GLASS FIBER DUCT LINER, FLEXIBLE: SCHULLER-MANVILLE PERMACOTE LINACOUSTIC STANDARD. EQUIVALENT PRODUCTS: CERTAINTEED, KNAUF, OWENS-CORNING. D. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH NAIMA NATIONAL INSULATION STANDARDS. AIRCKINECTURIE G IE OL DESIGN 2850 C MCLOD AVENUE CLEVELAND, ORO 449U PHONIER 2iI8C7 0131 FAL 21607/8100134 REGISTER O NIC OL� 1 Z ;ll � STATE OF , • pry, REWSUO IMS REVIEWED FOR C DE COIIIIPLIAN APPROVED JUN 2 4 2013 • B RE CITY 0 JUN C' fy of Tukwila ILbING DIVISIO EIVED TUKWILA 0 i Z01° PERMIT CENTER E. DUCTWORK EXPOSED IN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS OR FINISHED SPACES BELOW 10 FEET ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR: FINISH WITH CANVAS JACKET SIZED FOR FINISH PAINTING. EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS: PROVIDE INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER JACKET. COVER WITH CAULKED ALU WATERPROOF JACKET WITH SEAMS LOCATED ON BOTT HORIZONTAL DUCT SECTION. G. SCHEDULE: INSULATION THICKNESS PER LOCAL COD A•• DRAWN BY: XXX CHECKED BY: XXX DATE: 05/29/13 APPR SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD 90.1-1999, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. SP -2y SECTION 15083 - PIPING INSULATION A. CONFORM TO MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 25/50 IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84, NFPA 255 AND UL 723. B. CONFORM TO ASTM STANDARDS FOR "K" VALUE, MOISTURE VAPOR TRANSMISSION, MAXIMUM MOISTURE ABSORPTION, JACKET, INSULATING CEMENT, AND ADHESIVE. C. MANUFACTURER: 1. GLASS FIBER: SCHULLER-MANVILLE,CERTAINTEED, KNAUF, OWENS-CORNING. 2. CELLULAR FOAM: ARMSTRONG, HALSTEAD, IMCOA/NOMACO, RUBATEX, ARMAFLEX 2000. D. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH NAIMA NATIONAL INSULATION STANDARDS. VERIFY THAT PIPING HAS BEEN TESTED BEFORE APPLYING INSULATION MATERIALS. VERIFY THAT SURFACES ARE CLEAN AND DRY, WITH FOREIGN MATERIAL REMOVED. E. CONTINUE INSULATION THROUGH WALLS, SLEEVES, PIPE HANGERS, AND OTHER PIPE PENETRATIONS. FINISH AT SUPPORTS, PROTRUSIONS, AND INTERRUPTIONS. F. BURIED PIPING: PROVIDE FACTORY FABRICATED ASSEMBLY WITH INNER ALL-PURPOSE SERVICE JACKET WITH SELF-SEALING LAP, AND ASPHALT IMPREGNATED OPEN MESH GLASS FABRIC, WITH ONE MIL THICK ALUMINUM FOIL SANDWICHED BETWEEN THREE LAYERS OF BITUMINOUS COMPOUND; OUTER SURFACE FACED WITH A POLYESTER FILM. G. SCHEDULE: INSULATION. THICKNESS PER LOCAL CODE OR ASHRAE STANDARD 90.1-1999, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. SECTION 15100 - PLUMBING PIPING A. SANITARY & STORM PIPING: ASTM A74 SERVICE WEIGHT. 1. CAST IRON PIPE: ASTM A74 SERVICE WEIGHT, FITTINGS: CAST IRON, JOINTS: HUB -AND -SPIGOT, COMPRESSION TYPE WITH NEOPRENE GASKETS OR LEAD AND OAKUM. 2. CAST IRON PIPE: CISPI 301, HUBLESS, FITTINGS: CAST IRON, JOINTS: NEOPRENE GASKET AND STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP AND SHIELD ASSEMBLIES. 3. ABS PIPE (BELOW GRADE): ASTM D2661, FITTINGS: ABS, JOINTS: SOLVENT WELD. 4. PVC PIPE (BELOW GRADE): ASTM D2665, FITTINGS: PVC, JOINTS: SOLVENT WELD WITH SOLVENT CEMENT. 5. COPPER TUBE (ABOVE GRADE): ASTM B88 TYPE "L", HARD TEMPER ONLY. EXCEPT THESE MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE USED TO RECEIVE THE WASTES FROM URINALS NOR WASTES FROM WATER CLOSETS IN BATTERY, FITTINGS: CAST BRONZE, OR WROUGHT COPPER, JOINTS: SOLDER, GRADE 506. B. WATER PIPING. 1. COPPER TUBING (BELOW GRADE): ASTM B88, TYPE "K" SOFT COPPER, FITTINGS: CAST COPPER ALLOY OR WROUGHT COPPER AND BRONZE, JOINTS: BCUP SILVER BRAZE. 2. COPPER TUBING (ABOVE GRADE): ASTM B88, TYPE "L" HARD DRAWN, FITTINGS: CAST COPPER ALLOY OR WROUGHT COPPER AND BRONZE, JOINTS: BCUP SILVER BRAZE. C. NATURAL GAS PIPING. 1. STEEL PIPE (BELOW GRADE): ASTM A53 SCHEDULE 40 BLACK, FITTINGS: FORGED STEEL WELDING TYPE, JOINTS: WELDED, JACKET: POLYETHYLENE JACKET OR DOUBLE LAYER, HALF -LAPPED 10 MIL POLYETHYLENE TAPE. 2. STEEL PIPE (ABOVE GRADE): ASTM A53 SCHEDULE 40 BLACK. 2 INCH AND SMALLER EXPOSED, FITTINGS: MALLEABLE IRON, JOINTS: THREADED. 3. STEEL PIPE (ABOVE GRADE): ASTM A53 SCHEDULE 40 BLACK. 2 INCH AND SMALLER CONCEALED, AND 2 34 INCH AND LARGER, FITTINGS: FORGED STEEL WELDING TYPE, JOINTS: WELDED D. PREPARE PIPING CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT WITH FLANGES OR UNIONS. E. PROVIDE NON -CONDUCTING DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS WHEREVER JOINTING DISSIMILAR METALS. F. INSTALL VENT PIPING PENETRATING ROOFED AREAS TO MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF ROOF ASSEMBLY. G. WHERE PIPE SUPPORT MEMBERS ARE WELDED TO STRUCTURAL BUILDING FRAMING, SCRAPE, BRUSH CLEAN, AND APPLY ONE COAT OF ZINC RICH PRIMER TO WELDING. H. PROVIDE SUPPORT FOR UTILITY METERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF UTILITY COMPANIES. I. PREPARE EXPOSED, UNFINISHED PIPE, FITTINGS, SUPPORTS, AND ACCESSORIES READY FOR FINISH PAINTING. J. PIPE VENTS FROM GAS PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES TO OUTDOORS AND TERMINATE IN WEATHER PROOF HOOD. K. SLEEVE PIPES PASSING THROUGH PARTITIONS, WALLS AND FLOORS. L. USE GROOVED MECHANICAL COUPLINGS AND FASTENERS ONLY IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. M. PROVIDE UNIONS DOWNSTREAM OF VALVES AND AT EQUIPMENT OR APPARATUS CONNECTIONS. N. PROVIDE BRASS MALE ADAPTERS EACH SIDE OF VALVES IN COPPER PIPED SYSTEM. SOLDER ADAPTERS TO PIPE. 0 ESTABLISH INVERT ELEVATIONS, SLOPES FOR DRAINAGE TO 1/4 INCH PER FOOT (SMALLER THAN 3 INCH PIPE), AND 1/8 INCH PER FOOT (3 INCHES AND LARGER) MINIMUM. MAINTAIN GRADIENTS. P. SLOPE WATER PIPING MINIMUM 0.25 PERCENT AND ARRANGE TO DRAIN AT LOW POINTS. Q. PROVIDE NEW [SANITARY] [AND] [STORM] SEWER SERVICES. BEFORE COMMENCING WORK CHECK INVERT ELEVATIONS REQUIRED FOR SEWER CONNECTIONS, CONFIRM INVERTS AND ENSURE THAT THESE CAN BE PROPERLY CONNECTED WITH SLOPE FOR DRAINAGE AND COVER TO AVOID FREEZING. R. PROVIDE SUPPORT AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO CONTROL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION OF PIPING. PROVIDE LOOPS, PIPE OFFSETS, AND SWING JOINTS, OR EXPANSION JOINTS WHERE REQUIRED. S. PROVIDE HANGERS IN QUANTITY AND SPACING REQUIRED TO SUFFICIENTLY SUPPORT PIPING. SECTION 15110 VALVES & PLUMBING SPECIALTIES A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. GATE VALVES (UP TO AND INCLUDING 2"): STOCKHAM MODEL 13-105, OR EQUIVALENT BY: HAMMOND, KITZ, MILWAUKEE, NIBCO, CRANE. 2. BALL VALVES (UP TO AND INCLUDING 2"): APOLLO 77-100/77-200 SERIES, OR EQUIVALENT BY: HAMMOND, KITZ, MILWAUKEE, NIBCO, WATTS, CRANE. 3. BUTTERFLY VALVES: MUELLER STEAM SPECIALTIES SERIES 65/66, OR EQUIVALENT BY: CENTERLINE, CRANE, HAMMOND, KITZ, MILWAUKEE, NIBCO, 4. SWING CHECK VALVES (UP TO AND INCLUDING 2-1/2"): STOCKHAM MODEL B -309/B-319, OR EQUIVALENT BY: HAMMOND, K1TZ, MILWAUKEE, NIBCO, CRANE. 5. BALL VALVES (FOR NATURAL GAS): APOLLO 80-100 SERIES, OR EQUIVALENT BY: HAMMOND, KITZ, MILWAUKEE, NIBCO, WATTS 6. TEMP. AND PRESS. RELIEF VALVE (UP TO 80,000 BTU INPUT): WATTS 10L MODEL M7 7. WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR: WATTS SERIES 15 8. REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE (RPZ) BACKFLOW PREVENTER: WATTS SERIES 909 9. RPZ AIR GAP FITTING: WATTS 909AG 10. RPZ AIR GAP VENT ELBOW: WATTS 909EL (REQUIRED IN ADDITION TO 909AG IF MTD. VERTICALLY). 11. BACKFLOW PREVENTER: WATTS 9BD 12. VACUUM BREAKER: WATTS N36 -3/4" 13. PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE: WATTS SERIES U5 14. ATMOSPHERIC VACUUM BREAKER: WATTS SERIES 288A 15. HOSE END VACUUM BREAKER: WATTS SERIES 8 16. DIELECTRIC UNION: WATTS SERIES 3000 17. TRAP SEAL PRIMER VALVE: JOSAM 88250, OR EQUIVALENT BY: J.R. SMITH, WADE, ZURN 1. INSTALL APPROVED POTABLE WATER PROTECTION DEVICES ON PLUMBING LINES WHERE CONTAMINATION OF DOMESTIC WATER MAY OCCUR; ON BOILER FEED WATER LINES, JANITOR ROOMS, FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, PREMISE ISOLATION, IRRIGATION SYSTEMS, FLUSH VALVES, INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR HOSE BIBS. 2. INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS COMPLETE WITH ACCESSIBLE ISOLATION VALVE ON HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY PIPING WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE AND PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS/REQUIREMENTS. 3. INSTALL AIR CHAMBERS ON HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY PIPING TO EACH FIXTURE OR GROUP OF FIXTURES (EACH WASHROOM). FABRICATE SAME SIZE AS SUPPLY PIPE OR 3/4 -INCH MINIMUM, AND MINIMUM 18 INCHES LONG. SECTION 15325 - SPRINKLER SYSTEMS A. CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND HYDRAULICALLY CALCULATE THE NEW AND ;RENOVATION OF EXISTING PIPING SYSTEMS, INCLUDING LOCATION OF ALL VALVES, DEVICES, AND SPRINKLER HEADS. DESIGN SPRINKLER SYSTEM PIPING BASED ON HAZARD RATING AS OF THE MOST STRINGENT OF THE REGULATING AGENCIES RESPONSIBLE FOR THIS FACILITY, INCLUDING THE OWNER INSURANCE COMPANY REQUIREMENTS AND THE GOVERNING AUTHORITIES, PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. B. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS TO AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, AND OWNER'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER FOR APPROVAL. SUBMIT PROOF OF APPROVAL TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. C. EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS: 1. IN BUILDINGS WITH EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLOSELY COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH THE OWNER TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTION OF THAT SYSTEM. 2. NO FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IS TO REMAIN DEACTIVATED AT THE END OF THE WORK DAY UNLESS AGREED TO WITH THE PROPERTY OWNER, AND A SUITABLE FIRE PROTECTION SCHEME SUCH AS A MANNED FIRE WATCH, HAS BEEN IMPLEMENTED AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO SEE THAT ALL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ARE FILLED, AND THE SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL BEFORE COMPLETING HIS WORK DAY. CENTER SPRINKLERS IN CEILING TILE, DEPENDENT UPON SPACING AND COORDINATION WITH CEILING ELEMENTS. E. ENSURE REQUIRED DEVICES ARE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED AS REQUIRED TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. F. COORDINATE PIPING WITH STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL PIPING AND DUCTWORK, AND ELECTRICAL WITHIN THE BUILDING. PIPING CONFLICTS BETWEEN SYSTEM SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. G. CONDUCT ALL APPLICABLE TESTS AS REFERENCED IN NFPA STANDARD 13. ALL NECESSARY TESTS SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN CONFORMANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA. H. WIRING FOR FLOW SWITCHES, VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCHES, SUPERVISORY PRESSURE SWITCHES, AND POWER TO AIR COMPRESSORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNDER DIVISION 16. COORDINATE LOCATION OF THESE DEVICES WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. SECTION 15410 -PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT A. MANUFACTURERS: AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS B. INSULATION KITS: TRUEBRO, BROCAR, PLUMBEREX SPECIALTY PRODUCTS. C. RECEPTORS (ROOF/FLOOR DRAINS, FLOOR SINKS, ETC.) JOSAM, J.R. SMITH, WADE, ZURN. D. FLOOR/WALL CLEANOUTS: JOSAM, J.R. SMITH, WADE, ZURN. E. PROVIDE BRACKETS, BRACES OR REINFORCING ANGLES AS REQUIRED IN ALL PARTITIONS NOT SUFFICIENT IN THEMSELVES TO SUPPORT PLUMBING FIXTURES OR OTHER WALL -HUNG EQUIPMENT. F. INSTALL EACH FIXTURE WITH CHROME PLATED, 17 GAUGE TUBING TRAP WITH CLEANOUT, EASILY REMOVABLE FOR SERVICING AND CLEANING. G. INSTALL COMPONENTS LEVEL, PLUMB AND SECURE. H INSTALL AND SECURE FIXTURES IN PLACE WITH WALL CARRIERS AND BOLTS. I. SEAL FIXTURES TO WALL AND FLOOR SURFACES WITH SEALANT, COLOR TO MATCH FIXTURE. J. MOUNT LEVER CONTROL FOR HANDICAPPED WATER CLOSETS ON WIDE SIDE OF TOILET STALL. K. INSULATE WASTE AND SUPPLIES FOR ALL HANDICAPPED FIXTURES. L. ROUGH -IN FIXTURE PIPING CONNECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MINIMUM SIZES INDICATED IN PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. M. REVIEW MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS. CONFIRM LOCATION AND SIZE OF FIXTURES AND OPENINGS BEFORE ROUGH -IN AND INSTALLATION. N. EXPOSED WATER PIPING CHROME PLATED BRASS. 0. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVE AND SOLENOID VALVE IN GAS PIPING TO EACH PIECE OF GAS EQUIPMENT. P. PROVIDE TRANSFORMERS WHERE REQUIRED. TRANSFORMERS TO BE INSTALLED BY DIVISION 16. POWER TO TRANSFORMERS BY DIVISION 16. Q. PROVIDE SENSORS WHERE REQUIRED. WIRING FROM SENSORS TO TRANSFORMERS AND SENSORS TO OPERATORS BY DIVISION 15. SECTION 15745 - WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP UNITS A. MANUFACTURERS: FLORIDA HEAT PUMP, WATER FURNACE, CLIMATE MASTER B. CABINET: 1. CONSTRUCTION: GALVANIZED STEEL CASING WITH ACRYLIC LACQUER FINISH, STEEL FASTENERS, FLANGED DUCT CONNECTIONS, AND SOUND ATTENUATING BLANKET OVER COMPRESSOR. THE CABINET SHALL BE THERMALLY INSULATED WITH 1" THICK, 1 1/2 LB. DENSITY GLASS FIBER INSULATION COMPLYING WITH UL 181. 2. FINISH: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FINISH 3. CABINET ACCESS PANELS: COMPRESSOR/CONTROLS/COOLING/HEATING COIL ACCESS PANELS, BLOWER ACCESS PANEL AND AIR FILTER ACCESS PANEL HINGED WITH TOOL -LESS ACCESS HANDLES, GASKETS ON ALL EDGES FOR TIGHT SEAL, FILTER AND BLOWER ACCESS PANELS HAVE STEEL PANEL INNER LINER WITH INSULATION SANDWICHED IN-BETWEEN. 4. CONDENSATE DRAINAGE: PLASTIC OR STAINLESS STEEL DRAIN PAN WITH CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING PROJECTING THROUGH UNIT CABINET AND COMPLYING WITH ASHRAE 62.1. 5. AIRSTREAM SURFACES: SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH THE AIRSTREAM SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN ASHRAE 62.1. C. FANS AND MOTORS: 1. SUPPLY FAN: CENTRIFUGAL SUPPLY AIR BLOWER SHALL HAVE PERMANENTLY LUBRICATED BALL BEARINGS AND BE DIRECT DRIVE. BLOWER ASSEMBLY SHALL SLIDE OUT OF UNIT FOR SERVICING. BLOWER WHEEL SHALL BE STATICALLY AND DYNAMICALLY BALANCED. D. COILS 1 EVAPORATOR COILS: THE REFRIGERANT 410A EVAPORATOR COIL SHALL BE COPPER NON-FERROUS CONSTRUCTION WITH ALUMINUM FINS MECHANICALLY BONDED TO DURABLE COPPER TUBES. COIL SHALL BE LEAK TESTED TO 450 PSIG. CERTIFY CAPACITIES, PRESSURE DROPS, AND SELECTION PROCEDURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARI 410. 2. REFRIGERANT -TO -WATER HEAT EXCHANGER: COAXIAL HEAT EXCHANGER WITH COPPER WATER TUBE WITH ENHANCED HEAT TRANSFER SURFACES INSIDE A STEEL SHELL. BOTH SHELL AND TUBE SHALL BE LEAK TESTED TO 450 PSIG ON REFRIGERANT SIDE AND 400 PSIG ON WATER SIDE. FACTORY MOUNT HEAT EXCHANGER ON RESILIENT VIBRATION ISOLATORS. PROVIDE MOTORIZED WATER VALVE TO STOP WATER FLOW THROUGH THE UNIT WHEN THE COMPRESSOR IS OFF. 3. FOR COASTAL LOCATIONS (WITHIN 10 MILES OF COAST) COILS ARE TO BE COATED WITH A PROTECTIVE TREATMENT SUCH AS MICROGUARD BY ADSIL, OR EQUAL. E. FILTERS: DISPOSABLE 2 INCH THICK PLEATED MEDIA. F. DAMPERS 1. OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS: DAMPERS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF EXTRUDED ALUMINUM, HOLLOW CORE, AIR FOIL BLADES WITH RUBBER EDGE SEALS AND ALUMINUM END SEALS. DAMPERS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO OPERATE FROM 0-100%. DAMPER BLADES SHALL BE GEAR DRIVEN AND DESIGNED TO HAVE NO MORE THAN 25 CFM OF LEAKAGE PER SQUARE FOOT OF DAMPER AREA WHEN SUBJECTED TO 2" WG AIR PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL ACROSS THE DAMPER. DAMPER MOTOR SHALL BE SPRING RETURN TO INSURE CLOSING OF OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER DURING PERIODS OF UNIT SHUT DOWN OR POWER FAILURE. 2. RETURN AIR DAMPERS: DAMPERS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF EXTRUDED ALUMINUM, HOLLOW CORE, AIR FOIL BLADES WITH RUBBER EDGE SEALS AND ALUMINUM END SEALS. DAMPER BLADES SHALL BE GEAR DRIVEN AND DESIGNED TO HAVE NO MORE THAN 25 CFM OF LEAKAGE PER SQUARE FOOT OF DAMPER AREA WHEN SUBJECTED TO 2" WG AIR PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL ACROSS THE DAMPER G. COMPRESSOR 1. ROTARY OR SCROLL COMPRESSOR SHALL BE INSTALLED ON VIBRATION ISOLATORS AND HOUSED IN AN ACOUSTICALLY TREATED ENCLOSURE. PROVIDE A 5 -YEAR WARRANTY ON THE COMPRESSOR. 2. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING CONTROLS: ANTI -RECYCLE TIMER, HIGH PRESSURE CUT OUT, LOW PRESSURE CUT OUT, INTERNAL THERMAL OVERLOAD, FREEZESTAT TO STOP COMPRESSOR IF WATER LOOP TEMPERATURE FALLS BELOW 35 DEGREES F, AND CONDENSATE OVERFLOW SWITCH TO STOP COMPRESSOR WITH A HIGH CONDENSATE LEVEL IN CONDENSATE PAN. SECTION 15810 - DUCTWORK A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND SMACNA - HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE, UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE NOTED IN LOCAL CODES. B. GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTS: ASTM A525 AND ASTM A527 GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET, LOCK -FORMING QUALITY, HAVING G60 ZINC COATING OF IN CONFORMANCE WITH ASTM A90. C. STEEL DUCTS: ASTM A366. D. ALUMINUM DUCTS: ASTM B209; ALUMINUM SHEET, ALLOY 3003-H14. ALUMINUM CONNECTORS AND BAR STOCK: ALLOY 6061- T6 OR OF EQUIVALENT STRENGTH. E. INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTS: 1. MANUFACTURERS: FLEX-AIRE, FLEXMASTER, NORFLEX, THERMAFLEX, WIREMOLD. 2. TWO PLY VINYL FILM SUPPORTED BY HELICALLY WOUND SPRING STEEL WIRE; FIBERGLASS INSULATION; POLYETHYLENE VAPOR BARRIER FILM. PRESSURE RATING: 10 INCHES WG POSITIVE AND 1.0 INCHES WG NEGATIVE. MAXIMUM VELOCITY: 4000 FPM. TEMPERATURE RANGE: -10 DEGREES F TO 160 DEGREES F. F. MANUFACTURERS OF FLAT OVAL DUCTS, DOUBLE WALL INSULATED FLAT OVAL DUCTS, DOUBLE WALL INSULATED ROUND DUCTS: SEMCO, UNITED MCGILL G. MANUFACTURERS OF TRANSVERSE DUCT CONNECTION SYSTEM: DUCTMATE, TDC, WARD. H. INSTALLATION - GENERAL: 1. SUPPORT DUCTWORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE, CHAPTER 4, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS. 2. PROVIDE FIRESTOP SYSTEMS FOR PIPE AND DUCT THROUGH -PENETRATIONS OF FIRE -RESISTANCE -RATED ASSEMBLIES. 3. DUCT HANGERS SHALL NOT ATTACH TO BOTTOM CHORD OF STEEL JOIST OR METAL ROOF DECKING. ATTACH TO TOP CHORD OF STEEL JOIST. 4. CONNECT DIFFUSERS OR LIGHT TROFFER BOOTS TO LOW PRESSURE DUCTS DIRECTLY OR WITH 3 FEET MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCT HELD IN PLACE WITH STRAP OR CLAMP. I. PROTECTION: DURING CONSTRUCTION, PROVIDE TEMPORARY CLOSURES OF METAL OR TAPED POLYETHYLENE ON OPEN DUCTWORK TO PREVENT CONSTRUCTION DUST FROM ENTERING DUCTWORK SYSTEM. J. CLEANING: 1. CLEAN DUCT SYSTEM AND FORCE AIR AT HIGH VELOCITY THROUGH DUCT TO REMOVE ACCUMULATED DUST. TO OBTAIN SUFFICIENT AIR, CLEAN HALF THE SYSTEM AT A TIME. PROTECT EQUIPMENT WHICH MAY BE HARMED BY EXCESSIVE DIRT WITH TEMPORARY FILTERS, OR BYPASS DURING CLEANING. 2. CLEAN DUCT SYSTEMS WITH HIGH POWER VACUUM MACHINES. PROTECT EQUIPMENT WHICH MAY BE HARMED BY EXCESSIVE DIRT WITH FILTERS, OR BYPASS DURING CLEANING. SECTION 15820 - DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES A. FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS: 1. MANUFACTURERS: CESCO, GREENHECK, NAILOR, POTTORFF, PREFCO, RUSKIN, SAFE -AIR. 2. FABRICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 90A, UL 555, UL 555S, LEAKAGE CLASS II, AND AS INDICATED. 3. ACTUATORS: UL LISTED AND LABELED SPRING RETURN [PNEUMATIC TYPE SUITABLE FOR OPERATION ON 0-20 PSIG INSTRUMENT AIR.] [ELECTRIC TYPE SUITABLE FOR 120 VOLTS, SINGLE PHASE, 60 HZ.] [ELECTRIC TYPE SUITABLE FOR 24 VOLTS, DC.] [PROVIDE END SWITCHES TO INDICATE DAMPER POSITION.] LOCATE DAMPER OPERATOR ON [INTERIOR] [EXTERIOR] OF DUCT AND LINK TO DAMPER OPERATING SHAFT. PROVIDE FOR TESTING OR RESETTING [AT DAMPER] [FROM REMOTE LOCATION]. B. PROVIDE BACKDRAFT DAMPERS ' ON EXHAUST FANS OR EXHAUST DUCTS NEAREST TO OUTSIDE AND WHERE INDICATED. SECTION 15830 - FANS A. VENT FANS. MANUFACTURERS: COOK, ACME, GREENHECK, TRANE, TWIN CITY FAN. B. POWER VENTILATORS. MANUFACTURERS: COOK, ACME, GREENHECK, JENN-AIR, TWIN CITY FAN. C. INSTALL ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. SECTION 15850 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS A. GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS: 1. MANUFACTURERS: ANEMOSTAT, KRUEGER, METALAIRE, NAILOR, PRICE, TITUS, TUTTLE & BAILEY. k \.(;) I REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 2 4 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0 4 ni3 PERMIT CENTER B. LOUVERS 1. LOUVER BY OTHERS.AMERICAN WARMING AND VENTILATING. 2. MANUFACTURERS: AMERICAN WARMING AND VENTILATING, ARROW UNITED, CESCO, GREENHECK, LOUVERS AND DAMPERS, RUSKIN. C. GRAVITY ROOF VENTILATOR MANUFACTURERS: 1. MANUFACTURERS: COOK, GREENHECK, PENN. D. GOOSENECKS 1. FABRICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE, OF MINIMUM 18 GAGE GALVANIZED STEEL. 2. MOUNT ON MINIMUM 12 INCH HIGH CURB BASE WHERE SIZE EXCEEDS 9 X 9 INCH. SECTION 15950- TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING A. WORK INCLUDES 1. TESTING, ADJUSTMENT, AND BALANCING OF [NEW] [AND EXISTING] AIR SYSTEMS, HYDRONIC SYSTEMS, STEAM SYSTEMS, AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS. 2. MEASUREMENT OF FINAL OPERATING CONDITION OF HVAC SYSTEMS. B. SERVICES PROVIDED BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL OF MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR OR INDEPENDENT QUALIFIED TESTING AND BALANCING AGENCY. C. PERFORM TOTAL SYSTEM BALANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AABC NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR FIELD MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION, TOTAL SYSTEM BALANCE OR NEBB PROCEDURAL STANDARDS FOR TESTING, BALANCING AND ADJUSTING OF ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS. D. VERIFY THAT SYSTEMS ARE COMPLETE AND OPERABLE BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. E. F. AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS: ADJUST TO WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 5 PERCENT OF DESIGN FOR SUPPLY SYSTEMS AND PLUS OR MINUS 10 PERCENT OF DESIGN FOR RETURN AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS. ADJUST OUTSIDE AIR TO WITHIN 0 TO PLUS 10 PERCENT OF DESIGN. AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS: ADJUST TOTAL TO WITHIN PLUS 10 PERCENT AND MINUS 5 PERCENT OF DESIGN TO SPACE. ADJUST OUTLETS AND INLETS IN SPACE TO WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 10 PERCENT OF DESIGN. G. HYDRONIC SYSTEMS: ADJUST TO WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 5 PERCENT OF DESIGN. H. ADJUST AIR HANDLING AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS TO PROVIDE REQUIRED OR DESIGN SUPPLY, RETURN, OUTSIDE AIR, AND EXHAUST AIR QUANTITIES. I. TEST EXISTING SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS TO BE MODIFIED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. RESET EXISTING BRANCHES SERVING AREAS OF NO WORK TO CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. BALANCE BRANCHES SERVING REMODELED AREAS, TO NEW CONDITIONS. J. ADJUST WATER SYSTEMS TO PROVIDE REQUIRED OR DESIGN QUANTITIES. K. TEST EXISTING WATER SYSTEMS TO BE MODIFIED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. RESET EXISTING BRANCHES SERVING AREAS OF NO WORK TO CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. BALANCE BRANCHES SERVING REMODELED AREAS, TO NEW CONDITIONS. SECTION 16010 - GENERAL PROVISIONS A. WORK CONSISTS OF FURNISHING LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 16. B. INCLUDE ALL PARTS AND LABOR, WHICH ARE INCIDENTAL AND NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE INSTALLATION EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SUCH ITEMS INCLUDE NUTS, BOLTS, ANCHORS, BRACKETS, SLEEVES, OFFSETS IN CONDUIT, FITTINGS, RELAYS, ETC. C. ARRANGE WITH LANDLORD TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT UTILITY SERVICES AS REQUIRED AND COORDINATE THEIR INSTALLATION WITH CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS OF THIS PROJECT. PAY ALL FEES AND COSTS CHARGED BY UTILITY COMPANIES FOR UTILITY SERVICES. D. OBTAIN ALL TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT PERMITS AND LICENSES REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS DIVISION'S WORK. PAY ALL FEES AND EXPENSES REQUIRED FOR SUCH PERMITS AND LICENSES. REQUEST INSPECTIONS AS REQUIRED BY REGULATING AGENCIES AND/OR REGULATIONS. PAY ALL CHARGES FOR INSPECTIONS BY REGULATING AGENCIES OF INSTALLATIONS OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. F. INCLUDE STATE AND LOCAL SALES TAXES IN THE BID. KEEP ACCURATE RECORDS OF THESE TAXES AND FURNISH SUCH RECORDS TO THE TENANT UPON REQUEST. G. MEET OR EXCEED ALL CURRENT APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS FOR ALL INSTALLATIONS. PROMPTLY NOTIFY THE ENGINEER, IN WRITING, IF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS APPEAR TO CONFLICT WITH GOVERNING CODES AND REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY AND COSTS FOR CORRECTING NON -COMPLYING WORK INSTALLED WITHOUT NOTIFYING THE ENGINEER. H. HIGHER QUALITY OF WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER THAT ALLOWED IN REFERENCED CODES AND STANDARDS. I. THE TERMS DEFINED BELOW APPLY TO ALL WORK INCLUDED IN DIVISION 16. 1. THE TERM 'WORK' MEANS THE CONSTRUCTION AND SERVICES REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND INCLUDES ALL OTHER LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES PROVIDED OR TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO FULFILL THE CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS. 2. FURNISH - TO OBTAIN IN NEW CONDITION READY FOR INSTALLATION INTO THE WORK. 3. INSTALL - TO STORE, SET IN PLACE, CONNECT AND PLACE INTO OPERATION INTO THE WORK 4. PROVIDE - TO FURNISH AND INSTALL. 5. CONNECT TO BRING SERVICE TO THE EQUIPMENT AND MAKE FINAL ATTACHMENT INCLUDING NECESSARY SWITCHES, OUTLETS, BOXES, TERMINATIONS, ETC. 6. CONDUIT INCLUDES IN ADDITION TO CONDUIT, ALL FITTINGS, PULL BOXES, HANGERS AND OTHER SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES RELATED TO SUCH CONDUIT. 7. CONCEALED - HIDDEN FROM SIGHT IN CHASES, FURRED SPACES, SHAFTS, HUNG CEILINGS, EMBEDDED IN CONSTRUCTION, IN CRAWL SPACES OR BURIED. 8. EXPOSED: NOT INSTALLED UNDERGROUND NOR CONCEALED AS DEFINED ABOVE. [MC �uV E:1 ARCKOTECTURE HET UL DESOOK 2850 I1CLOD AVENUE CLEVELANDg 030 4411 PCIOo I Ea 218.781.0181 FAX' 2150789°0134 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 0 REWOSOORCIO DRAWN BY: XXX CHECKED BY: XXX DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 SPECIFICATIONS SP -3' J. THE DRAWING AND SPECIFICATIONS CONSTITUTE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ANY ITEM NOTED IN THE SPECIFICATION OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS IS INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ALL ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES, IN WRITING, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. L. INITIATE, MAINTAIN AND SUPERVISE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS REQUIRED WITH THIS WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGULATIONS OF THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (OSHA) AND OTHER GOVERNING AGENCIES. M. DO NOT REMOVE OR DISTURB ANY ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS FROM THE PROJECT. IMMEDIATELY STOP WORK AND NOTIFY THE TENANT IF ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS ARE SUSPECTED. N. BEFORE SUBMITTING A PROPOSAL ON THE WORK CONTEMPLATED, EXAMINE THE SITE OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND BECOME THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS. NO EXTRA COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED BECAUSE OF MISUNDERSTANDING AS TO THE AMOUNT OF WORK INVOLVED NOR BIDDERS LACK OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN DISCOVERED OR REASONABLY ANTICIPATED PRIOR TO BIDDING. 0. CONDUITS, PIPES, DUCTS, LIGHTS, DEVICES, SPEAKERS, ETC., SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AS EXISTING HAVE BEEN BASED ON EXISTING PLANS AND MAY NOT BE INSTALLED AS ORIGINALLY SHOWN. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO VISIT THE SITE AND MAKE EXACT DETERMINATION OF THE EXISTENCE, LOCATION AND CONDITION OF SUCH FACILITIES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID. P. CONSULT THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF MECHANICAL AND OTHER TRADES FOR CORRELATING INFORMATION AND LAY OUT WORK SO THAT IT WILL COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES. VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS (I.E., FINISHED CEILING HEIGHTS, FOOTING AND FOUNDATION ELEVATIONS, BEAM DEPTHS, ETC.) WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS THAT CANNOT BE RESOLVED, IN THE FIELD, BY AFFECTED TRADES. REPLACEMENT OF WORK DUE TO LACK OF COORDINATION AND FAILURE TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS WILL BE COMPLETED AT NO COST TO THE TENANT. Q. INSTALL ALL CONDUIT, CABLE TRAY, BUSDUCT, EQUIPMENT, ETC. ALLOWING PROPER CODE AND MAINTENANCE CLEARANCES AND TO AVOID BLOCKING PASSAGEWAYS AND ACCESS PANELS. R. WHERE WORK MUST BE REPLACED DUE TO THE FAILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THE CONDITIONS EXISTING ON THE JOB, SUCH REPLACEMENT MUST BE ACCOMPLISHED AT NO COST TO THE TENANT. THIS APPLIES TO SHOP FABRICATED WORK AS WELL AS TO WORK FABRICATED IN PLACE. S. THROUGHOUT THE COURSE OF THE WORK, MINOR CHANGES AND ADJUSTMENTS TO THE INSTALLATION MAY BE REQUESTED BY THE ENGINEER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ADJUSTMENTS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT, WHERE SUCH ADJUSTMENTS ARE NECESSARY TO THE PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION WITHIN THE INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THIS DOES NOT INCLUDE WORK ALREADY COMPLETED. T. OBTAIN EXACT LOCATION OF CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT, FURNISHED BY OTHERS, FROM THE PERSON FURNISHING THE EQUIPMENT. U. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COMPLEMENTARY AND WHAT IS CALLED FOR IN EITHER ONE IS AS BINDING AS IF CALLED FOR IN BOTH. V. INCLUDE THE BETTER QUALITY, GREATER QUANTITY OR HIGHER COST FOR AN ITEM OR ARRANGEMENT WHERE A DISAGREEMENT EXISTS IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. W. GUARANTEE AND MAINTAIN THE STABILITY OF WORK AND MATERIALS AND KEEP SAME IN PERFECT REPAIR AND CONDITION FOR THE PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR AFTER THE FINAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK. X. DEFECTS OF ANY KIND DUE TO FAULTY WORK OR MATERIALS APPEARING DURING THE ABOVE MENTIONED PERIOD MUST BE IMMEDIATELY MADE GOOD BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS OWN EXPENSE TO THE ENTIRE SATISFACTION OF THE TENANT AND ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. INCLUDE DAMAGE TO THE FINISH OR THE BUILDING RESULTING FROM THE ORIGINAL DEFECT OR REPAIRS. Y. REPLACE ALL RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, COVERPLATES, ETC., DAMAGED BY ANY CONTRACTOR DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. Z. MATERIALS FURNISHED FOR THE TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER SYSTEM REMAIN CONTRACTORS PROPERTY. REMOVE WHEN THERE IS NO LONGER ANY NEED FOR TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER. AA. COORDINATE/SCHEDULE ALL WORK WITH THE TENANT TO MINIMIZE ANY DISRUPTIONS. CONFINE ALL INTERRUPTIONS TO THE SMALLEST POSSIBLE AREA. PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED TO PROVIDE CONTINUITY OF SERVICE. BB. INSPECT ALL AREAS AFFECTED BY THE INTERRUPTIONS AND RETURN ALL AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT, ELECTRICALLY OPERATED EQUIPMENT TO THE SAME OPERATING CONDITION PRIOR TO THE INTERRUPTION. CC. NO FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS ARE TO REMAIN INACTIVE AT THE END OF THE WORK DAY. ASSURE THAT THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS OPERATIONAL AT THE END OF EACH WORK DAY. COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD. DD. DO NOT DISTURB NORMAL USE OF THE FACILITY, EXCEPT WITHIN THE IMMEDIATE CONSTRUCTION AREA. KEEP WALKS, DRIVEWAYS, ENTRANCES, ETC. FREE AND CLEAR OF EQUIPMENT, MATERIAL AND DEBRIS. EE. STORE ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL IN A PLACE AND MANNER THAT MINIMIZES CONGESTION AND IS APPROVED BY THE TENANT. FF. PROVIDE NEW MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROTECT EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL FROM DAMAGE, DIRT AND THE WEATHER. GG. PROVIDE THE HIGHEST QUALITY WORKMANSHIP AND PERFORM ALL WORK ONLY BY SKILLED MECHANICS. INSTALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS, INSTRUCTIONS AND CURRENT NECA STANDARDS. HH. THE TENANT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS, BEFORE OR AFTER INSTALLATION. II. PERFORM ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING NECESSARY TO WORK, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DELEGATED TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. OBTAIN SPECIAL PERMISSION FROM THE LANDLORD BEFORE CUTTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OR FINISHED MATERIAL. PERFORM ALL PATCHING IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO LEAVE NO VISIBLE TRACE AND RETURN THE AREA AFFECTED TO THE CONDITION OF UNDISTURBED WORK. PERFORM ALL PATCHING BY WORKERS EXPERIENCED, SKILLED, AND LICENSED FOR THE PARTICULAR TYPE OF WORK INVOLVED. INFERIOR WORK WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. JJ. PATCH ALL HOLES LEFT AS A RESULT OF DEMOLITION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES. KK. PREVENT THE SPREAD OF DUST, DEBRIS, AND OTHER MATERIAL INTO ADJACENT AREAS. LL. REPLACE ALL CEILING TILES DAMAGED DURING INSTALLATION OF WORK, WITH NEW TILE. MM. REFINISH ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT DAMAGED DURING SHIPPING AND/OR INSTALLATION TO ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION. REMOVE ALL RUST; PRIME, AND PAINT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FINISH EQUAL TO ORIGINAL. NN. PAINT ALL NEW RACEWAY SYSTEMS IN EXPOSED FINISHED AREAS. 00. AFTER TESTS HAVE BEEN MADE AND ACCEPTED, CLEAN LIGHT FIXTURES, PANELS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR, LEAVING THE ENTIRE WORK AREA IN A CLEAN AND COMPLETE WORKING ORDER. PP. OPERATEEQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS IN ALL THEIR OPERATING MODES, TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION, PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION AND OWNER INSTRUCTIONS. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER, IN WRITING, THAT ALL SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN TESTED AND ARE FUNCTIONING AND OPERATING PROPERLY QQ. INCLUDE DOCUMENTATION OF INSTRUCTIONS IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. RR. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE ENTIRE PROJECT BY THE TENANT. KEEP ALL EQUIPMENT CLEAN MATERIALS UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE ENTIRE PROJECT BY THE TENANT. SECTION 16025 - DEMOLITION A. EXAMINE THE BUILDING TO DETERMINE ACTUAL CONDITIONS AND EXTENT OF WORK PRIOR TO BIDDING THE PROJECT. REFER ANY UNCLEAR DETAILS OR CONFLICTS TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO BIDDING THE DRAWINGS. B. VERIFY THAT FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND CIRCUITING ARRANGEMENTS ARE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. C. VERIFY THAT ABANDONED WIRING AND EQUIPMENT SERVE ONLY ABANDONED FACILITIES. D. BEGIIINING OF DEMOLITION MEANS INSTALLER ACCEPTS EXISTING CONDITIONS. E. COORDINATE PHASING OF THE DEMOLITION WORK WITH THE CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE SCHEDULE. DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS IN WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS SCHEDULED FOR REMOVAL. COOIIDINATE UTILITY SERVICE OUTAGES WITH LANDLORD. IDENTIFY EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SUCH AS CONDUITS, BOXES, PULLBOXES, CONDUIT BODIES, AND CONDUIT RACKS THAT WILL NEED ADDITIONAL SUPPORT DUE TO THE DEMOLITION OF THE EXISTING SUPPORTS. L PROVIDE TEMPORARY WIRING AND CONNECTIONS TO MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEMS, INCLUDING TELEPHONE AND DATA SYSTEMS, IN SERVICE DURING CONSTRUCTION. WHEN WORK MUST BE PERFORMED ON ENERGIZED EQUIPMENT OR CIRCUITS, USE PERSONNEL TRAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA-70E FOR SUCH OPERATIONS. EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE: MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEM IN SERVICE UNTIL NEW SYSTEM IS COMPLETE AND READY FOR SERVICE. DISABLE SYSTEM ONLY TO MAKE SWITCHOVERS AND CONNECTIONS. MINIMIZE OUTAGE DURATION. MAKE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS TO MAINTAIN SERVICE IN AREAS ADJACENT TO WORK AREA. EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEM IN SERVICE UNTIL NEW SYSTEM IS ACCEPTED. DISABLE SYSTEM ONLY TO MAKE SWITCHOVERS AND CONNECTIONS. NOTIFY AND OBTAIN PERMISSION FROM LANDLORD AND LOCAL FIRE SERVICE AT LEAST 24 HOURS BEFORE PARTIALLY OR COMPLETELY DISABLING SYSTEM. MINIMIZE OUTAGE DURATION. MAKE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS TO MAINTAIN SERVICE IN AREA ADJACENT TO WORK AREA. EXISTING TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEM: MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEMS IN SERVICE UNTIL NEW SYSTEMS ARE COMPLETE AND READY FOR SERVICE AND ACCEPTED. DISABLE SYSTEMS ONLY TO MAKE SWITCHOVERS AND CONNECTIONS. NOTIFY AND OBTAIN PERMISSION FROM LANDLORD AND TELEPHONE UTILITY COMPANY AT LEAST 24 HOURS BEFORE PARTIALLY OR COMPLETELY DISABLING SYSTEM. MINIMIZE OUTAGE DURATION. MAKE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS TO MAINTAIN SERVICE IN AREAS ADJACENT TO WORK AREA. M. DEMOLISH AND EXTEND EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK UNDER THIS SECTION, AND AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. REMOVE, RELOCATE, AND EXTEND EXISTING INSTALLATIONS TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONSTRUCTION. N. PROVIDE SUPPORTS FOR ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT THAT WAS SUPPORTED PREVIOUSLY BY DEMOLISHED WALLS, FLOORS, CEILING OR OTHER STRUCTURES. PROVIDE NEW SUPPORTS FROM STRUCTURAL MEMBERS NOT SLATED FOR DEMOLITION, PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION. 0. TENANT RESERVES THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL TO OBTAIN MATERIAL SHOWN TO BE REMOVED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. ITEMS NOT RETAINED BY THE TENANT BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE PREMISES. DEMOLISH AND REMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS INDICATED FOR DEMOLITION. NO PORTION OF THESE SYSTEMS MAY BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. REMOVE ABANDONED- WRING TO SOURCE OF SUPPLY. REMOVE EXPOSED ABANDONED CONDUIT, INCLUDING ABANDONED CONDUIT ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING FINISHES. CUT CONDUIT IN WALLS, FLOORS, OR COLUMNS BACK TO A POINT WHERE PATCHING CAN BE ADEQUATELY PERFORMED AND PATCH SURFACES. DISCONNECT ABANDONED OUTLETS AND REMOVE DEVICES. REMOVE ABANDONED OUTLETS IF CONDUIT SERVICING THEM IS ABANDONED AND REMOVED. PROVIDE BLANK COVER FOR ABANDONED OUTLETS, WHICH ARE NOT REMOVED. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ABANDONED PANELBOARDS AND DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. U. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SERVING UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT THAT HAS BEEN REMOVED. V. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ABANDONED LUMINARIES. REMOVE BRACKETS, STEMS, HANGERS, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. W. REPAIR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION WORK. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO EXISTING ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS, WHICH REMAIN ACTIVE. MODIFY INSTALLATION OR PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AS APPROPRIATE. Y. EXTEND EXISTING INSTALLATIONS USING MATERIALS AND METHODS COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS, OR AS SPECIFIED. RELOCATE AND REROUTE CONDUIT AND WIRING AS REQUIRED FOR CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALLS OR STRUCTURE BEING ALTERED AS PART OF THE REMODELING. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY TO ALL DEVICES IN AND DOWNSTREAM OF REMODELED WORK. Z. REROUTE EXISTING RACEWAY AND WIRING, WHICH IS EXPOSED DUE TO REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. CONCEAL NEW RACEWAY AND WIRING AND MAINTAIN OPERATION AA. DISPOSE OF FLUORESCENT LAMPS, BALLASTS, AND OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS. BB. PRIOR TO REINSTALLATION OF USED EQUIPMENT, THOROUGHLY INSPECT EACH ITEM AND REPORT ANY DEFECTS TO THE ENGINEER/ARCHITECT IN WRITING. INSTRUCTIONS FOR CORRECTIVE MEASURES WILL BE GIVEN AT THE TIME AND THE CONTRACT AMOUNT ADJUSTED ACCORDINGLY. IF NO DEFECTS ARE REPORTED, THE MATERIAL WILL BE INCLUDED UNDER THE CONTRACTOR'S ONE-YEAR GUARANTEE AS OUTLINED IN SECTION 16010. CC. PANELBOARDS: CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES AND CHECK TIGHTNESS OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. REPLACE DAMAGED CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND PROVIDE CLOSURE PLATES FOR VACANT POSITIONS. PROVIDE TYPED CIRCUIT DIRECTORY SHOWING REVISED CIRCUITING ARRANGEMENT. DD. LUMINARIES: REMOVE EXISTING LUMINARIES FOR CLEANING. USE MILD DETERGENT TO CLEAN ALL EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR SURFACES; RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER AND WIPE DRY. REPLACE LAMPS, BALLASTS, AND DEFECTIVE ELECTRICAL PARTS. EE. INSTALL RELOCATED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. SECTION 16050 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS A. ENCASE ALL CONDUCTORS IN A CONTINUOUS RACEWAY SYSTEM. PROVIDE PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES AS REQUIRED BY THE NEC. SIZE ALL RACEWAY PER THE NEC WITH OVERSIZE CONDUITS AS INDICATED. PROVIDE MINIMUM 3/4" CONDUIT FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUNS, PROVIDE MINIMUM 1/2" CONDUIT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B. PROVIDE EMT FOR ALL CONDUCTORS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE CONCRETE -TIGHT STEEL COMPRESSION OR STEEL SETSCREW TYPE FITTINGS, COUPLINGS AND BUSHINGS. CAST OR INDENTOR TYPE DEVICES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. ALL FITTINGS USED IN PLENUM APPLICATIONS SHALL BE RATED FOR SUCH USE. C. PROVIDE IMC OR CONCRETE -ENCASED PVC CONDUIT FOR SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS. D. PVC CONDUIT MAY BE USED UNDERGROUND OR BELOW CONCRETE SLABS. PROVIDE COATED RIGID STEEL ELBOWS FOR ALL ELBOWS WHERE PVC IS USED. E. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT FOR CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMERS, MOTORS AND OTHER VIBRATING PIECES OF EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE LIQUID -TIGHT CONDUIT FOR ALL CONNECTIONS IN DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS. PROVIDE GROUND TYPE FITTINGS AND GROUNDING CONDUCTOR INSIDE ALL FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. ADJUST CONDUIT SIZE IF REQUIRED. F. PROVIDE RECESSED OUTLET BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES IN ALL NEW CONSTRUCTION. CONCEAL ALL CONDUIT WORK IN NEW CONSTRUCTION, EXCEPT MECHANICAL ROOMS. CONDUIT AND BOXES IN MECHANICAL ROOMS MAY BE RUN EXPOSED. G. PROVIDE EXPANSION FITTINGS WHERE RACEWAY CROSSES BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS. H. RUN ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT IN A NEAT, WORKMANLIKE MANNER PARALLEL TO THE BUILDING LINES, TIGHT TO THE WALL AND CEILING SURFACES, AND FIRMLY SUPPORT WITH CONDUIT CLAMPS OR HANGERS. PROVIDE TWO (2) HOLE MOUNTING STRAPS, MINIMUM THREE (3) FEET ON CENTER, FOR ALL SURFACE CONDUIT MOUNTED ON WALLS LESS THAN SIX (6) FEET ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. PLACE CONDUITS AT LEAST 8" AWAY FROM ALL HOT PIPING AND SURFACES INCLUDING DOMESTIC HOT WATER LINES. • I. PROVIDE GALVANIZED CODE GAUGE STEEL JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES WITH SCREW ON COVERS OF TYPE, SHAPE AND SIZE REQUIRED TO SUIT EACH INSTALLATION. PROVIDE GASKETING IN DAMP AND DUSTY LOCATIONS. PROVIDE CAST BOXES IN WEATHERPROOF, VAPOR TIGHT AND EXPLOSION PROOF ENVIRONMENTS. J. PROVIDE 4" BOXES THROUGHOUT. PROVIDE 3 1/2" DEEP BOXES WHERE INSTALLED IN MASONRY, 2 1/2" MINIMUM ELSEWHERE. PROVIDE SINGLE GANG MUD OR TILE RING FOR SINGLE DEVICES. K. MOUNT OUTLETS BOXES IN EXPOSED MASONRY WALLS WITH THE BOTTOM OF THE BOX ON THE TOP OF THE MORTAR JOINT AND THE VERTICAL LINE OF THE BOX EITHER ON THE MORTAR JOINT OR ON THE CENTER LINE OF THE MASONRY UNIT. PLUMB AND ACCURATELY ALIGN ALL WALL OUTLETS IN ROWS. MOUNT CEILING BOXES SYMMETRICAL WITH WALLS, BEAMS AND/OR TILES. MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE FROM THE CENTER OF THE OUTLET BOX TO THE FINISHED FLOOR DIRECTLY BELOW THE OUTLET. EXTERIOR HEIGHTS ARE FROM INSIDE ADJACENT DOOR, OR IF NO DOOR, FROM THE FIRST FLOOR ABOVE GRADE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. L. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF ALL OUTLETS WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS BEFORE INSTALLATION. COORDINATE ALL DOOR SWINGS IN THE FIELD BEFORE LOCATING SWITCHES. M. PROVIDE NEW WIRING DEVICES IN EACH OUTLET INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE ALL DEVICES FROM ONE MANUFACTURER. N. APPROVED TOGGLE SWITCH MANUFACTURERS/MODEL NUMBERS: R. PRIOR TO TURNING THE BUILDING OVER TO THE OWNER TURN ON ALL EQUIPMENT IN THE BUILDING INCLUDING LIGHTING AND WITH A MULTIMETER, READ THE CURRENT DRAWN ON EACH HOT LEG OF FEEDER SUPPLYING EACH DISTRIBUTION PANEL. IF THE CURRENT IN ANY ONE LEG VARIES MORE THAN 5% (PLUS OR MINUS) FROM THE ARITHMETIC AVERAGE OF THE CURRENT IN ALL THE HOT LEGS, RECONNECT THE BRANCH CIRCUITS TO OBTAIN A BALANCED LOADING. S. PROVIDE FIRE BARRIERS AROUND CONDUIT, PIPE, TUBING, BUS DUCTS AND CABLES PASSING THROUGH SMOKE AND FIRE RATED FLOORS AND WALLS. PROVIDE CP 25, 303 AND PSS7904 SERIES BY 3M, OR "FLAME -SAFE" SYSTEM BY THOMAS AND BETTS CORP FOR FIRE SEALS. T. MAKE CONNECTIONS TO ALL MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND SET. IN PLACE BY OTHERS. PROVIDE STARTERS, MANUAL CONTROLS AND AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT WHERE INDICATED IN SCHEDULES AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. PROVIDE ALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES AS INDICATED IN SCHEDULES, SPECIFIED HEREIN AND REQUIRED BY CODE. SECTION 16400 - POWER DISTRIBUTION A. RETAIL METERING CENTER 1. PROVIDE METER SECTIONS CONTAINING METER QUANTITIES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. PROVIDE METER BRANCHES RATED 200 AMP MAXIMUM. 3. PROVIDE 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE METERS FOR USE ON 120/208 VOLT AND 277/480 VOLT, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE SYSTEMS WITH SEVEN (7) JAW METER SOCKETS. METERS FURNISHED BY THE UTILITY COMPANY. 4. MOUNT ALL OF THE ABOVE COMPONENTS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS IN A UL APPROVED AND LABELED, NEMA CLASS 1 STEEL ENCLOSURE. ENCLOSURE TO BE CONSTRUCTED TO FINISHED STEEL CLEANED, PRIMED, AND PAINTED WITH BAKED ENAMEL FINISH PRIOR TO SHIPMENT TO THE JOB SITE. B. PROVIDE FUSES OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES (BUSSMAN USED AS REFERENCE): 1. 600 AMPS AND ABOVE: TIME -DELAY TYPE DESIGNED TO HOLD 500% OF RATED CURRENT FOR A MINIMUM OF 4 SECONDS AND CLEAR 20 TIMES CURRENT IN 0.01 SECONDS OR LESS WITH INTERRUPTING RATINGS OF 200,000 AMPERES RMS SYMMETRICAL AND PEAK LET -THROUGH CURRENT AND ENERGY LET -THROUGH VALUES ESTABLISHED BY U.L. STANDARD FOR CLASS L FUSES. PROVIDE KRP-C FUSES. 2. BELOW 600 AMPS: DUAL -ELEMENT CONSTRUCTION WITH INTERRUPTING RATING OF 200,000 AMPERES RMS SYMMETRICAL AND PEAK LET-THRU CURRENT ESTABLISHED .BY U.L. STANDARD FOR CLASS RK -1 FUSES. PROVIDE LPN-RK/LPS-RK. 3. MOTOR CIRCUITS: PROTECT ALL INDIVIDUAL MOTOR CIRCUITS WITH FULL LOAD AMPERE RATING (FLA) OF 480 AMPERES OR LESS WITH DUAL -ELEMENT TIME -DELAY FUSES. PROVIDE LPN-RK/LPS-RK. PROTECT LARGER HORSEPOWER MOTORS WITH TIME -DELAY FUSES. PROVIDE KRP-C FUSES. PROVIDE U.L. CLASS RK1, DUAL -ELEMENT TIME -DELAY FOR ALL OTHER MOTORS. 4. MOTOR CONTROLLERS: PROTECT NEMA AND IEC STYLE MOTOR CONTROLLERS WITH DUAL -ELEMENT, TIME -DELAY FUSES TO PROVIDE TYPE 2 COORDINATION FOR THE CONTROLLER. PROVIDE LPS-RK FUSES. 5. PROTECT CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELS WITH U.L. CLASS RK1, CLASS L FUSES. PROVIDE LPN -RK, LPS-RK, OR KRP-C FUSES. 6. PROVIDE FUSE SIZES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 7. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: BUSSMAN, FERRAZ-SHAWMUT, LITTELFUSE OR PRE -APPROVED EQUAL. C. PROVIDE LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARD ASSEMBLIES ADHERING TO THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS: MANUFACTURER 20A/120 -2.77V WALL SWITCHES 1 -POLE 1 -POLE W/PILOT 2 -POLE 3 -WAY 4 -WAY KEYED 1 -POLE MOM. CONTACT ARROW HART 1991 19911 1992 1993 1994 1191L 1995 HUBBELL HBL- HBL- HBL- HBL- HBL- HBL- HBL- 1221 1221PL 1222 1223 1224 1221L 1556 PASS & SEYMOUR 20AC1 20AC1-RPL 20AC2 20AC3 20AC4 20AC1-L 1251 .0. APPROVED STANDARD RECEPTACLE MANUFACTURERS/MODEL NUMBERS: MANUFACTURER 20A/125V STANDARD RECEPTACLES SIMPLEX DUPLEX GFI IG TVSS IG TVSS TAMPER RESISTANT ARROW HART HUBBELL, PASS & SEYMOUR LEVITON 5361 HB5361 5361 5361A 5362 HB5362 5362 5362A GF5342 GF5362 2091 - IG5362 IG5362 IG6300 - 5362S 5362S N/A - IG5362S IG5362S N/A - 6352 (15 AMP) N/A SG62 (15 AMP) - P. PROVIDE NEW COVERPLATES OVER ALL BOXES WITH THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS: ALL FINISHED AREAS AND UNFINISHED AREAS PROVIDE SMOOTH PLASTIC COVERS, COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE OR AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. PROVIDE APPROPRIATE COVERS OVER SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLES. PROVIDE NEW WEATHERPROOF COVERPLATES FOR OUTLETS AND SWITCHES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND FOR ALL EXTERIOR DEVICES. Q. PROVIDE WIRE AND CABLE WITH INSULATION VOLTAGE RATING EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE APPLIED SYSTEM VOLTAGE. PROVIDE SOLID OR STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTORS WITH TYPE THWN, THHN, OR XHHN INSULATION FOR NO. 12 AWG AND NO. 10 AWG CONDUCTORS. PROVIDE STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTORS WITH TYPE THWN, THHN, OR XHHW INSULATION FOR NO. 8 AWG AND LARGER CONDUCTORS. PROVIDE MINIMUM NO. 12 AWG CONDUCTOR SIZE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. USE THE MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE WHEN NO SIZE IS INDICATED. ALL CONDUCTORS TO BE COLOR -CODED AS FOLLOWS; 120/208 VOLT SYSTEMS -PHASE A (BLACK), PHASE B (RED), PHASE C (BLUE), NEUTRAL (WHITE). 277/480 -VOLT SYSTEMS -PHASE A (BROWN), PHASE B (ORANGE), PHASE C (YELLOW), NEUTRAL (WHITE WITH TRACER OR GRAY). GROUNDING SYSTEM, (GREEN). 1. ENCLOSURES CONSTRUCTED OF GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL OF THICKNESS AS REQUIRED BY CODE, WITH ENAMELED STEEL TRIM, DISTRIBUTED BUSING, HINGED STEEL DOORS LATCHES, LOCKS AND ADJUSTABLE TRIM CLAMPS. PROVIDE NEMA 3R ENCLOSURES FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. 2. PROVIDE WELDED METAL FRAME WITH TYPED CIRCUIT DIRECTORY FOR EACH PANEL. 3. COMPLIANT TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: UL 50, UL 67, NEMA PB -1, NFPA 70 AND FED. SPEC W -P -115C , UL 489, NEMA AB -1, FED. SPEC. W-C-375B/GEN, IEC 157-1 AND BS 4752. 4. COMPLIANT TO ARTICLE 408 OF THE NEC: "LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARD". MAXIMUM OF 42 POLES PER PANELBOARD ASSEMBLY. 5. PROVIDE PANELBOARDS WITH INTERRUPTING RATINGS AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. 6. PROVIDE 240 VOLT AC RATED PANELBOARDS FOR 208/120 AND 240 VOLT AC SYSTEMS. PROVIDE 480/277 VOLT RATED PANELBOARDS FOR 480/277 VOLT SYSTEMS 7. PROVIDE TIN-PLATED. COPPER BUS BARS OR TIN-PLATED ALUMINUM BUS BARS. 8. PROVIDE PROPER LUGS (75° C. MINIMUM TEMPERATURE RATING) AND GUTTER SPACE FOR CABLE SIZE INDICATED ON THE PLANS. 9. PROVIDE ALL PANELS BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER. 10. PROVIDE SCREW MOUNTED, ENGRAVED NAMPLATES FOR EACH PANELBOARD. 11. PROVIDE MOLDED CASE, NON-ADJUSTABLE, THERMAL -MAGNETIC, QUICK -MAKE, QUICK -BREAK, BOLT -ON TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. REFER TO THE SCHEDULES ON THE PLANS FOR SIZES AND QUANTITIES. 12. PROVIDE MULTI -POLE BREAKERS WHERE INDICATED ON THE SCHEDULES. HANDLE TIES ON SINGLE POLE BREAKERS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 13. SERIES RATING OF CIRCUIT BREAKERS IS NOT ALLOWED. 14. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: a. 240 VOLT: SQUARE D TYPE NQOD OF NF, SIEMENS TYPE S1 SERIES, CUTLER HAMMER POW -R -LINE 1A SERIES, GENERAL ELECTRIC AQ SERIES, OR PRE -APPROVED EQUAL. b. 480 VOLT: SQUARED D TYPE NF, SIEMENS TYPE S2 SERIES, CUTLER HAMMER POW -R -LINE 2A SERIES, GENERAL ELECTRIC AE SERIES, OR PRE -APPROVED EQUAL. D. PROVIDE PANEL IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR EACH PANEL INCLUDING PANEL NAME, VOLTAGE AND FEEDER. FOR EXAMPLE: "HDP -1-1, 480/277 V, 30, 4 WIRE, 2"C - 4 # 4/0 THWN". E. MOUNT PANELBOARDS AND CABINETS TO BUILDING STRUCTURE OR INTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION. MOUNT INDEPENDENT OF CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS ENTERING BOXES. F. MOUNT PANELBOARDS WITH CABINET TOP AT 78" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. G. PROVIDE 3/4"EMPTY CONDUITS FROM EACH FLUSH MOUNTED PANELBOARD, WHEN THE FLOOR IS ON GRADE, PROVIDE THREE (3) CONDUITS INTO THE .CEILING CAVITY ABOVE. WHEN THE FLOOR HAS ACCESSIBLE SPACE BELOW, PROVIDE TWO (2) CONDUITS INTO THE CEILING SPACE ABOVE AND TWO (2) CONDUITS INTO THE ACCESSIBLE SPACE BELOW THE FLOOR. ENDS SHALL BE CAPPED AND SHALL BE TAGGED AT BOTH ENDS WITH PERMANENT TAGS. H. EQUIPMENT GROUND SOLIDLY GROUND ALL CONDUIT SYSTEMS, SWITCH BOXES, CABINETS, MOTOR FRAMES, SWITCHGEAR, TRANSFORMERS, AND ALL OTHER PERMANENTLY INSTALLED EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE TO FORM A CONTINUOUS, PERMANENT AND EFFECTIVE GROUNDING SYSTEM.. BOND EXPANSION JOINTS AND METAL RACEWAY SECTIONS. PROVIDE GROUND CONDUCTOR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. SECTION 16430,- MOTOR CONTROL A. PROVIDE "ON-OFF" TOGGLE TYPE MANUAL STARTER SWITCH WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION FOR SINGLE PHASE MOTORS, WHERE MANUAL CONTROL IS INDICATED. PROVIDE EACH SWITCH WITH A RED PILOT LIGHT INDICATING WHEN MOTOR IS ON. B. PROVIDE FULL VOLTAGE TYPE STARTERS AND THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION AND EXTERNAL MANUAL RESET FOR ALL THREE-PHASE MOTORS, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. EQUIP EACH STARTER WITH 120 VOLT COIL, CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER, SECONDARY FUSE BLOCK AND FUSES, AUXILIARY CONTACTS AS INDICATED, RED "ON" PILOT LIGHT, ,.,;AND "HAND -OFF -AUTO" CONTROL SWITCH. PROVIDE COMBINATION' STARTER/DISCONNECT WHEN INDICATED ON THE PLANS. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS FOR MAGNETIC STARTERS: ALLEN -BRADLEY BULL. 509 &512, SQUARE D CLASS 8536, CUTLER HAMMER, GENERAL ELECTRIC, ITE/SIEMENS EQUIVALENT OR PRE -APPROVED EQUAL. C. PROVIDE MANUAL MOTOR STARTING SWITCH OR TYPE "SS" FUSED DISCONNECT ADJACENT TO EACH 120 VAC SINGLE PHASE MOTOR LOCATED OUT OF SIGHT AND/OR IN EXCESS OF 50'-0" FROM THE CONTROLLER, OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. SECTION 16460 - TRANSFORMERS A. PROVIDE VENTILATED, INDOOR, DRY -TYPE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER WITH THE CAPACITY AND VOLTAGE CHARACTERISTICS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. TRANSFORMERS 15 KVA AND ABOVE WILL BE DESIGNED TO OPERATE WITH A 115 DEGREES C. TEMPERATURE RISE ABOVE 40 DEGREES C. AMBIENT. PROVIDE ALL INSULATING MATERIALS FOR A 220 DEGREES C. INSULATION SYSTEM. B. PROVIDE TRANSFORMERS MEETING OR EXCEEDING NEMA CLASS 1 EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS AS REQUIRED IN THE LOCAL ENERGY CODE. C. PROVIDE VOLTAGE TAPS AS INDICATED BELOW: 1. PROVIDE TWO 5% FCBN TAPS FOR ALL SINGLE AND 3 PHASE TRANSFORMERS 9 KVA AND BELOW, 2. PROVIDE TWO 2 1/2% FCBN AND TWO 2 1/2% FCAN TAPS FOR ALL 3 PHASE TRANSFORMERS 15 KVA AND BELOW. 3. PROVIDE FOUR 2 1/2% FCBN AND TWO 2 1/2% FCAN TAPS FOR ALL 3 PHASE TRANSFORMERS ABOVE 15 KVA. D. PROVIDE SOUND RATINGS NOT EXCEEDING THE FOLLOWING LEVELS: 1. 0 TO 15 KVA, 40 DECIBELS. 2. 15 TO 50 KVA, 45 DECIBELS. 3. 50 KVA OR GREATER, 50 DECIBELS. E. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS COPPER OR ALUMINUM COIL CONDUCTORS WITH BRAZED OR WELDED TERMINATIONS. F. ISOLATE TRANSFORMER CORE AND COIL FROM THE ENCLOSURE USING VIBRATION - ABSORBING MOUNTS. G. PROVIDE TRANSFORMERS 75 KVA OR LESS WITH ENCLOSURES SUITABLE FOR WALL, FLOOR OR TRAPEZE MOUNTING. PROVIDE TRANSFORMER LARGER THAN 75 KVA WITH ENCLOSURES SUITABLE FOR FLOOR OR TRAPEZE MOUNTING. H. PROVIDE MAXIMUM CASE TEMPERATURES NOT EXCEEDING A 35C TEMPERATURE RISE ABOVE A 40 DEGREE C AMBIENT. I. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: CUTLER HAMMER, GENERAL ELECTRIC, SORGEL, HEVI-DUTY JEFFERSON ELECTRIC OR PRE -APPROVED EQUAL. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE I APPROVED JUN 242013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0 4 203 PERMIT CENTER d-EaC-Fa ARCHOTECTURE METAL OC SOCK 2850 EUCLID AVENUE MfMM"D, OHIO UM PtO1un1C a 2180781001311 PAL 116.781.013 REGIST RCI -II O co .5 co co co 0) (1) N C C N 0 O O -oma N � N N MEWEISOCHS DRAWN BY: XXX CHECKED BY: XXX DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 SPECIFICATIONS SP -4y SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING A. COMPLY WITH NEC AS APPLICABLE TO THE INSTALLATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF LIGHT FIXTURES. B. PROVIDE LIGHT FIXTURES THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED BY U.L. OR ANOTHER NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY FOR THE APPLICATION. C. PROVIDE LAMP BALLASTS THAT COMPLY WITH CERTIFIED BALLAST MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION STANDARDS AND CARRY THE CBM LABEL. D. COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL ENERGY CODES. PROVIDE ALL HANGERS, RODS, MOUNTING BRACKETS, SUPPORTS, FRAMES, ETC. FOR PROPER AND SAFE FIXTURE INSTALLATION. INSTALL ALL FIXTURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS. 0. PROVIDEFIXTURES COMPLETE WITH ALL AUXILIARIES REQUIRED FOR PROPER, SAFE AND DISTORTION FREE INSTALLATION IN THE VARIOUS CEILING CONSTRUCTIONS IN WHICH THEY APPEAR. COORDINATE CEILING TYPES WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND PROVIDE COMPATIBLE FIXTURES. E. PROVIDE FIXTURES WITH LAMPS, FOR EACH OUTLET SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. SEE FIXTURES LIST ON THE PLAN. Q. F. PROVIDE FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM SPECIFICATIONS 1. PROVIDE U.L. LISTED AND LABELED, C.B.M. APPROVED BALLASTS. 2. PROGRAMMED RAPID START TECHNOLOGY TO ENSURE LONGEST LAMP LIFE. 3. T8 ONLY: PARALLEL -WIRED OPERATION TO ENSURE LIGHT OUTPUT FROM ONE BALLAST EVEN WITH ONE OR TWO LAMPS EXTINGUISHED. 4. COMPACT FLUORESCENT ONLY: SERIES WIRED LAMPS FOR MULTIPLE LAMP CONFIGURATIONS, AND PLUG-IN LEAD CONNECTORS FOR ALL LAMP LEADS R. 5. CLASS "P" RATED WITH THERMALLY ACTIVATED AUTOMATIC RESETTING PROTECTIVE DEVICES SEALED IN HOUSING. 6. CURRENT CREST FACTOR: 1.7 OR LESS ON 60 HZ MODULATED CURRENT. 7. COMPLY WITH FCC RULES PART 18 REQUIREMENTS GOVERNING ELECTROMAGNETIC AND RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE 8. COMPLIES WITH IEEE 587 FOR WITHSTANDING LINE TRANSIENTS, VOLTAGE REGULATION + 10 PERCENT, LIGHT REGULATION + 10 PERCENT. PROVIDE FELT OR FIBERGLASS GASKETS ON ALL INCANDESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES WHERE NECESSARY TO PREVENT LIGHT LEAKAGE AT THE CEILING LINE. Rf_1C SECURELY SUPPORT ALL LIGHT FIXTURES DIRECTLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OR 1 1/2" OR LARGER STEEL CEILING FRAMING CHANNELS. USE STEEL CHANNEL EQUIVALENT TO KINDORF #6029 WHERE IT IS NECESSARY TO SPAN THE BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS FOR FIXTURE SUPPORT. WOOD SUPPORTING MEMBERS OR WIRES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. PROVIDE MINIMUM w DIAMETER LAG ;SCREWS WHEN ANCHORING INTO WOOD STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. PENETRATE WOOD STRUCTURAL MEMBERS A MINIMUM OF 2" WITH ALL SCREWS. PROVIDE STEEL OR LEAD, EXPANDABLE TYPE, ANCHORS WITH`; MINIMUM PENETRATION OF 1 1/2" WHEN ANCHORING TO CONCRETE. WHEN INSTALLING LIGHT FIXTURES IN A SEISMIC ZONE, SECURE TO MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS. DO NOT SUSPEND ANY CONDUIT, LIGHT FIXTURES, OR BALLASTS FROM METAL ROOF DECK OR FROM THE CEILING SUSPENSION WIRES. SUPPORT ALL LAY -IN FIXTURES INDEPENDENT OF THE CEILING SUPPORT SYSTEM. PROVIDE FASTENING CLIPS ON EACH CORNER OF EACH FIXTURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES. EQUIP ALL FIXTURES USING CONDUIT STEMS WITH BALL SWIVEL HANGERS. IN FINISHED AREAS, PROVIDE CANOPIES FOR THE HANGERS. . SUPPORT ALL SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT FIXTURES WITH A MINIMUM OF ONE HANGER PER FIXTURE PLUS ONE PER ROW. SUPPORT INDIVIDUAL FIXTURES WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO HANGERS. ATTACH FIXTURE HANGERS TO THE CEILING GRID PER CODE. U. 9. BALLAST FACTOR: 0.88 OR HIGHER. 10. POWER FACTOR: GREATER THAN 95 PERCENT 11. SOUND RATING: "A" 12. MINIMUM 5 YEAR WARRANTY INCLUDING $10/BALLAST LABOR 13. TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION: <20%, BUT GREATER THAN 10%. 14. END -OF -LIFE LAMP SENSING FOR ALL COMPACT FLUORESCENT BALLASTS. G. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS - T8 ELECTRONIC BALLASTS 1. ADVANCE CENTIUM PROGRAM RAPID START SERIES 2. UNIVERSAL LIGHTING TECHNOLOGIES TRIAD ACCUSTART SERIES H. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS - COMPACT FLUORESCENT 1. MOTOROLA GOLD EDITION 2. ROBERTSON 3. OSRAM QUICKTRONIC SERIES 4. UNIVERSAL LIGHTING TECHNOLOGIES I. PROVIDE LAMPS AS NOTED IN LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE V. Y. Z. J. PROVIDE SOLID STATE, SLID -TYPE DIMMERS SUITABLE FOR MOUNTING BEHIND A STANDARD DEPTH FACEPLATE AND FOR OPERATION ON COMMON NEUTRAL CIRCUITS. 1. PROVIDE 600 WATTS CAPACITY PER DIMMER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS. AA. BB. CC. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: LUTRON NOVA T -STAR SERIES OR PRE -APPROVED EQUAL. K. SOLID STATE TYPE TIME SWITCHES. FF. GG. 1. PROVIDE SOLID STATE, PROGRAMMABLE 24 HOUR OR 7 -DAY, ELECTRIC TIME SWITCH WITH FOUR (4) SPST CONTACT RATED 20A AT 240 VOLTS. PROVIDE LONG LIFE LITHIUM BATTERY BACKUP TO MAINTAIN TIME AND MEMORY SETTING DURING A POWER OUTAGE. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS a. PARAGON EC7000 SERIES b. TORK MODEL D100 SERIES c. PRE -APPROVED EQUAL L. PROVIDE LIGHTING CONTACTORS THAT ADHERE TO THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS, WHERE LIGHTING CONTROL RELAYS OR CONTACTORS ARE CALLED OUT ON THE DRAWINGS: 1. ELECTRICALLY HELD RELAY, 30 AMP BALLAST RATED, 20 AMPS TUNGSTEN RATED ® 277 VOLTS 2. 2 POLE MINIMUM (REFER TO PLANS FOR REQUIRED POLES) 3. INSTALLED IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE INDOORS, NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE OUTDOORS. 4. COIL VOLTAGE: 24VAC. 5. COORDINATE ACCESSORIES WITH DIVISION 15'S EMS CONTRACTOR. 6. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: a. b. cd. SQUARE D CLASS 8903, TYPE 'L' SERIES ASCO 917 SERIES SIEMENS TYPE CLM PRE -APPROVED EQUAL ARCKEITIECTURIE RETAIL DESOOK 2880 lEUCLOO AVENUE D=ELI 9 OHIO 44115 PHONEa 218.781.01181 FAL 2167811.0134 R.E(3ISiEHE• A R fs1lTESf SUPPORT ALL SUSPENDED FLUORESCENT FIXTURES WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO FIXTURE HANGERS. ATTACH EACH HANGAR TO A DEDICATED ANCHOR. LOCATE HANGARS DIRECTLY ABOVE THE CORNERS OF THE LIGHT FIXTURES. WHERE MASTER/SLAVE OR INBOARD/OUTBOARD SWITCHING IS INDICATED, . PROVIDE TANDEM -WIRED BALLASTS BETWEEN LIGHT FIXTURES AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL ENERGY CODE WIRE ALL RECESSED LAY -IN FIXTURES WITH 6 FEET OF FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT WITH TYPE "THHN/THWN" WIRE TO THE OUTLET BOX. PROVIDE GROUNDING TYPE CONNECTORS FOR ALL CONDUIT AND CABLE. PROVIDE OUTLET BOXES ADJACENT TO EACH RECESSED FIXTURE OUTLET IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS TO PERMIT EACH FIXTURE TO BE ADJUSTED TO FIT CEILING PATTERN AND TO PERMIT "FEED THROUGH" WIRING. AT THE TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, ALL FIXTURES MUST BE INSTALLED AND LAMPED WITH NEW LAMPS. INSTALL ALL FIXTURES COMPLETE WITH LENSES, DIFFUSERS, REFLECTORS, LOUVERS AND OTHER REQUIRED ACCESSORIES. REPLACE ANY DAMAGED REFLECTORS, DIFFUSERS, LOUVERS OR OTHER COMPONENTS AT NO EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. CLEAN ALL FIXTURES FREE OF DUST, FINGER PRINTS, PAINT, ETC.. 0 PERFORM AIMING AND ADJUSTMENT OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS ISSUED BY THE ENGINEER/TENANT. ADJUST ALL DIRECTIONAL TYPE FIXTURES (INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR) AFTER DARK UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, AND/OR TENANT. REPLACE ALL DEFECTIVE BALLASTS WITHIN THE GUARANTEE PERIOD AT NO COST TO THE TENANT. INSTALL TIME SWITCHES ADJACENT TO THE SOURCE LIGHTING PANEL, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY LOCATED ELSEWHERE ON THE PLANS. PROVIDE "NAMEPLATES" A SPECIFIED IN SECTION 16050 FOR ALL CONTACTORS AND TIME SWITCHES. LABEL CONTACTORS AND TIME SWITCHES TO INDICATE LOAD SERVED (E.G., CANOPY LIGHTS, STORE SIGN, ETC.). SECTION 16535- EMERGENCY LIGHTING A. PROVIDE AUTOMATIC BATTERY POWERED LIGHTING UNITS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. PROVIDE EMERGENCY LIGHTING AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS TO ILLUMINATE THE EGRESS CORRIDORS AND OTHER REQUIRED AREAS. REFER TO THE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON THE DRAWINGS FOR TYPES. C. PROVIDE AN INTENSITY OF NOT LESS THAN 1.0 FOOTCANDLE AT THE FLOOR LEVEL ALONG THE PATH OF EGRESS. D PROVIDE AN EXIT LIGHT AT EACH EXIT AND ALONG THE EGRESS PATH AS REQUIRED. E. CONNECT EMERGENCY LIGHTS TO THE UNSWITCHED BRANCH CIRCUIT(S) IN THE AREA PROVIDE HANDLE -LOCK DEVICE FOR THAT CIRCUIT. SECTION 16741 - VOICE AND DATA RACEWAY A. PROVIDE 4" SQUARE BOXES FOR EACH RECESSED OUTLET BOX. PROVIDE 3'h" DEEP MASONRY TYPE IN RECESSED MASONRY INSTALLATIONS. PROVIDE MUD OR TILE RING AS REQUIRED FOR ALL BOXES. M. PROVIDE PHOTOELECTRIC SWITCH CONTROL WITH A SET OF SPST CONTACTS RATED AT 120 VOLT AC, 1800VA IN A NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE. 1. UL LISTED. 2. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: a. PARAGON CW/210 SERIES b. TORK 2101 SERIES REVIEWED FOR ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING IN ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AS FOLLOWS: PROVIDE AN EMPTY BOX WITH (1) 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED. INTO CEILING SPACE FOR EACH TELEPHONE OUTLET INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS; PROVIDE AN EMPTY BOX WITH (2) 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED INTO CEILING SPACE FOR EACH DATA, VOICE/DATA OR FIBER OPTIC OUTLET INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING IN INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS (PLASTER, SPLINE, GYPSUM, SECURITY GRID, PLANK, ETC.) AS FOLLOWS: PROVIDE AN EMPTY BOX WITH (1) 3/4" CONDUIT ROUTED TO THE NEAREST TELEPHONE BACKBOARD LOCATION FOR EACH TELEPHONE OUTLET, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS; PROVIDE AN EMPTY BOX WITH (2) 3/4" CONDUIT ROUTED TO THE NEAREST COMMUNICATIONS CLOSET BACKBOARD LOCATION FOR EACH DATA, VOICE/DATA, OR FIBER OPTIC OUTLET, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS. JUN 2 4 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION DRAWN BY: XXX 3. IF USED AS A SENSOR INPUT TO THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM, PROVIDE PHOTOCELL CONTROLLERS FULLY -COMPATIBLE WITH THE LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS USED ON THIS PROJECT. REFER TO SECTION 16915. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0 4 ni3 PERMIT CENTER CHECKED BY: XXX DATE: 05/29/13 PROJECT NO: 5873 SPECIFICATIONS SP -5